Habacuc 2
1 M-am dus la locul meu de strajă, şi stam pe turn ca să veghez şi să văd ce are să-mi spună Domnul, şi ce-mi va răspunde la plângerea mea.
2 Domnul mi-a răspuns, şi a zis: ,,Scrie proorocia, şi sapă-o pe table, ca să se poată citi uşor!
3 Căci este o proorocie, a cărei vreme este hotărâtă, se apropie de împlinire, şi nu va minţi; dacă zăboveşte, aşteaptă-o, căci va veni şi se va împlini negreşit.
4 Iată, i s-a îngâmfat sufletul, nu este fără prihană în el; dar cel neprihănit va trăi prin credinţa lui.
5 Ca şi cel beat şi semeţ, cel mândru nu stă liniştit; ci îşi lărgeşte gura ca locuinţa morţilor, este nesăţios ca moartea aşa că pe toate neamurile vrea să le strângă la el, şi toate popoarele le trage la el.
6 Nu va fi el de batjocura tuturor acestora, de râs şi de pomină? Se va zice: ,,Vai de cel ce adună ce nu este al lui! Până când se va împovăra cu datorii?
7 Nu se vor ridica deodată ceice te-au împrumutat? Nu se vor trezi asupritorii tăi, şi vei ajunge prada lor?
8 Fiindcă ai jăfuit multe neamuri, toată rămăşiţa popoarelor te va jăfui, din pricina vărsării sângelui oamenilor, din pricina sâlniciilor făcute în ţară şi împotriva cetăţii tuturor locuitorilor ei.``
9 Vai de cel ce strânge cîştiguri nelegiuite pentru casa lui, ca să-şi aşeze apoi cuibul într-un loc înalt, şi să scape din mâna nenorocirii!
10 Ruşinea casei tale ţi-ai croit, nimicind o mulţime de popoare, şi împotriva ta însuţi ai păcătuit.
11 Căci piatra din mijlocul zidului strigă, şi lemnul care leagă grinda îi răspunde.
12 Vai de cel ce zideşte o cetate cu sânge, care întemeiază o cetate cu nelegiuire!
13 Iată, când Domnul oştirilor a hotărât lucrul acesta, popoarele se ostenesc pentru foc, şi neamurile se trudesc degeaba.
14 Căci pământul va fi plin de cunoştinţa salvei Domnului, ca fundul mării de apele cari-l acopăr.
15 Vai de cel ce dă aproapelui său să bea, vai de tine care îi torni băutură spumoasă şi-l ameţeşti, ca să-i vezi goliciunea!
16 Te vei sătura de ruşine în loc de slavă; bea şi tu, şi desveleşte-te! Îţi va veni şi ţie rândul să iei paharul din dreapta Domnului, şi va veni ruşinea peste slava ta.
17 Căci sâlniciile făcute împotriva Libanului vor cădea asupra ta, şi pustiirile fiarelor te vor îngrozi, pentru vărsarea sângelui oamenilor, şi sâlniciile făcute în ţară, împotriva cetăţii şi împoriva tuturor locuitorilor ei.
18 La ce ar putea folosi un chip cioplit, pe care-l ciopleşte lucrătorul? La ce ar putea folosi un chip turnat, care învaţă pe oameni minciuni, pentru ca lucrătorul care l-a făcut să-şi pună încrederea în el, pe când el făureşte numai nişte idoli muţi?
19 Vai de celce zice lemnului: ,,Scoală-te``, şi unei pietre mute: ,,Trezeşte-te``! Poate ea să dea învăţătură? Iată că este împodobită cu aur şi argint, dar în ea nu este un duh care s-o însufleţească.
20 Domnul însă este în Templul Lui cel sfânt. Tot pământul să tacă înaintea Lui!
{"verseMap":{"1":[{"id":14900,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Book of Habakkuk","title_en":"Book of Habakkuk","content_ro":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","summary_ro":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","summary_en":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","source":"Articles\/H.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":29749,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Perseverance","title_en":"Perseverance","content_ro":"<h3>PERSEVERANCE<\/h3>\n<p>Action or condition of steadfastness. OT Israel waited generations for fulfillment of promises that many believers never lived to see (Heb 11:1, 13, 21-22, 39). The promise to Abraham sustained hope for centuries before Canaan was possessed. The lesson of the wilderness journey, when the waning of initial zeal prevented the people from entering the Promised Land, was never forgotten (3:16-19). Prophets looked constantly beyond failure and tragedy to distant horizons, and they nourished a patient faith (Jer 32:1-15; Hos 3:4-5; Jl 2:28-29; Hb 2:1-3; Dn 12:11-13).<\/p>\n<p>The NT everywhere urges similar perseverance. Among several Greek expressions, the usual word, <span class=\"greek\" lang=\"el\">proskartereo<\/span><em>,<\/em> has the root meaning “to attend continually, adhere steadfastly” (Mk 3:9; Acts 8:13; 10:7; Rom 13:6), and is variously translated “devoted,” “continued,” “constant,” “[be] steadfast.”<\/p>\n<p>This persistent patience is called for in prayer (Lk 18:1-8; Col 4:2); in well doing (Rom 2:7; Gal 6:9); in Christian teaching (Acts 2:42; 2 Tm 3:14); in affliction (2 Thes 1:4); in grace (Acts 13:43; 2 Cor 6:1); in faith (Acts 14:22; Col 1:23); in divine love (Jn 15:9; Jude 1:21); in standing firm (1 Cor 16:13; 2 Thes 2:15); in abiding in Christ (Jn 15:4-10; 1 Jn 2:28); in running with patience (Heb 6:12; 12:1); in not falling away (Heb 3:12; 4:1-10); and in being zealous to confirm our call and election (2 Pt 1:10).<\/p>\n<p>The failure in perseverance of Judas (Jn 6:71), Demas (2 Tm 4:10), and Hymenaeus (2 Tm 2:17) must be kept in mind, as well as the dread possibility of neglecting so great a salvation (Heb 2:3), being disqualified (1 Cor 9:27), falling while we think we stand (1 Cor 10:12), and committing apostasy (Heb 6:1-8). For, as Jesus said, “He who endures to the end will be saved” (Mt 10:22; 24:13). Such extraordinary emphasis cannot be accidental. The pressures of pagan society, the danger of persecution, emotional reaction after a wonderful initial experience, and the apparent implication of “instant salvation,” made it imperative for Christians to understand that by their endurance they would inherit eternal salvation (Lk 21:19; Rom 5:3; Col 1:11).<\/p>\n<p>Yet Scripture never implies that perseverance depends entirely upon human effort. In the OT, the redeeming purpose of God is unswerving; God’s covenant stands, though it needs to be renewed (Jer 31:31-34). Divine love (Hebrew, <span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">hesed<\/span>) connotes changeless loyalty; God “will never fail nor forsake” for “his own name’s sake.” The NT assurance is that Christ will raise his own at the last day—none shall pluck them from his hand or the Father’s. Christ will keep us from falling. God is faithful; he works in us to will and work for his good pleasure, and will not allow us to be tempted beyond our strength. Nothing, in heaven or earth, present or future, shall separate us from divine love. We are already sealed by the Holy Spirit as a guarantee of eternal salvation, and we are kept by the power of God unto a salvation yet to be revealed.<\/p>\n<p>The scriptural tension between exhortation to perseverance and assurance of salvation has given rise to much debate. The intellectual paradox is resolved only in spiritual experience.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Assurance; Backsliding.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>PERSEVERANCE<\/h3>\n<p>Action or condition of steadfastness. OT Israel waited generations for fulfillment of promises that many believers never lived to see (Heb 11:1, 13, 21-22, 39). The promise to Abraham sustained hope for centuries before Canaan was possessed. The lesson of the wilderness journey, when the waning of initial zeal prevented the people from entering the Promised Land, was never forgotten (3:16-19). Prophets looked constantly beyond failure and tragedy to distant horizons, and they nourished a patient faith (Jer 32:1-15; Hos 3:4-5; Jl 2:28-29; Hb 2:1-3; Dn 12:11-13).<\/p>\n<p>The NT everywhere urges similar perseverance. Among several Greek expressions, the usual word, <span class=\"greek\" lang=\"el\">proskartereo<\/span><em>,<\/em> has the root meaning “to attend continually, adhere steadfastly” (Mk 3:9; Acts 8:13; 10:7; Rom 13:6), and is variously translated “devoted,” “continued,” “constant,” “[be] steadfast.”<\/p>\n<p>This persistent patience is called for in prayer (Lk 18:1-8; Col 4:2); in well doing (Rom 2:7; Gal 6:9); in Christian teaching (Acts 2:42; 2 Tm 3:14); in affliction (2 Thes 1:4); in grace (Acts 13:43; 2 Cor 6:1); in faith (Acts 14:22; Col 1:23); in divine love (Jn 15:9; Jude 1:21); in standing firm (1 Cor 16:13; 2 Thes 2:15); in abiding in Christ (Jn 15:4-10; 1 Jn 2:28); in running with patience (Heb 6:12; 12:1); in not falling away (Heb 3:12; 4:1-10); and in being zealous to confirm our call and election (2 Pt 1:10).<\/p>\n<p>The failure in perseverance of Judas (Jn 6:71), Demas (2 Tm 4:10), and Hymenaeus (2 Tm 2:17) must be kept in mind, as well as the dread possibility of neglecting so great a salvation (Heb 2:3), being disqualified (1 Cor 9:27), falling while we think we stand (1 Cor 10:12), and committing apostasy (Heb 6:1-8). For, as Jesus said, “He who endures to the end will be saved” (Mt 10:22; 24:13). Such extraordinary emphasis cannot be accidental. The pressures of pagan society, the danger of persecution, emotional reaction after a wonderful initial experience, and the apparent implication of “instant salvation,” made it imperative for Christians to understand that by their endurance they would inherit eternal salvation (Lk 21:19; Rom 5:3; Col 1:11).<\/p>\n<p>Yet Scripture never implies that perseverance depends entirely upon human effort. In the OT, the redeeming purpose of God is unswerving; God’s covenant stands, though it needs to be renewed (Jer 31:31-34). Divine love (Hebrew, <span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">hesed<\/span>) connotes changeless loyalty; God “will never fail nor forsake” for “his own name’s sake.” The NT assurance is that Christ will raise his own at the last day—none shall pluck them from his hand or the Father’s. Christ will keep us from falling. God is faithful; he works in us to will and work for his good pleasure, and will not allow us to be tempted beyond our strength. Nothing, in heaven or earth, present or future, shall separate us from divine love. We are already sealed by the Holy Spirit as a guarantee of eternal salvation, and we are kept by the power of God unto a salvation yet to be revealed.<\/p>\n<p>The scriptural tension between exhortation to perseverance and assurance of salvation has given rise to much debate. The intellectual paradox is resolved only in spiritual experience.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Assurance; Backsliding.<\/p>","summary_ro":"PERSEVERANCE Action or condition of steadfastness. OT Israel waited generations for fulfillment of promises that many believers never lived to see (Heb 11:1, 13, 21-22, 39). The promise to Abraham sustained hope for centuries before Canaan was possessed. The lesson of the wilderness journey, when the waning of initial zeal prevented the people from entering the Promised Land, was never forgotten (3:16-19). Prophets looked constantly beyond failure and tragedy to distant horizons, and they nou...","summary_en":"PERSEVERANCE Action or condition of steadfastness. OT Israel waited generations for fulfillment of promises that many believers never lived to see (Heb 11:1, 13, 21-22, 39). The promise to Abraham sustained hope for centuries before Canaan was possessed. The lesson of the wilderness journey, when the waning of initial zeal prevented the people from entering the Promised Land, was never forgotten (3:16-19). Prophets looked constantly beyond failure and tragedy to distant horizons, and they nou...","source":"Articles\/P.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":54172,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:1","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:1","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:1<\/strong> <em>I will . . . stand at my guardpost:<\/em> Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would <em>answer<\/em> his <em>complaint<\/em><em>,<\/em> even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:1<\/strong> <em>I will . . . stand at my guardpost:<\/em> Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would <em>answer<\/em> his <em>complaint<\/em><em>,<\/em> even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:1 I will . . . stand at my guardpost: Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would answer his complaint, even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.","summary_en":"2:1 I will . . . stand at my guardpost: Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would answer his complaint, even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":81798,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:1","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:1","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:1<\/strong> <em>I will . . . stand at my guardpost:<\/em> Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would <em>answer<\/em> his <em>complaint<\/em><em>,<\/em> even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:1<\/strong> <em>I will . . . stand at my guardpost:<\/em> Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would <em>answer<\/em> his <em>complaint<\/em><em>,<\/em> even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:1 I will . . . stand at my guardpost: Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would answer his complaint, even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.","summary_en":"2:1 I will . . . stand at my guardpost: Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would answer his complaint, even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":109424,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:1","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:1","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:1<\/strong> <em>I will . . . stand at my guardpost:<\/em> Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would <em>answer<\/em> his <em>complaint<\/em><em>,<\/em> even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:1<\/strong> <em>I will . . . stand at my guardpost:<\/em> Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would <em>answer<\/em> his <em>complaint<\/em><em>,<\/em> even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:1 I will . . . stand at my guardpost: Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would answer his complaint, even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.","summary_en":"2:1 I will . . . stand at my guardpost: Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would answer his complaint, even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":137050,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:1","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:1","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:1<\/strong> <em>I will . . . stand at my guardpost:<\/em> Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would <em>answer<\/em> his <em>complaint<\/em><em>,<\/em> even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:1<\/strong> <em>I will . . . stand at my guardpost:<\/em> Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would <em>answer<\/em> his <em>complaint<\/em><em>,<\/em> even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:1 I will . . . stand at my guardpost: Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would answer his complaint, even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.","summary_en":"2:1 I will . . . stand at my guardpost: Like a sentinel on duty (see also 2 Sam 18:24-28; 2 Kgs 9:17-20; Ezek 33:2-6), Habakkuk waited expectantly to see how God would answer his complaint, even if that meant being reproved by the Lord.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"2":[{"id":14901,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Book of Habakkuk","title_en":"Book of Habakkuk","content_ro":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","summary_ro":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","summary_en":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","source":"Articles\/H.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":54173,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:2","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:2","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:2-20<\/strong> God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:2-20<\/strong> God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:2-20 God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.","summary_en":"2:2-20 God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":54174,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:2","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:2","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:2-5<\/strong> Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice <em>seems slow in coming<\/em><em>,<\/em> it will come.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:2-5<\/strong> Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice <em>seems slow in coming<\/em><em>,<\/em> it will come.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:2-5 Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice seems slow in coming, it will come.","summary_en":"2:2-5 Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice seems slow in coming, it will come.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":54175,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:2","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:2","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:2<\/strong> God instructs the prophet to <em>write<\/em> the <em>message<\/em> (literally <em>vision<\/em>) <em>plainly<\/em> so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:2<\/strong> God instructs the prophet to <em>write<\/em> the <em>message<\/em> (literally <em>vision<\/em>) <em>plainly<\/em> so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:2 God instructs the prophet to write the message (literally vision) plainly so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.","summary_en":"2:2 God instructs the prophet to write the message (literally vision) plainly so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":81799,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:2","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:2","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:2-20<\/strong> God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:2-20<\/strong> God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:2-20 God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.","summary_en":"2:2-20 God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":81800,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:2","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:2","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:2-5<\/strong> Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice <em>seems slow in coming<\/em><em>,<\/em> it will come.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:2-5<\/strong> Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice <em>seems slow in coming<\/em><em>,<\/em> it will come.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:2-5 Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice seems slow in coming, it will come.","summary_en":"2:2-5 Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice seems slow in coming, it will come.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":81801,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:2","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:2","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:2<\/strong> God instructs the prophet to <em>write<\/em> the <em>message<\/em> (literally <em>vision<\/em>) <em>plainly<\/em> so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:2<\/strong> God instructs the prophet to <em>write<\/em> the <em>message<\/em> (literally <em>vision<\/em>) <em>plainly<\/em> so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:2 God instructs the prophet to write the message (literally vision) plainly so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.","summary_en":"2:2 God instructs the prophet to write the message (literally vision) plainly so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":109425,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:2","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:2","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:2-20<\/strong> God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:2-20<\/strong> God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:2-20 God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.","summary_en":"2:2-20 God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":109426,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:2","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:2","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:2-5<\/strong> Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice <em>seems slow in coming<\/em><em>,<\/em> it will come.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:2-5<\/strong> Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice <em>seems slow in coming<\/em><em>,<\/em> it will come.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:2-5 Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice seems slow in coming, it will come.","summary_en":"2:2-5 Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice seems slow in coming, it will come.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":109427,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:2","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:2","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:2<\/strong> God instructs the prophet to <em>write<\/em> the <em>message<\/em> (literally <em>vision<\/em>) <em>plainly<\/em> so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:2<\/strong> God instructs the prophet to <em>write<\/em> the <em>message<\/em> (literally <em>vision<\/em>) <em>plainly<\/em> so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:2 God instructs the prophet to write the message (literally vision) plainly so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.","summary_en":"2:2 God instructs the prophet to write the message (literally vision) plainly so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":137051,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:2","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:2","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:2-20<\/strong> God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:2-20<\/strong> God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:2-20 God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.","summary_en":"2:2-20 God responds to Habakkuk’s second complaint (1:12–2:1) without explaining why he chose to use the Babylonians. Rather, he assures Habakkuk that all violence and injustice will be punished.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":137052,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:2","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:2","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:2-5<\/strong> Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice <em>seems slow in coming<\/em><em>,<\/em> it will come.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:2-5<\/strong> Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice <em>seems slow in coming<\/em><em>,<\/em> it will come.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:2-5 Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice seems slow in coming, it will come.","summary_en":"2:2-5 Habakkuk’s mission was to make it clear to people that even if God’s justice seems slow in coming, it will come.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":137053,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:2","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:2","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:2<\/strong> God instructs the prophet to <em>write<\/em> the <em>message<\/em> (literally <em>vision<\/em>) <em>plainly<\/em> so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:2<\/strong> God instructs the prophet to <em>write<\/em> the <em>message<\/em> (literally <em>vision<\/em>) <em>plainly<\/em> so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:2 God instructs the prophet to write the message (literally vision) plainly so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.","summary_en":"2:2 God instructs the prophet to write the message (literally vision) plainly so that it will be understood, preserved, and shared with others.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":64777,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","title_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","content_ro":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","summary_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","summary_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":92403,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","title_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","content_ro":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","summary_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","summary_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":120029,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","title_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","content_ro":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","summary_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","summary_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":147655,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","title_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","content_ro":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","summary_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","summary_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"3":[{"id":14902,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Book of Habakkuk","title_en":"Book of Habakkuk","content_ro":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","summary_ro":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","summary_en":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","source":"Articles\/H.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":54176,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:3","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:3","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:3<\/strong> <em>will surely take place:<\/em> In a set <em>future time<\/em> known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must <em>wait patiently<\/em><em>,<\/em> knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:3<\/strong> <em>will surely take place:<\/em> In a set <em>future time<\/em> known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must <em>wait patiently<\/em><em>,<\/em> knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:3 will surely take place: In a set future time known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must wait patiently, knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).","summary_en":"2:3 will surely take place: In a set future time known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must wait patiently, knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":81802,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:3","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:3","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:3<\/strong> <em>will surely take place:<\/em> In a set <em>future time<\/em> known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must <em>wait patiently<\/em><em>,<\/em> knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:3<\/strong> <em>will surely take place:<\/em> In a set <em>future time<\/em> known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must <em>wait patiently<\/em><em>,<\/em> knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:3 will surely take place: In a set future time known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must wait patiently, knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).","summary_en":"2:3 will surely take place: In a set future time known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must wait patiently, knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":109428,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:3","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:3","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:3<\/strong> <em>will surely take place:<\/em> In a set <em>future time<\/em> known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must <em>wait patiently<\/em><em>,<\/em> knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:3<\/strong> <em>will surely take place:<\/em> In a set <em>future time<\/em> known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must <em>wait patiently<\/em><em>,<\/em> knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:3 will surely take place: In a set future time known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must wait patiently, knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).","summary_en":"2:3 will surely take place: In a set future time known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must wait patiently, knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":137054,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:3","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:3","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:3<\/strong> <em>will surely take place:<\/em> In a set <em>future time<\/em> known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must <em>wait patiently<\/em><em>,<\/em> knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:3<\/strong> <em>will surely take place:<\/em> In a set <em>future time<\/em> known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must <em>wait patiently<\/em><em>,<\/em> knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:3 will surely take place: In a set future time known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must wait patiently, knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).","summary_en":"2:3 will surely take place: In a set future time known only to the Lord, he will intervene in earth’s history and bring it to a proper culmination, vindicating the righteous and judging the wicked. God’s people must wait patiently, knowing that the divine plan is on schedule (see Heb 10:35-38).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":64760,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","title_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","content_ro":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","summary_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","summary_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":66439,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Visions","title_en":"Visions","content_ro":"<h3>Visions<\/h3>\n<p>Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpreted for the one seeing the vision by God or an angel.<\/p>\n<p>Visions are also prominent in the book of Acts, and they are usually connected with prayer (Acts 9:10-12; 16:9-10; 22:17-21; 23:11; see Luke 1:8-20). On one occasion, Cornelius, a Roman officer, was visited by an angel (Acts 10:1-6, 30-32), who told him to send for Peter. The following day, Peter received a vision as he prayed (10:9-16; see 11:5-10) that directly related to his subsequent encounter with Cornelius. In Acts 9, the visions of Paul and Ananias likewise highlight God’s involvement in their lives (9:3-6, 10-16). These visions are not chance coincidences but the providential outworking of God’s saving purposes in the world.<\/p>\n<p>Visions give divine direction and show Christian workers the way in which they should carry out the Great Commission. Paul had visions on the Damascus road at his conversion (Acts 9:3-6; 22:6-10; 26:12-19), on the threshold of his missionary advance into Europe (16:9), at Corinth (18:9-11), in the Temple (22:17-21), and again in Jerusalem before he set out on his trip to Rome (23:11). Through visions God is active in guiding the affairs of the church and in extending its mission (see the study notes on 10:3, 9-16; 22:17-22; 23:11; see also Gal 1:8-9 and study note there).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 37:5-10; 40:1–41:36; Isa 6:1-13; Jer 14:14; Ezek 37:1-14; Dan 8:1-27; 9:21; Hos 12:10; Obad 1:1; Hab 2:3; Luke 1:8-20; Acts 9:3-6, 10-16; 10:3-6, 9-16, 30-32; 11:5-9; 16:9-10; 18:9-11; 22:6-10, 17-21; 23:11; 26:14-19; 2 Cor 12:1-10; Rev 1:9–22:7<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Visions<\/h3>\n<p>Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpreted for the one seeing the vision by God or an angel.<\/p>\n<p>Visions are also prominent in the book of Acts, and they are usually connected with prayer (Acts 9:10-12; 16:9-10; 22:17-21; 23:11; see Luke 1:8-20). On one occasion, Cornelius, a Roman officer, was visited by an angel (Acts 10:1-6, 30-32), who told him to send for Peter. The following day, Peter received a vision as he prayed (10:9-16; see 11:5-10) that directly related to his subsequent encounter with Cornelius. In Acts 9, the visions of Paul and Ananias likewise highlight God’s involvement in their lives (9:3-6, 10-16). These visions are not chance coincidences but the providential outworking of God’s saving purposes in the world.<\/p>\n<p>Visions give divine direction and show Christian workers the way in which they should carry out the Great Commission. Paul had visions on the Damascus road at his conversion (Acts 9:3-6; 22:6-10; 26:12-19), on the threshold of his missionary advance into Europe (16:9), at Corinth (18:9-11), in the Temple (22:17-21), and again in Jerusalem before he set out on his trip to Rome (23:11). Through visions God is active in guiding the affairs of the church and in extending its mission (see the study notes on 10:3, 9-16; 22:17-22; 23:11; see also Gal 1:8-9 and study note there).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 37:5-10; 40:1–41:36; Isa 6:1-13; Jer 14:14; Ezek 37:1-14; Dan 8:1-27; 9:21; Hos 12:10; Obad 1:1; Hab 2:3; Luke 1:8-20; Acts 9:3-6, 10-16; 10:3-6, 9-16, 30-32; 11:5-9; 16:9-10; 18:9-11; 22:6-10, 17-21; 23:11; 26:14-19; 2 Cor 12:1-10; Rev 1:9–22:7<\/p>","summary_ro":"Visions Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpre...","summary_en":"Visions Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpre...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":92386,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","title_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","content_ro":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","summary_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","summary_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":94065,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Visions","title_en":"Visions","content_ro":"<h3>Visions<\/h3>\n<p>Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpreted for the one seeing the vision by God or an angel.<\/p>\n<p>Visions are also prominent in the book of Acts, and they are usually connected with prayer (Acts 9:10-12; 16:9-10; 22:17-21; 23:11; see Luke 1:8-20). On one occasion, Cornelius, a Roman officer, was visited by an angel (Acts 10:1-6, 30-32), who told him to send for Peter. The following day, Peter received a vision as he prayed (10:9-16; see 11:5-10) that directly related to his subsequent encounter with Cornelius. In Acts 9, the visions of Paul and Ananias likewise highlight God’s involvement in their lives (9:3-6, 10-16). These visions are not chance coincidences but the providential outworking of God’s saving purposes in the world.<\/p>\n<p>Visions give divine direction and show Christian workers the way in which they should carry out the Great Commission. Paul had visions on the Damascus road at his conversion (Acts 9:3-6; 22:6-10; 26:12-19), on the threshold of his missionary advance into Europe (16:9), at Corinth (18:9-11), in the Temple (22:17-21), and again in Jerusalem before he set out on his trip to Rome (23:11). Through visions God is active in guiding the affairs of the church and in extending its mission (see the study notes on 10:3, 9-16; 22:17-22; 23:11; see also Gal 1:8-9 and study note there).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 37:5-10; 40:1–41:36; Isa 6:1-13; Jer 14:14; Ezek 37:1-14; Dan 8:1-27; 9:21; Hos 12:10; Obad 1:1; Hab 2:3; Luke 1:8-20; Acts 9:3-6, 10-16; 10:3-6, 9-16, 30-32; 11:5-9; 16:9-10; 18:9-11; 22:6-10, 17-21; 23:11; 26:14-19; 2 Cor 12:1-10; Rev 1:9–22:7<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Visions<\/h3>\n<p>Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpreted for the one seeing the vision by God or an angel.<\/p>\n<p>Visions are also prominent in the book of Acts, and they are usually connected with prayer (Acts 9:10-12; 16:9-10; 22:17-21; 23:11; see Luke 1:8-20). On one occasion, Cornelius, a Roman officer, was visited by an angel (Acts 10:1-6, 30-32), who told him to send for Peter. The following day, Peter received a vision as he prayed (10:9-16; see 11:5-10) that directly related to his subsequent encounter with Cornelius. In Acts 9, the visions of Paul and Ananias likewise highlight God’s involvement in their lives (9:3-6, 10-16). These visions are not chance coincidences but the providential outworking of God’s saving purposes in the world.<\/p>\n<p>Visions give divine direction and show Christian workers the way in which they should carry out the Great Commission. Paul had visions on the Damascus road at his conversion (Acts 9:3-6; 22:6-10; 26:12-19), on the threshold of his missionary advance into Europe (16:9), at Corinth (18:9-11), in the Temple (22:17-21), and again in Jerusalem before he set out on his trip to Rome (23:11). Through visions God is active in guiding the affairs of the church and in extending its mission (see the study notes on 10:3, 9-16; 22:17-22; 23:11; see also Gal 1:8-9 and study note there).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 37:5-10; 40:1–41:36; Isa 6:1-13; Jer 14:14; Ezek 37:1-14; Dan 8:1-27; 9:21; Hos 12:10; Obad 1:1; Hab 2:3; Luke 1:8-20; Acts 9:3-6, 10-16; 10:3-6, 9-16, 30-32; 11:5-9; 16:9-10; 18:9-11; 22:6-10, 17-21; 23:11; 26:14-19; 2 Cor 12:1-10; Rev 1:9–22:7<\/p>","summary_ro":"Visions Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpre...","summary_en":"Visions Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpre...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":120012,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","title_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","content_ro":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","summary_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","summary_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":121691,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Visions","title_en":"Visions","content_ro":"<h3>Visions<\/h3>\n<p>Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpreted for the one seeing the vision by God or an angel.<\/p>\n<p>Visions are also prominent in the book of Acts, and they are usually connected with prayer (Acts 9:10-12; 16:9-10; 22:17-21; 23:11; see Luke 1:8-20). On one occasion, Cornelius, a Roman officer, was visited by an angel (Acts 10:1-6, 30-32), who told him to send for Peter. The following day, Peter received a vision as he prayed (10:9-16; see 11:5-10) that directly related to his subsequent encounter with Cornelius. In Acts 9, the visions of Paul and Ananias likewise highlight God’s involvement in their lives (9:3-6, 10-16). These visions are not chance coincidences but the providential outworking of God’s saving purposes in the world.<\/p>\n<p>Visions give divine direction and show Christian workers the way in which they should carry out the Great Commission. Paul had visions on the Damascus road at his conversion (Acts 9:3-6; 22:6-10; 26:12-19), on the threshold of his missionary advance into Europe (16:9), at Corinth (18:9-11), in the Temple (22:17-21), and again in Jerusalem before he set out on his trip to Rome (23:11). Through visions God is active in guiding the affairs of the church and in extending its mission (see the study notes on 10:3, 9-16; 22:17-22; 23:11; see also Gal 1:8-9 and study note there).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 37:5-10; 40:1–41:36; Isa 6:1-13; Jer 14:14; Ezek 37:1-14; Dan 8:1-27; 9:21; Hos 12:10; Obad 1:1; Hab 2:3; Luke 1:8-20; Acts 9:3-6, 10-16; 10:3-6, 9-16, 30-32; 11:5-9; 16:9-10; 18:9-11; 22:6-10, 17-21; 23:11; 26:14-19; 2 Cor 12:1-10; Rev 1:9–22:7<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Visions<\/h3>\n<p>Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpreted for the one seeing the vision by God or an angel.<\/p>\n<p>Visions are also prominent in the book of Acts, and they are usually connected with prayer (Acts 9:10-12; 16:9-10; 22:17-21; 23:11; see Luke 1:8-20). On one occasion, Cornelius, a Roman officer, was visited by an angel (Acts 10:1-6, 30-32), who told him to send for Peter. The following day, Peter received a vision as he prayed (10:9-16; see 11:5-10) that directly related to his subsequent encounter with Cornelius. In Acts 9, the visions of Paul and Ananias likewise highlight God’s involvement in their lives (9:3-6, 10-16). These visions are not chance coincidences but the providential outworking of God’s saving purposes in the world.<\/p>\n<p>Visions give divine direction and show Christian workers the way in which they should carry out the Great Commission. Paul had visions on the Damascus road at his conversion (Acts 9:3-6; 22:6-10; 26:12-19), on the threshold of his missionary advance into Europe (16:9), at Corinth (18:9-11), in the Temple (22:17-21), and again in Jerusalem before he set out on his trip to Rome (23:11). Through visions God is active in guiding the affairs of the church and in extending its mission (see the study notes on 10:3, 9-16; 22:17-22; 23:11; see also Gal 1:8-9 and study note there).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 37:5-10; 40:1–41:36; Isa 6:1-13; Jer 14:14; Ezek 37:1-14; Dan 8:1-27; 9:21; Hos 12:10; Obad 1:1; Hab 2:3; Luke 1:8-20; Acts 9:3-6, 10-16; 10:3-6, 9-16, 30-32; 11:5-9; 16:9-10; 18:9-11; 22:6-10, 17-21; 23:11; 26:14-19; 2 Cor 12:1-10; Rev 1:9–22:7<\/p>","summary_ro":"Visions Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpre...","summary_en":"Visions Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpre...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":147638,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","title_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","content_ro":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","summary_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","summary_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":149317,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Visions","title_en":"Visions","content_ro":"<h3>Visions<\/h3>\n<p>Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpreted for the one seeing the vision by God or an angel.<\/p>\n<p>Visions are also prominent in the book of Acts, and they are usually connected with prayer (Acts 9:10-12; 16:9-10; 22:17-21; 23:11; see Luke 1:8-20). On one occasion, Cornelius, a Roman officer, was visited by an angel (Acts 10:1-6, 30-32), who told him to send for Peter. The following day, Peter received a vision as he prayed (10:9-16; see 11:5-10) that directly related to his subsequent encounter with Cornelius. In Acts 9, the visions of Paul and Ananias likewise highlight God’s involvement in their lives (9:3-6, 10-16). These visions are not chance coincidences but the providential outworking of God’s saving purposes in the world.<\/p>\n<p>Visions give divine direction and show Christian workers the way in which they should carry out the Great Commission. Paul had visions on the Damascus road at his conversion (Acts 9:3-6; 22:6-10; 26:12-19), on the threshold of his missionary advance into Europe (16:9), at Corinth (18:9-11), in the Temple (22:17-21), and again in Jerusalem before he set out on his trip to Rome (23:11). Through visions God is active in guiding the affairs of the church and in extending its mission (see the study notes on 10:3, 9-16; 22:17-22; 23:11; see also Gal 1:8-9 and study note there).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 37:5-10; 40:1–41:36; Isa 6:1-13; Jer 14:14; Ezek 37:1-14; Dan 8:1-27; 9:21; Hos 12:10; Obad 1:1; Hab 2:3; Luke 1:8-20; Acts 9:3-6, 10-16; 10:3-6, 9-16, 30-32; 11:5-9; 16:9-10; 18:9-11; 22:6-10, 17-21; 23:11; 26:14-19; 2 Cor 12:1-10; Rev 1:9–22:7<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Visions<\/h3>\n<p>Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpreted for the one seeing the vision by God or an angel.<\/p>\n<p>Visions are also prominent in the book of Acts, and they are usually connected with prayer (Acts 9:10-12; 16:9-10; 22:17-21; 23:11; see Luke 1:8-20). On one occasion, Cornelius, a Roman officer, was visited by an angel (Acts 10:1-6, 30-32), who told him to send for Peter. The following day, Peter received a vision as he prayed (10:9-16; see 11:5-10) that directly related to his subsequent encounter with Cornelius. In Acts 9, the visions of Paul and Ananias likewise highlight God’s involvement in their lives (9:3-6, 10-16). These visions are not chance coincidences but the providential outworking of God’s saving purposes in the world.<\/p>\n<p>Visions give divine direction and show Christian workers the way in which they should carry out the Great Commission. Paul had visions on the Damascus road at his conversion (Acts 9:3-6; 22:6-10; 26:12-19), on the threshold of his missionary advance into Europe (16:9), at Corinth (18:9-11), in the Temple (22:17-21), and again in Jerusalem before he set out on his trip to Rome (23:11). Through visions God is active in guiding the affairs of the church and in extending its mission (see the study notes on 10:3, 9-16; 22:17-22; 23:11; see also Gal 1:8-9 and study note there).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 37:5-10; 40:1–41:36; Isa 6:1-13; Jer 14:14; Ezek 37:1-14; Dan 8:1-27; 9:21; Hos 12:10; Obad 1:1; Hab 2:3; Luke 1:8-20; Acts 9:3-6, 10-16; 10:3-6, 9-16, 30-32; 11:5-9; 16:9-10; 18:9-11; 22:6-10, 17-21; 23:11; 26:14-19; 2 Cor 12:1-10; Rev 1:9–22:7<\/p>","summary_ro":"Visions Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpre...","summary_en":"Visions Visions are closely related to other revelatory experiences such as dreams (Gen 37:5-10; 40:5-19). Classic examples include Ezekiel’s vision of the valley of dry bones (Ezek 37:1-14) and Isaiah’s vision of God’s throne (Isa 6). Visions were often the means by which the Old Testament prophets received messages from the Lord. These visions often contained very striking imagery. The imagery generally offered a graphic, metaphorical depiction of an earthly reality, which was then interpre...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"4":[{"id":4838,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"of the Old Testament in the New Testament Bible*, Quotations","title_en":"of the Old Testament in the New Testament Bible*, Quotations","content_ro":"<h3>BIBLE*, Q<span>uotations of the Old Testament in the New Testament<\/span><\/h3>\n<p>OT passages cited or alluded to in the NT writings.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most complex problems in interpreting the Bible is in understanding how NT writers quoted the OT. Obviously nothing is so formative and authoritative for the NT writers as Scripture. However, the way that they used OT passages often seems strange to modern readers.<\/p>\n<p>The OT has provided the words and ideas for much of the NT. Unless one has a Bible that prints OT quotations in distinctive print, this may not be easily seen, for the NT writers often weave the OT words into their own without indicating they are borrowing from the OT. There are over 400 passages of the OT that are explicitly cited in the NT. Almost half of these are introduced by a statement like “Scripture says” to draw attention to the fact that the authority and thought of the OT is being implemented. For the others, however, the OT words are woven into the fabric of the author’s own statement.<\/p>\n<p>In addition to the over 400 passages cited explicitly, there are well over 1,000 places where there is an allusion to an OT text, event, or person. The difference between a quotation and an allusion is sometimes debated for particular texts, but usually the distinction is that in a quotation the author consciously uses the words of an OT passage, whereas with an allusion he has the texts in mind but is not consciously trying to use the words.<\/p>\n<p>Quotations are easy to identify if there is an introductory formula such as “the Scripture says” (as in Rom 10:11; cf. Is 28:16). Where there is no introductory formula, it is easy to overlook explicit quotations (Rom 10:13; cf. Jl 2:32). The allusions are, of course, harder still to recognize, but they often provide the key to interpretation. For example, John 1:14-18—with its mention of glory, grace and truth, Moses, and the fact that no one has seen God—is much more easily and profoundly understood when read in connection with Exodus 33:17–34:8. In the Exodus passage the glory of God and his grace and truth are revealed to Moses. The author was showing that a much more complete revelation of God was given in Jesus than was given Moses in the account recorded in Exodus.<\/p>\n<p>In addition, significant light is shed on many NT passages from OT passages with similar ideas and words even where the NT author may not have been consciously alluding to those texts (e.g. Mt 16:19; Is 22:22). What was behind the author’s thinking is not certain, but in such cases the NT reflects the thinking, the culture, and language of the OT period.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"DistributionofOldTestamentQuotations\">Distribution of Old Testament Quotations<\/p>\n<p>The books of the NT that show the most dependence on the OT are Matthew, John, Romans, Hebrews, 1 Peter, and Revelation. Such a statement can be misleading, however, because the writers have different methods.<\/p>\n<p>Matthew quotes or consciously reflects the wording of OT passages about 62 times, almost half of which have an introductory formula. The book of Revelation, on the other hand, never quotes the OT and never has an introductory formula but is probably more dependent on the OT than any other NT book. The book of Hebrews quotes or consciously reflects the OT about 59 times, again half of which have an introductory formula, but the Gospel of John does so only 18 times, nearly always with an introductory formula. However, the allusions to the OT are present on virtually every page of John’s Gospel, so much so that some scholars have argued that he has modeled his account on the exodus narrative, the Jewish feasts, or OT persons and images. Paul’s Letter to the Romans uses the OT 54 times (about three-fourths of which have introductory formulas), but nowhere else so frequently (e.g., 1 Cor 16 times, Gal 11 times, Phil one time, 1 Thes one time).<\/p>\n<p>In addition to the indication that Philippians and 1 Thessalonians use the OT only once each, some other books make explicit use of the OT rarely or never. Colossians, Titus, Philemon, and the Johannine letters do not use the OT at all; 2 Timothy and Jude use the OT only once; while 2 Peter and 1 Timothy make use of it twice.<\/p>\n<p>The important point is to realize that the OT is used most frequently in circumstances where the audience is familiar with the OT or where the OT is essential for describing the events relating to Christ and the church. The books using the OT most frequently (Mt, Jn, Rom, Heb, 1 Pt, Rv) either stem from or are addressed to a Jewish context or, as in the case of Romans and John, deal specifically with the relation of Jews and Christians. The Gospels make rather extensive use of the OT because the language of the OT is necessary to convey the identity and importance of Jesus in the purposes of God. Similarly 1 Peter uses the OT frequently because the author is trying to convey to his persecuted audience that they are the people of God and the inheritors of the promises of God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"DifficultiesinInterpretation\">Difficulties in Interpretation<\/p>\n<p>Often when people think of quotations of the OT in the NT they think only in terms of prophecy. Some have been guilty of counting up the OT statements that the NT applies to Christ and the church and then claiming these OT texts as predictions that prove Jesus is the Messiah. Such a procedure is filled with problems because it is too simplistic and does not do justice to either the OT or to the way the NT uses it. Of course, the early church used the OT to show that Jesus fulfilled the promises of God and did God’s work, but the use the church made of the OT was quite varied and much of it cannot be classified as predictive prophecy. Prophecy itself is too complex to be limited to predictive thinking.<\/p>\n<p>Some of the most obvious examples of the difficulties appear in Matthew’s Gospel, although they are by no means confined there. Matthew 2:15—“Out of Egypt I called my son”—is a quotation of Hosea 11:1, but in Hosea these words do not refer to the Messiah. They refer to the nation of Israel. Similarly Matthew 2:18 quotes Jeremiah 31:15 (“A voice is heard in Ramah, weeping and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her children and refusing to be comforted, because they are no more,” <span>niv<\/span>) as fulfilled in the slaughter of the innocent babies in Bethlehem, but in Jeremiah the weeping is over the destruction of Jerusalem. John 12:40 views Isaiah 6:10 as fulfilled in Jesus’ ministry, but this verse deals with the call of Isaiah and is not a prediction concerning the ministry of the Messiah. The examples could be multiplied but these should be sufficient to illustrate the problem. For this reason the NT writers have often been accused of twisting the Scriptures, but this charge is as simplistic as the thought that all prophecy is predictive and in fact springs from the same error. Therefore, any attempt to understand the use of the OT in the NT will have to deal with the variety of ways in which the OT is used and with the methods employed by the NT writers.<\/p>\n<p>There are other difficulties that are encountered as well. Sometimes the NT writer will indicate that some fact related to Christ is a fulfillment of the OT but the explicit text that he had in mind cannot be identified. For example, John 7:38 introduces the words “Out of his heart shall flow rivers of living water” with the statement “as Scripture has said.” No OT text reads this way. Possibly the allusion is to the rock that provided water in the wilderness (Ex 17:1), or to the waters that flowed from the new temple (Zec 14:8) or, more generally, it may be a reference to Isaiah 58:11. Similarly, the difficulty in determining the OT text behind the prophecy that Christ will be called a Nazarene (Mt 2:23) is notorious. Probably the reference is to Isaiah 11:1 and the Hebrew word there translated as “branch,” but the connection is not easily made and is not certain. A third example of this kind of difficulty is in 1 Corinthians 14:34, where Paul indicates that women should be in submission just as the Law says, but there is no OT text expressing this idea. His statement in probably to be understood as a summary rather than a quotation or allusion. Similarly on a few occasions an OT text is seemingly attributed to the wrong OT book. In Mark 1:2-3 an OT quotation is attributed to Isaiah but the quotation is really a conflation (or mixing) of Exodus 23:20, Malachi 3:1, and Isaiah 40:3. Matthew 27:9-10 quotes a passage that is said to be from Jeremiah, when really it is dependent on Zechariah 11:13 and might best be described as a summary of Zechariah 11:12-13, with certain words included from Jeremiah 32:6-9. These two examples do not create a major problem, however, for the determination of the origin of the words may be due to their use in collections of quotations from various prophets, in which case the more prominent prophets would be used to designate origin.<\/p>\n<p>The wording of the quotations of the OT text does not always conform to the modern form of the OT. Just as today there are numerous translations of the Bible, when the NT was being written there were various forms of the OT text. With regard to the Hebrew text (for the OT was written mostly in Hebrew), there were different traditions. Such differences in the Hebrew traditions would have been relatively small. Because of the increasing importance of Aramaic after the Babylonian captivity and of Greek after the conquests of Alexander the Great, the OT was also known and used in both these languages when the NT was being written. In fact, the Jews found it necessary in their synagogue services after reading the Hebrew OT to paraphrase the reading in Aramaic so that all could understand. These paraphrases were later written down and are known as Targums. The Greek translation of the OT that stems from the third century <span>BC<\/span> is known as the Septuagint, but there were also other Greek translations in use. This being the case, the wording of a NT quotation is not identical in every detail to the text of the Hebrew OT.<\/p>\n<p>Added to the fact that there were various forms of the text known in first-century <span>AD<\/span> Palestine is the complicating factor that NT writers often did not intend to quote the OT exactly. The use of formal quotation marks is a modern device, and ancient writers were not so taken by technical precision. They were more concerned with the intention of a text and consequently might copy or quote it verbatim, quote it from memory, use or adapt part of a verse, or even change certain words as they borrowed the verse to express their points. (The NT writers often use the OT words describing God’s actions in the past to explain what he has done in their time.) The importance of any differences between the NT quotation and the OT depends on the use to which the quotation is put and the degree to which the use is dependent on textual differences.<\/p>\n<p>Some examples should illustrate the nature of these difficulties. Ephesians 4:8 quotes Psalm 68:18. Whereas the Hebrew and Septuagint read, “You ascended to the heights, you lead captivity captive, you received gifts among mankind,” Ephesians records the verse as “After he ascended into the heights, <em>he<\/em> led captivity captive; he <em>gave<\/em> gifts to men.” Paul is stressing that Christ has given grace to people for ministry. He has either adapted the wording of the OT to make his point or he quoted a variant reading, <em>“he gave<\/em> gifts.” Some versions do have this reading. In fact, the Targum understands this verse as Moses giving the words of the law to the children of men, and Paul may well be adapting this understanding to the new revelation that has come in Christ.<\/p>\n<p>Matthew 1:23 quotes Isaiah 7:14, but there are distinct differences between the Hebrew text and the wording in Matthew. The Hebrew reads, “Behold the young woman will become pregnant and will bear a son and you will call his name Immanuel,” whereas Matthew’s text records “Behold, the <em>virgin<\/em> will become pregnant and will bear a son, and <em>they<\/em> will call his name Immanuel.” The Septuagint does have the specific word “virgin,” like Matthew, but is not the source of Matthew’s quotation since other differences exist. Some have argued that the change from “you will call” to “they will call” was made by Matthew when he applied the words to Jesus. However, there are several traditions known for this part of the quotation and partial support for the reading in Matthew is provided by the text of Isaiah found among the Dead Sea Scrolls.<\/p>\n<p>Romans 11:26-27 is a conflation of Isaiah 59:20-21 and part of Isaiah 27:9, but there are important differences. One of these is that the OT has “the redeemer will come to Zion,” whereas Romans has “the deliverer will come <em>from<\/em> Zion.” The change to “from Zion” could indicate that Paul had a different textual tradition, could be the result of an intentional change by Paul, or more probably, could reflect the wording of Psalm 14:7.<\/p>\n<p>An awareness of the difficulties involved in the quotations of the OT by the NT writers will prohibit a simplistic approach and will prevent hasty conclusions. Care to ask not only which text was used but also which form of the text was used and how is obviously essential in any serious study. In addition it is necessary to allow for the possibility that the NT writers knew forms of a text that are now lost.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"TheMethodsoftheNewTestamentWriters\">The Methods of the New Testament Writers<\/p>\n<p>The methods used by the NT writers were not unique to them. Many of these methods were also employed in first-century Judaism. In fact, both the technique used in quoting and the understanding of the OT text itself in many cases are paralleled in Judaism. For example, from the standpoint of technique used in quoting, the same kinds of formula introductions are used in the Dead Sea Scrolls, the rabbinic writings, and elsewhere. The rabbinic technique of “pearl stringing,” that is, of applying verses from various parts of the OT (the Law, the Prophets, the Writings) to a subject, can be seen especially in Paul’s writings (note Rom 9:12-19 or 11:8-10). Somewhat related is the practice of using quotations that all contain a key word or key words (note 1 Pt 2:6-8, which draws together quotations using the word “stone,” or Rom 15:9-12, which joins OT verses referring to the “nations”).<\/p>\n<p>The methods used in the NT to interpret an OT text are also displayed in Judaism. Some passages interpret the OT “literally,” such as Jesus’ replies during temptation (see the quotations of Dt 8:3; 6:16; 6:13; in Mt 4:3-10), his teachings on marriage based on Genesis 2:24 (Mt 19:5), or Paul’s use of Habakkuk 2:4 (Rom 1:17) or Genesis 15:6 (Rom 4:3-9). Many such examples could be given. With regard to prophecy, some of these statements are fulfilled in a “literal” or “direct” way in keeping with the intention of the OT (e.g., Mi 5:2, Bethlehem as the birthplace of the Messiah; Mt 2:4-6). Jeremiah 31:31-34, the promise of the new covenant, is viewed as directly fulfilled in Christ (Heb 8:7-13). The prophecy of Joel 2:28-32 concerning the pouring out of the Spirit of the Lord is directly fulfilled in the Pentecost event (Acts 2:17-21), but the changing of the sun to darkness and the moon to blood are certainly not understood literally in connection with this event.<\/p>\n<p>A different method of interpretation is based on the concept of <em>corporate solidarity.<\/em> This technical expression is an attempt to convey the idea that the individuals among God’s people are not merely individuals; they are part of a larger whole. Consequently, what is said about the individual can apply to the whole and vice versa. This is the reason the Servant of the Lord in Isaiah is seen both as the nation (44:1) and as an individual (52:13–53:12). Also the king is sometimes viewed as representative of the nation. The easiest places to see the concept of corporate solidarity are in the effect of the sin of Achan on all the people (Jos 7) or the sin of David in numbering the people (1 Chr 21:3-8).<\/p>\n<p><em>Correspondence in history<\/em> is not so much a method of interpretation as it is a way of thinking about God. It assumes that the things that happen to God’s people are the things that have happened to previous generations and that God is faithful and operates in the present as he has in the past. Consequently, the trials and deliverance of God’s people are often expressed with words borrowed from the previous accounts of God’s people. Isaiah describes the anticipated deliverance in terms of a second exodus (11:15-16). Ezekiel describes the king set up over the people in terms of a second David (Ez 37:25). In the NT, Revelation 22 describes the new heavens and the new earth in terms of the Garden of Eden (Gn 2–3). Sometimes this technique is described as “typology,” but this term has been used for so many questionable interpretations that it is misleading. The most important thing about this concept is that it is a view of God and his working among his people.<\/p>\n<p>With these two concepts, the way that the OT is quoted in the NT can be understood. The conviction that Jesus was the promised deliverer and that the last days had dawned in his ministry are evident everywhere. The quotation of Hosea 11:1 can be used in Matthew 2:15 because of corporate solidarity and correspondence in history. What was said of the nation is true of the one who is its representative, and there is correspondence in their respective histories. Jeremiah 31:15 can be used in Matthew 2:18 because of correspondence in history and especially because Jeremiah looked forward to God’s intention for Israel and prophesied a new covenant (31:17, 31-34). Matthew saw not only the correspondence in history but believed that in Jesus this promised salvation had been granted. John 12:40 can quote Isaiah 6:10 of Jesus’ ministry, not because he twists the meaning of the OT text, but because he saw that what had happened with God’s messenger before happened again and even <em>ultimately<\/em> in Jesus’ ministry. The instances of such correspondences in history are numerous.<\/p>\n<p>There are other texts where there seems to be an <em>actualization<\/em> of the OT text. Some quotations seem to be “lived out” in the ministry of Jesus. Because of their conviction about Jesus and his kingdom, the NT writers often saw certain OT texts as appropriated and made alive by Jesus. Psalm 118:22 was not intended as a prophecy of the Messiah, but Jesus saw it as descriptive of his ministry (Mt 21:42), and the early church saw this verse as actualized in his death and resurrection (Acts 4:11). Isaiah 53 is another text that the NT views as actualized in Jesus’ ministry (see Acts 8:32-35 and 1 Pt 2:22-25). Some Christians would view Psalm 22 as a prophecy of the crucifixion of Jesus, but it seems instead to be the lament of a righteous OT sufferer. Through correspondence in history, and because Christians saw so much of the psalmist’s plight actualized in Jesus’ crucifixion, the psalm became the easiest way to describe what once again had happened to God’s righteous sufferer. The words of Isaiah 40:3 describe the ministry of John the Baptist (Mt 3:3). Jews had come to see this verse as a prophecy of God’s end-time salvation, and the early church saw John the Baptist fulfilling this forerunner’s task. Luke made this identification (Lk 3:4-6), but he applied the same role to Jesus’ disciples (9:52; 10:1). This seems to be a further example of actualization and correspondence in history. In other places the church has applied to Christians ideas that were previously understood of Christ (e.g., the stone in 1 Pt 2:4-5; the ministry of the Suffering Servant in Acts 13:46-47).<\/p>\n<p>The most convenient term to describe the way the OT is “fulfilled” in Christ is to say that the OT finds its climax in Jesus. Even where actual quotations are not involved, the OT ideas such as prophet, priest, or king are climaxed in him as the ideal and embodiment of all the OT models. He could tell religious authorities that “one greater than Solomon is here” (Mt 12:42) or “one greater than the temple is here” (Mt 12:6). Those passages involving correspondence in history or actualization also lead to the conviction that he is the climax of the OT Scriptures.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"ThePurposesoftheUseoftheOldTestament\">The Purposes of the Use of the Old Testament<\/p>\n<p>The variety of methods of interpretation and application of the OT parallels the fact that the OT was used for a variety of purposes. People tend to think only in terms of the use of the OT to show that Jesus was the Messiah, but there are a number of other uses with a variety of goals. Many OT texts are used to show Jesus is the Messiah, the fulfillment of the OT promises (Lk 4:16-21). Without lessening the fulfillment emphasis, however, other verses are applied to Jesus for other purposes: to evangelize (Acts 8:32-25); to demonstrate or convince (Acts 13:33-35); to rebuke (Mk 7:6-7; Rom 11:7-10); and to describe (Rv 1:12-15). On the other hand, many quotations of the OT in the NT are not directly related to the Messiah. OT passages are adapted to provide a word from God on some aspect of life or ethics. For example, Jesus used Genesis 2:24 to substantiate his teaching on divorce as he attempted to deal with the issues raised by the civil regulation of divorce (Dt 24:1; Mt 19:1-12). The stress on the OT commandments shows their importance for Christians (Mt 19:16-22; Rom 13:8-10). Often OT statements deal with specific problems. The problem of pride at Corinth is solved by the quotation of Jeremiah 9:24 (“Let the one boasting, boast in the Lord,” 1 Cor 1:31). First Peter 3:10-12 incorporates Psalm 34:12-16 as ethical instructions, and 3:14-15 borrows from Isaiah 8:12-13 to address the fear of suffering. The spiritual armor in Ephesians 6:14-17 is derived largely from OT passages. Such examples are so numerous that there can be no doubt that the OT is used to describe Christian existence. In fact, nearly every subject discussed in the NT is presented somewhere via OT terms and quotations. Frequently OT passages are used to describe the church as God’s end-time community. Hosea 2:23 is used to show that those who formerly were not God’s people now are (Rom 9:25-26; 1 Pt 2:10). Several OT texts contribute to the description of the church in 1 Peter 2:9. OT texts that speak of the word of God describe the apostles’ preaching (Rom 10:8; 1 Pt 1:24-25). OT quotations describe the sinful condition of humanity (Rom 3:10-20). Salvation is explained through OT concepts and symbols and is based on OT statements (Jn 6:31-33; Gal 3:6-13). The words of Daniel describe the Second Coming (7:13-14; cf. Mt 24:30). Even the worship of early Christians was expressed through use of the OT (see Acts 4:24; Rom 11:34-35).<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>BIBLE*, Q<span>uotations of the Old Testament in the New Testament<\/span><\/h3>\n<p>OT passages cited or alluded to in the NT writings.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most complex problems in interpreting the Bible is in understanding how NT writers quoted the OT. Obviously nothing is so formative and authoritative for the NT writers as Scripture. However, the way that they used OT passages often seems strange to modern readers.<\/p>\n<p>The OT has provided the words and ideas for much of the NT. Unless one has a Bible that prints OT quotations in distinctive print, this may not be easily seen, for the NT writers often weave the OT words into their own without indicating they are borrowing from the OT. There are over 400 passages of the OT that are explicitly cited in the NT. Almost half of these are introduced by a statement like “Scripture says” to draw attention to the fact that the authority and thought of the OT is being implemented. For the others, however, the OT words are woven into the fabric of the author’s own statement.<\/p>\n<p>In addition to the over 400 passages cited explicitly, there are well over 1,000 places where there is an allusion to an OT text, event, or person. The difference between a quotation and an allusion is sometimes debated for particular texts, but usually the distinction is that in a quotation the author consciously uses the words of an OT passage, whereas with an allusion he has the texts in mind but is not consciously trying to use the words.<\/p>\n<p>Quotations are easy to identify if there is an introductory formula such as “the Scripture says” (as in Rom 10:11; cf. Is 28:16). Where there is no introductory formula, it is easy to overlook explicit quotations (Rom 10:13; cf. Jl 2:32). The allusions are, of course, harder still to recognize, but they often provide the key to interpretation. For example, John 1:14-18—with its mention of glory, grace and truth, Moses, and the fact that no one has seen God—is much more easily and profoundly understood when read in connection with Exodus 33:17–34:8. In the Exodus passage the glory of God and his grace and truth are revealed to Moses. The author was showing that a much more complete revelation of God was given in Jesus than was given Moses in the account recorded in Exodus.<\/p>\n<p>In addition, significant light is shed on many NT passages from OT passages with similar ideas and words even where the NT author may not have been consciously alluding to those texts (e.g. Mt 16:19; Is 22:22). What was behind the author’s thinking is not certain, but in such cases the NT reflects the thinking, the culture, and language of the OT period.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"DistributionofOldTestamentQuotations\">Distribution of Old Testament Quotations<\/p>\n<p>The books of the NT that show the most dependence on the OT are Matthew, John, Romans, Hebrews, 1 Peter, and Revelation. Such a statement can be misleading, however, because the writers have different methods.<\/p>\n<p>Matthew quotes or consciously reflects the wording of OT passages about 62 times, almost half of which have an introductory formula. The book of Revelation, on the other hand, never quotes the OT and never has an introductory formula but is probably more dependent on the OT than any other NT book. The book of Hebrews quotes or consciously reflects the OT about 59 times, again half of which have an introductory formula, but the Gospel of John does so only 18 times, nearly always with an introductory formula. However, the allusions to the OT are present on virtually every page of John’s Gospel, so much so that some scholars have argued that he has modeled his account on the exodus narrative, the Jewish feasts, or OT persons and images. Paul’s Letter to the Romans uses the OT 54 times (about three-fourths of which have introductory formulas), but nowhere else so frequently (e.g., 1 Cor 16 times, Gal 11 times, Phil one time, 1 Thes one time).<\/p>\n<p>In addition to the indication that Philippians and 1 Thessalonians use the OT only once each, some other books make explicit use of the OT rarely or never. Colossians, Titus, Philemon, and the Johannine letters do not use the OT at all; 2 Timothy and Jude use the OT only once; while 2 Peter and 1 Timothy make use of it twice.<\/p>\n<p>The important point is to realize that the OT is used most frequently in circumstances where the audience is familiar with the OT or where the OT is essential for describing the events relating to Christ and the church. The books using the OT most frequently (Mt, Jn, Rom, Heb, 1 Pt, Rv) either stem from or are addressed to a Jewish context or, as in the case of Romans and John, deal specifically with the relation of Jews and Christians. The Gospels make rather extensive use of the OT because the language of the OT is necessary to convey the identity and importance of Jesus in the purposes of God. Similarly 1 Peter uses the OT frequently because the author is trying to convey to his persecuted audience that they are the people of God and the inheritors of the promises of God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"DifficultiesinInterpretation\">Difficulties in Interpretation<\/p>\n<p>Often when people think of quotations of the OT in the NT they think only in terms of prophecy. Some have been guilty of counting up the OT statements that the NT applies to Christ and the church and then claiming these OT texts as predictions that prove Jesus is the Messiah. Such a procedure is filled with problems because it is too simplistic and does not do justice to either the OT or to the way the NT uses it. Of course, the early church used the OT to show that Jesus fulfilled the promises of God and did God’s work, but the use the church made of the OT was quite varied and much of it cannot be classified as predictive prophecy. Prophecy itself is too complex to be limited to predictive thinking.<\/p>\n<p>Some of the most obvious examples of the difficulties appear in Matthew’s Gospel, although they are by no means confined there. Matthew 2:15—“Out of Egypt I called my son”—is a quotation of Hosea 11:1, but in Hosea these words do not refer to the Messiah. They refer to the nation of Israel. Similarly Matthew 2:18 quotes Jeremiah 31:15 (“A voice is heard in Ramah, weeping and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her children and refusing to be comforted, because they are no more,” <span>niv<\/span>) as fulfilled in the slaughter of the innocent babies in Bethlehem, but in Jeremiah the weeping is over the destruction of Jerusalem. John 12:40 views Isaiah 6:10 as fulfilled in Jesus’ ministry, but this verse deals with the call of Isaiah and is not a prediction concerning the ministry of the Messiah. The examples could be multiplied but these should be sufficient to illustrate the problem. For this reason the NT writers have often been accused of twisting the Scriptures, but this charge is as simplistic as the thought that all prophecy is predictive and in fact springs from the same error. Therefore, any attempt to understand the use of the OT in the NT will have to deal with the variety of ways in which the OT is used and with the methods employed by the NT writers.<\/p>\n<p>There are other difficulties that are encountered as well. Sometimes the NT writer will indicate that some fact related to Christ is a fulfillment of the OT but the explicit text that he had in mind cannot be identified. For example, John 7:38 introduces the words “Out of his heart shall flow rivers of living water” with the statement “as Scripture has said.” No OT text reads this way. Possibly the allusion is to the rock that provided water in the wilderness (Ex 17:1), or to the waters that flowed from the new temple (Zec 14:8) or, more generally, it may be a reference to Isaiah 58:11. Similarly, the difficulty in determining the OT text behind the prophecy that Christ will be called a Nazarene (Mt 2:23) is notorious. Probably the reference is to Isaiah 11:1 and the Hebrew word there translated as “branch,” but the connection is not easily made and is not certain. A third example of this kind of difficulty is in 1 Corinthians 14:34, where Paul indicates that women should be in submission just as the Law says, but there is no OT text expressing this idea. His statement in probably to be understood as a summary rather than a quotation or allusion. Similarly on a few occasions an OT text is seemingly attributed to the wrong OT book. In Mark 1:2-3 an OT quotation is attributed to Isaiah but the quotation is really a conflation (or mixing) of Exodus 23:20, Malachi 3:1, and Isaiah 40:3. Matthew 27:9-10 quotes a passage that is said to be from Jeremiah, when really it is dependent on Zechariah 11:13 and might best be described as a summary of Zechariah 11:12-13, with certain words included from Jeremiah 32:6-9. These two examples do not create a major problem, however, for the determination of the origin of the words may be due to their use in collections of quotations from various prophets, in which case the more prominent prophets would be used to designate origin.<\/p>\n<p>The wording of the quotations of the OT text does not always conform to the modern form of the OT. Just as today there are numerous translations of the Bible, when the NT was being written there were various forms of the OT text. With regard to the Hebrew text (for the OT was written mostly in Hebrew), there were different traditions. Such differences in the Hebrew traditions would have been relatively small. Because of the increasing importance of Aramaic after the Babylonian captivity and of Greek after the conquests of Alexander the Great, the OT was also known and used in both these languages when the NT was being written. In fact, the Jews found it necessary in their synagogue services after reading the Hebrew OT to paraphrase the reading in Aramaic so that all could understand. These paraphrases were later written down and are known as Targums. The Greek translation of the OT that stems from the third century <span>BC<\/span> is known as the Septuagint, but there were also other Greek translations in use. This being the case, the wording of a NT quotation is not identical in every detail to the text of the Hebrew OT.<\/p>\n<p>Added to the fact that there were various forms of the text known in first-century <span>AD<\/span> Palestine is the complicating factor that NT writers often did not intend to quote the OT exactly. The use of formal quotation marks is a modern device, and ancient writers were not so taken by technical precision. They were more concerned with the intention of a text and consequently might copy or quote it verbatim, quote it from memory, use or adapt part of a verse, or even change certain words as they borrowed the verse to express their points. (The NT writers often use the OT words describing God’s actions in the past to explain what he has done in their time.) The importance of any differences between the NT quotation and the OT depends on the use to which the quotation is put and the degree to which the use is dependent on textual differences.<\/p>\n<p>Some examples should illustrate the nature of these difficulties. Ephesians 4:8 quotes Psalm 68:18. Whereas the Hebrew and Septuagint read, “You ascended to the heights, you lead captivity captive, you received gifts among mankind,” Ephesians records the verse as “After he ascended into the heights, <em>he<\/em> led captivity captive; he <em>gave<\/em> gifts to men.” Paul is stressing that Christ has given grace to people for ministry. He has either adapted the wording of the OT to make his point or he quoted a variant reading, <em>“he gave<\/em> gifts.” Some versions do have this reading. In fact, the Targum understands this verse as Moses giving the words of the law to the children of men, and Paul may well be adapting this understanding to the new revelation that has come in Christ.<\/p>\n<p>Matthew 1:23 quotes Isaiah 7:14, but there are distinct differences between the Hebrew text and the wording in Matthew. The Hebrew reads, “Behold the young woman will become pregnant and will bear a son and you will call his name Immanuel,” whereas Matthew’s text records “Behold, the <em>virgin<\/em> will become pregnant and will bear a son, and <em>they<\/em> will call his name Immanuel.” The Septuagint does have the specific word “virgin,” like Matthew, but is not the source of Matthew’s quotation since other differences exist. Some have argued that the change from “you will call” to “they will call” was made by Matthew when he applied the words to Jesus. However, there are several traditions known for this part of the quotation and partial support for the reading in Matthew is provided by the text of Isaiah found among the Dead Sea Scrolls.<\/p>\n<p>Romans 11:26-27 is a conflation of Isaiah 59:20-21 and part of Isaiah 27:9, but there are important differences. One of these is that the OT has “the redeemer will come to Zion,” whereas Romans has “the deliverer will come <em>from<\/em> Zion.” The change to “from Zion” could indicate that Paul had a different textual tradition, could be the result of an intentional change by Paul, or more probably, could reflect the wording of Psalm 14:7.<\/p>\n<p>An awareness of the difficulties involved in the quotations of the OT by the NT writers will prohibit a simplistic approach and will prevent hasty conclusions. Care to ask not only which text was used but also which form of the text was used and how is obviously essential in any serious study. In addition it is necessary to allow for the possibility that the NT writers knew forms of a text that are now lost.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"TheMethodsoftheNewTestamentWriters\">The Methods of the New Testament Writers<\/p>\n<p>The methods used by the NT writers were not unique to them. Many of these methods were also employed in first-century Judaism. In fact, both the technique used in quoting and the understanding of the OT text itself in many cases are paralleled in Judaism. For example, from the standpoint of technique used in quoting, the same kinds of formula introductions are used in the Dead Sea Scrolls, the rabbinic writings, and elsewhere. The rabbinic technique of “pearl stringing,” that is, of applying verses from various parts of the OT (the Law, the Prophets, the Writings) to a subject, can be seen especially in Paul’s writings (note Rom 9:12-19 or 11:8-10). Somewhat related is the practice of using quotations that all contain a key word or key words (note 1 Pt 2:6-8, which draws together quotations using the word “stone,” or Rom 15:9-12, which joins OT verses referring to the “nations”).<\/p>\n<p>The methods used in the NT to interpret an OT text are also displayed in Judaism. Some passages interpret the OT “literally,” such as Jesus’ replies during temptation (see the quotations of Dt 8:3; 6:16; 6:13; in Mt 4:3-10), his teachings on marriage based on Genesis 2:24 (Mt 19:5), or Paul’s use of Habakkuk 2:4 (Rom 1:17) or Genesis 15:6 (Rom 4:3-9). Many such examples could be given. With regard to prophecy, some of these statements are fulfilled in a “literal” or “direct” way in keeping with the intention of the OT (e.g., Mi 5:2, Bethlehem as the birthplace of the Messiah; Mt 2:4-6). Jeremiah 31:31-34, the promise of the new covenant, is viewed as directly fulfilled in Christ (Heb 8:7-13). The prophecy of Joel 2:28-32 concerning the pouring out of the Spirit of the Lord is directly fulfilled in the Pentecost event (Acts 2:17-21), but the changing of the sun to darkness and the moon to blood are certainly not understood literally in connection with this event.<\/p>\n<p>A different method of interpretation is based on the concept of <em>corporate solidarity.<\/em> This technical expression is an attempt to convey the idea that the individuals among God’s people are not merely individuals; they are part of a larger whole. Consequently, what is said about the individual can apply to the whole and vice versa. This is the reason the Servant of the Lord in Isaiah is seen both as the nation (44:1) and as an individual (52:13–53:12). Also the king is sometimes viewed as representative of the nation. The easiest places to see the concept of corporate solidarity are in the effect of the sin of Achan on all the people (Jos 7) or the sin of David in numbering the people (1 Chr 21:3-8).<\/p>\n<p><em>Correspondence in history<\/em> is not so much a method of interpretation as it is a way of thinking about God. It assumes that the things that happen to God’s people are the things that have happened to previous generations and that God is faithful and operates in the present as he has in the past. Consequently, the trials and deliverance of God’s people are often expressed with words borrowed from the previous accounts of God’s people. Isaiah describes the anticipated deliverance in terms of a second exodus (11:15-16). Ezekiel describes the king set up over the people in terms of a second David (Ez 37:25). In the NT, Revelation 22 describes the new heavens and the new earth in terms of the Garden of Eden (Gn 2–3). Sometimes this technique is described as “typology,” but this term has been used for so many questionable interpretations that it is misleading. The most important thing about this concept is that it is a view of God and his working among his people.<\/p>\n<p>With these two concepts, the way that the OT is quoted in the NT can be understood. The conviction that Jesus was the promised deliverer and that the last days had dawned in his ministry are evident everywhere. The quotation of Hosea 11:1 can be used in Matthew 2:15 because of corporate solidarity and correspondence in history. What was said of the nation is true of the one who is its representative, and there is correspondence in their respective histories. Jeremiah 31:15 can be used in Matthew 2:18 because of correspondence in history and especially because Jeremiah looked forward to God’s intention for Israel and prophesied a new covenant (31:17, 31-34). Matthew saw not only the correspondence in history but believed that in Jesus this promised salvation had been granted. John 12:40 can quote Isaiah 6:10 of Jesus’ ministry, not because he twists the meaning of the OT text, but because he saw that what had happened with God’s messenger before happened again and even <em>ultimately<\/em> in Jesus’ ministry. The instances of such correspondences in history are numerous.<\/p>\n<p>There are other texts where there seems to be an <em>actualization<\/em> of the OT text. Some quotations seem to be “lived out” in the ministry of Jesus. Because of their conviction about Jesus and his kingdom, the NT writers often saw certain OT texts as appropriated and made alive by Jesus. Psalm 118:22 was not intended as a prophecy of the Messiah, but Jesus saw it as descriptive of his ministry (Mt 21:42), and the early church saw this verse as actualized in his death and resurrection (Acts 4:11). Isaiah 53 is another text that the NT views as actualized in Jesus’ ministry (see Acts 8:32-35 and 1 Pt 2:22-25). Some Christians would view Psalm 22 as a prophecy of the crucifixion of Jesus, but it seems instead to be the lament of a righteous OT sufferer. Through correspondence in history, and because Christians saw so much of the psalmist’s plight actualized in Jesus’ crucifixion, the psalm became the easiest way to describe what once again had happened to God’s righteous sufferer. The words of Isaiah 40:3 describe the ministry of John the Baptist (Mt 3:3). Jews had come to see this verse as a prophecy of God’s end-time salvation, and the early church saw John the Baptist fulfilling this forerunner’s task. Luke made this identification (Lk 3:4-6), but he applied the same role to Jesus’ disciples (9:52; 10:1). This seems to be a further example of actualization and correspondence in history. In other places the church has applied to Christians ideas that were previously understood of Christ (e.g., the stone in 1 Pt 2:4-5; the ministry of the Suffering Servant in Acts 13:46-47).<\/p>\n<p>The most convenient term to describe the way the OT is “fulfilled” in Christ is to say that the OT finds its climax in Jesus. Even where actual quotations are not involved, the OT ideas such as prophet, priest, or king are climaxed in him as the ideal and embodiment of all the OT models. He could tell religious authorities that “one greater than Solomon is here” (Mt 12:42) or “one greater than the temple is here” (Mt 12:6). Those passages involving correspondence in history or actualization also lead to the conviction that he is the climax of the OT Scriptures.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"ThePurposesoftheUseoftheOldTestament\">The Purposes of the Use of the Old Testament<\/p>\n<p>The variety of methods of interpretation and application of the OT parallels the fact that the OT was used for a variety of purposes. People tend to think only in terms of the use of the OT to show that Jesus was the Messiah, but there are a number of other uses with a variety of goals. Many OT texts are used to show Jesus is the Messiah, the fulfillment of the OT promises (Lk 4:16-21). Without lessening the fulfillment emphasis, however, other verses are applied to Jesus for other purposes: to evangelize (Acts 8:32-25); to demonstrate or convince (Acts 13:33-35); to rebuke (Mk 7:6-7; Rom 11:7-10); and to describe (Rv 1:12-15). On the other hand, many quotations of the OT in the NT are not directly related to the Messiah. OT passages are adapted to provide a word from God on some aspect of life or ethics. For example, Jesus used Genesis 2:24 to substantiate his teaching on divorce as he attempted to deal with the issues raised by the civil regulation of divorce (Dt 24:1; Mt 19:1-12). The stress on the OT commandments shows their importance for Christians (Mt 19:16-22; Rom 13:8-10). Often OT statements deal with specific problems. The problem of pride at Corinth is solved by the quotation of Jeremiah 9:24 (“Let the one boasting, boast in the Lord,” 1 Cor 1:31). First Peter 3:10-12 incorporates Psalm 34:12-16 as ethical instructions, and 3:14-15 borrows from Isaiah 8:12-13 to address the fear of suffering. The spiritual armor in Ephesians 6:14-17 is derived largely from OT passages. Such examples are so numerous that there can be no doubt that the OT is used to describe Christian existence. In fact, nearly every subject discussed in the NT is presented somewhere via OT terms and quotations. Frequently OT passages are used to describe the church as God’s end-time community. Hosea 2:23 is used to show that those who formerly were not God’s people now are (Rom 9:25-26; 1 Pt 2:10). Several OT texts contribute to the description of the church in 1 Peter 2:9. OT texts that speak of the word of God describe the apostles’ preaching (Rom 10:8; 1 Pt 1:24-25). OT quotations describe the sinful condition of humanity (Rom 3:10-20). Salvation is explained through OT concepts and symbols and is based on OT statements (Jn 6:31-33; Gal 3:6-13). The words of Daniel describe the Second Coming (7:13-14; cf. Mt 24:30). Even the worship of early Christians was expressed through use of the OT (see Acts 4:24; Rom 11:34-35).<\/p>","summary_ro":"BIBLE*, Quotations of the Old Testament in the New Testament OT passages cited or alluded to in the NT writings. One of the most complex problems in interpreting the Bible is in understanding how NT writers quoted the OT. Obviously nothing is so formative and authoritative for the NT writers as Scripture. However, the way that they used OT passages often seems strange to modern readers. The OT has provided the words and ideas for much of the NT. Unless one has a Bible that prints OT quotation...","summary_en":"BIBLE*, Quotations of the Old Testament in the New Testament OT passages cited or alluded to in the NT writings. One of the most complex problems in interpreting the Bible is in understanding how NT writers quoted the OT. Obviously nothing is so formative and authoritative for the NT writers as Scripture. However, the way that they used OT passages often seems strange to modern readers. The OT has provided the words and ideas for much of the NT. Unless one has a Bible that prints OT quotation...","source":"Articles\/B.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":11823,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Faith","title_en":"Faith","content_ro":"<h3>FAITH<\/h3>\n<p>Belief in that which has no tangible proof; trust in God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"DefinitionofFaith\">Definition of Faith<\/p>\n<p>In the OT and NT, “faith” carries several meanings. It may mean simple trust in God or in the Word of God, and at other times faith almost becomes equivalent to active obedience. It may also find expression in the affirmation of a creedal statement. Thus, it also comes to mean the entire body of received Christian teaching or truth—“the truth.” In Colossians 2:7, the term suggests something to be accepted as a whole and embodied in personal life. In 2 Timothy 4:7, Paul witnesses to having “kept the faith.”<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"FaithintheOldTestament\">Faith in the Old Testament<\/p>\n<p>The OT also strongly emphasizes faith as confidence in God’s covenant or in the covenant God made with Abraham and his descendants. The call of Abraham and the promise that his descendants would be used in the history of redemption became the basis of the narratives of the OT, being seen as the working out of that covenant. Once the nation Israel was brought into being, God sustained and protected it. The exodus from Egypt is a prominent indication that God was at work restoring his people to the Promised Land. The obedience of the people of God as the proper expression of faith is seen clearly in the OT. Without seeing God, his people believed and obeyed him. Abraham left his native land to go into unknown territory. The people of Israel left Egypt following the leadership of God to a land they could not see. The promise of God gave them courage to possess the land promised to them. After the exodus, the covenant of Abraham was confirmed with the people of Israel by the sprinkling of blood (Ex 24:6-7). There was to be strict obedience to God’s commands as an expression of faith. This response of human faith to the Lord’s faithfulness was national and collective. There also were commands to, and instances of, personal faith.<\/p>\n<p>Not only the narrative and legal portions of the OT but also the poetic and prophetic writings emphasize faith. The Psalms abound in expressions of personal confidence in the Lord even in dark times. Habakkuk points out that “the righteous shall live by his faith” (Hb 2:4). From such instances it is clear that, as the Lord’s education of Israel proceeded, the matter of faith in God’s faithfulness became more and more a matter of individual and personal response, and it is in the Prophets that several ingredients—such as trust, obedience, fear, and certainty—blend into the understanding of such personal faith.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"FaithintheNewTestament\">Faith in the New Testament<\/p>\n<p>As over against the OT, where the accent is on the faithfulness of God, in the NT the emphasis is placed on the active, responding faith of the hearer to the promised, final revelation in the Messiah, Jesus. Both verb and noun regularly describe the adequate response of people to Jesus’ word and to the gospel.<\/p>\n<h5>The Synoptic Gospels<\/h5>\n<p>The most striking feature of the synoptic Gospels (quoted below from the <span>rsv<\/span>) is the use of faith without identifying its object: “If you have faith as a grain of mustard seed” (Mt 17:20); “When Jesus saw their faith” (Mk 2:5); “Your faith has saved you” (Lk 7:50). Jesus is portrayed as one who by his work and word opens the door to faith and makes faith possible. The question is not whether the faith is in Jesus or in the Father; the implication is undoubtedly both, but as with every true bearer of the Word of God, the eye of faith is turned to the One who sends.<\/p>\n<p>On more than one occasion, Jesus denies the request for a miracle to substantiate his words (Mt 12:38-39; 16:1-4). Faith is response to the Word alone without any supporting props. No sign is to be given but the sign of Jonah. In the story of the rich man and Lazarus (Lk 16:19-31), Jesus denies the request for the spectacular and insists that the hearer must respond to the word given to him (cf. Jn 20:29). The Word demands self-surrender and commitment. Hence, the very nature of the Word and of faith becomes an obstacle to the proud and the powerful.<\/p>\n<p>Faith is the medium by which the power of God is made visible. It moves mountains, heals the sick, and is the means of entrance into the kingdom. It may be mingled with doubt, as with the father who sought healing for his son (“I believe; help my unbelief!” [Mk 9:24]), or as with John the Baptist in prison, who, even with his doubts, was confirmed by Jesus as the greatest of the offspring of woman (Mt 11:2-15). Peter’s (and the other disciples’) perception was faulty, but Jesus affirms Peter’s confession as the foundation stone of the church. The synoptic Gospels portray the early faith of the disciples in all its limitations and weaknesses, yet it is still faith in that it is their positive response to Jesus’ word and work.<\/p>\n<h5>The Fourth Gospel<\/h5>\n<p>Faith is an especially significant concept in the Gospel of John (quoted below from the <span>rsv<\/span>), though the word (in the Greek) occurs only as a verb. Quite often the reference has to do with the acceptance that something is true, that is, simple credence, or belief: “Believe me that I am in the Father and the Father in me” (Jn 14:11); “If you believed Moses, you would believe me” (Jn 5:46).<\/p>\n<p>Even more significant is the special expression “to believe into” in the sense of putting one’s trust into another. The particular form of the expression is without parallel before the fourth Gospel and may well express the strong sense of personal trust in the eternal Word made flesh. In John 3:16, whoever puts trust in him has eternal life. Those who put their trust in him are given power to become sons of God—to be born of God (Jn 1:12). They will never thirst (6:35); they will live, even though they die (11:25).<\/p>\n<p>In other places, John speaks of trust or faith in an absolute sense, that is, without referring to the one in whom trust is placed. In John 11:15 Jesus arrives after the death of Lazarus and is glad “in order that you might believe.” The outcome is going to be faith. Similarly, in the prologue (1:7), John the Baptist bears witness in order that through him all might believe. As Jesus satisfies the doubt of Thomas concerning the resurrection, he says, “Have you believed because you have seen me? Blessed are those who have not seen and yet believe” (20:29). In these and other passages the fundamental outcome of Jesus’ witness to himself is trust.<\/p>\n<p>Faith and knowledge are closely related. In John 6:69 Peter says, “We have believed, and have come to know, that you are the Holy One of God.” In his priestly prayer Jesus says that eternal life is to “know you, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom you have sent” (Jn 17:3). Also, God is seen through the eyes of faith. No one has ever seen God, but the Only Begotten has revealed him (1:18). He who has seen Jesus has seen the Father (14:9).<\/p>\n<p>To believe is also expressed in the verb “receive.” Those who receive Christ are given power to become the sons of God (Jn 1:12). Trust is that form of knowing or seeing by which the glory of God (1:14; 17:4) is made present.<\/p>\n<h5>Paul’s Writings<\/h5>\n<p>In Paul’s letters (quoted below from the <span>rsv<\/span>), he writes about faith from a number of angles. He sets faith over against “works of the law” as the only and true basis for righteousness (Rom 1–4; Gal 1–4) and appeals to Abraham to prove his point: “Abraham believed God and it was reckoned to him for righteousness” (Gn 15:6; cf. Rom 4:5; Gal 3:6). This is entirely apart from the law (Rom 3:21); righteousness is the gift of God through faith in Christ, specifically in his atoning work. Behind Paul’s conviction lies his awareness of the radical and pervasive sinfulness of humans that renders each one helpless. Humanity is dead in sin but is made alive by faith in the word and work of Jesus mediated through the gospel.<\/p>\n<p>Faith, then, is faith in Jesus Christ. The number of metaphors Paul employs to describe the consequences of faith is staggering. It is by faith that believers are justified (Rom 5:1), reconciled (2 Cor 5:18), redeemed (Eph 1:7), made alive (2:5), adopted into the family of God (Rom 8:15-16), re-created (2 Cor 5:17), transported into a new kingdom (Col 1:13), and set free (Gal 5:1). Faith is, for Paul, the <em>sine qua non<\/em> of every aspect of salvation, from the grace that convicts to the receiving of the full inheritance at the coming of the Lord.<\/p>\n<p>In Paul’s letters, faith is bound up with love so that the great exponent of justification by faith becomes also the articulate exponent of distinctive Christian love. To say that faith is indispensable to salvation is only part of the truth, for faith expresses itself through love: “For in Christ Jesus neither circumcision nor uncircumcision is of any avail, but faith working through love” (Gal 5:6); “If I have all faith, so as to remove mountains, but have not love, I am nothing” (1 Cor 13:2). Love is both the genesis and the ultimate expression of faith. Hence, even for Paul there can be no <em>total<\/em> separation between faith and works. This love of which Paul speaks is the essential fruit of the Spirit through whom the life of faith is lived. Only by virtue of the indwelling Spirit does faith find expression in love.<\/p>\n<h5>General Epistles<\/h5>\n<p>James speaks of faith as being completed by works (Jas 2:22). He opposed that concept of faith that thinks primarily of creedal assent, of believing that something is true without acting upon it. James, like Paul, assumes the primacy of faith, but he is warning against those who would draw wrong conclusions. Faith apart from works is not faith; it is barren (v 20). The practical dimension of faith is the burden of much of this epistle.<\/p>\n<p>The writer of Hebrews recognizes that faith has always been characteristic of the people of God and their specially called leaders. Faith makes substantial what is otherwise nebulous and uncertain; it makes evidential what is not visible. By faith the people of God have a more certain ground for their lives and their actions than the world is able to discern (Heb 11:1). The great cloud of witnesses (12:1) bear testimony by their faith to the faithfulness of God.<\/p>\n<p>Faith is opened up by the Word of God, finds expression through the Holy Spirit who is given, and bears witness to the lordship of Jesus Christ.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>FAITH<\/h3>\n<p>Belief in that which has no tangible proof; trust in God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"DefinitionofFaith\">Definition of Faith<\/p>\n<p>In the OT and NT, “faith” carries several meanings. It may mean simple trust in God or in the Word of God, and at other times faith almost becomes equivalent to active obedience. It may also find expression in the affirmation of a creedal statement. Thus, it also comes to mean the entire body of received Christian teaching or truth—“the truth.” In Colossians 2:7, the term suggests something to be accepted as a whole and embodied in personal life. In 2 Timothy 4:7, Paul witnesses to having “kept the faith.”<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"FaithintheOldTestament\">Faith in the Old Testament<\/p>\n<p>The OT also strongly emphasizes faith as confidence in God’s covenant or in the covenant God made with Abraham and his descendants. The call of Abraham and the promise that his descendants would be used in the history of redemption became the basis of the narratives of the OT, being seen as the working out of that covenant. Once the nation Israel was brought into being, God sustained and protected it. The exodus from Egypt is a prominent indication that God was at work restoring his people to the Promised Land. The obedience of the people of God as the proper expression of faith is seen clearly in the OT. Without seeing God, his people believed and obeyed him. Abraham left his native land to go into unknown territory. The people of Israel left Egypt following the leadership of God to a land they could not see. The promise of God gave them courage to possess the land promised to them. After the exodus, the covenant of Abraham was confirmed with the people of Israel by the sprinkling of blood (Ex 24:6-7). There was to be strict obedience to God’s commands as an expression of faith. This response of human faith to the Lord’s faithfulness was national and collective. There also were commands to, and instances of, personal faith.<\/p>\n<p>Not only the narrative and legal portions of the OT but also the poetic and prophetic writings emphasize faith. The Psalms abound in expressions of personal confidence in the Lord even in dark times. Habakkuk points out that “the righteous shall live by his faith” (Hb 2:4). From such instances it is clear that, as the Lord’s education of Israel proceeded, the matter of faith in God’s faithfulness became more and more a matter of individual and personal response, and it is in the Prophets that several ingredients—such as trust, obedience, fear, and certainty—blend into the understanding of such personal faith.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"FaithintheNewTestament\">Faith in the New Testament<\/p>\n<p>As over against the OT, where the accent is on the faithfulness of God, in the NT the emphasis is placed on the active, responding faith of the hearer to the promised, final revelation in the Messiah, Jesus. Both verb and noun regularly describe the adequate response of people to Jesus’ word and to the gospel.<\/p>\n<h5>The Synoptic Gospels<\/h5>\n<p>The most striking feature of the synoptic Gospels (quoted below from the <span>rsv<\/span>) is the use of faith without identifying its object: “If you have faith as a grain of mustard seed” (Mt 17:20); “When Jesus saw their faith” (Mk 2:5); “Your faith has saved you” (Lk 7:50). Jesus is portrayed as one who by his work and word opens the door to faith and makes faith possible. The question is not whether the faith is in Jesus or in the Father; the implication is undoubtedly both, but as with every true bearer of the Word of God, the eye of faith is turned to the One who sends.<\/p>\n<p>On more than one occasion, Jesus denies the request for a miracle to substantiate his words (Mt 12:38-39; 16:1-4). Faith is response to the Word alone without any supporting props. No sign is to be given but the sign of Jonah. In the story of the rich man and Lazarus (Lk 16:19-31), Jesus denies the request for the spectacular and insists that the hearer must respond to the word given to him (cf. Jn 20:29). The Word demands self-surrender and commitment. Hence, the very nature of the Word and of faith becomes an obstacle to the proud and the powerful.<\/p>\n<p>Faith is the medium by which the power of God is made visible. It moves mountains, heals the sick, and is the means of entrance into the kingdom. It may be mingled with doubt, as with the father who sought healing for his son (“I believe; help my unbelief!” [Mk 9:24]), or as with John the Baptist in prison, who, even with his doubts, was confirmed by Jesus as the greatest of the offspring of woman (Mt 11:2-15). Peter’s (and the other disciples’) perception was faulty, but Jesus affirms Peter’s confession as the foundation stone of the church. The synoptic Gospels portray the early faith of the disciples in all its limitations and weaknesses, yet it is still faith in that it is their positive response to Jesus’ word and work.<\/p>\n<h5>The Fourth Gospel<\/h5>\n<p>Faith is an especially significant concept in the Gospel of John (quoted below from the <span>rsv<\/span>), though the word (in the Greek) occurs only as a verb. Quite often the reference has to do with the acceptance that something is true, that is, simple credence, or belief: “Believe me that I am in the Father and the Father in me” (Jn 14:11); “If you believed Moses, you would believe me” (Jn 5:46).<\/p>\n<p>Even more significant is the special expression “to believe into” in the sense of putting one’s trust into another. The particular form of the expression is without parallel before the fourth Gospel and may well express the strong sense of personal trust in the eternal Word made flesh. In John 3:16, whoever puts trust in him has eternal life. Those who put their trust in him are given power to become sons of God—to be born of God (Jn 1:12). They will never thirst (6:35); they will live, even though they die (11:25).<\/p>\n<p>In other places, John speaks of trust or faith in an absolute sense, that is, without referring to the one in whom trust is placed. In John 11:15 Jesus arrives after the death of Lazarus and is glad “in order that you might believe.” The outcome is going to be faith. Similarly, in the prologue (1:7), John the Baptist bears witness in order that through him all might believe. As Jesus satisfies the doubt of Thomas concerning the resurrection, he says, “Have you believed because you have seen me? Blessed are those who have not seen and yet believe” (20:29). In these and other passages the fundamental outcome of Jesus’ witness to himself is trust.<\/p>\n<p>Faith and knowledge are closely related. In John 6:69 Peter says, “We have believed, and have come to know, that you are the Holy One of God.” In his priestly prayer Jesus says that eternal life is to “know you, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom you have sent” (Jn 17:3). Also, God is seen through the eyes of faith. No one has ever seen God, but the Only Begotten has revealed him (1:18). He who has seen Jesus has seen the Father (14:9).<\/p>\n<p>To believe is also expressed in the verb “receive.” Those who receive Christ are given power to become the sons of God (Jn 1:12). Trust is that form of knowing or seeing by which the glory of God (1:14; 17:4) is made present.<\/p>\n<h5>Paul’s Writings<\/h5>\n<p>In Paul’s letters (quoted below from the <span>rsv<\/span>), he writes about faith from a number of angles. He sets faith over against “works of the law” as the only and true basis for righteousness (Rom 1–4; Gal 1–4) and appeals to Abraham to prove his point: “Abraham believed God and it was reckoned to him for righteousness” (Gn 15:6; cf. Rom 4:5; Gal 3:6). This is entirely apart from the law (Rom 3:21); righteousness is the gift of God through faith in Christ, specifically in his atoning work. Behind Paul’s conviction lies his awareness of the radical and pervasive sinfulness of humans that renders each one helpless. Humanity is dead in sin but is made alive by faith in the word and work of Jesus mediated through the gospel.<\/p>\n<p>Faith, then, is faith in Jesus Christ. The number of metaphors Paul employs to describe the consequences of faith is staggering. It is by faith that believers are justified (Rom 5:1), reconciled (2 Cor 5:18), redeemed (Eph 1:7), made alive (2:5), adopted into the family of God (Rom 8:15-16), re-created (2 Cor 5:17), transported into a new kingdom (Col 1:13), and set free (Gal 5:1). Faith is, for Paul, the <em>sine qua non<\/em> of every aspect of salvation, from the grace that convicts to the receiving of the full inheritance at the coming of the Lord.<\/p>\n<p>In Paul’s letters, faith is bound up with love so that the great exponent of justification by faith becomes also the articulate exponent of distinctive Christian love. To say that faith is indispensable to salvation is only part of the truth, for faith expresses itself through love: “For in Christ Jesus neither circumcision nor uncircumcision is of any avail, but faith working through love” (Gal 5:6); “If I have all faith, so as to remove mountains, but have not love, I am nothing” (1 Cor 13:2). Love is both the genesis and the ultimate expression of faith. Hence, even for Paul there can be no <em>total<\/em> separation between faith and works. This love of which Paul speaks is the essential fruit of the Spirit through whom the life of faith is lived. Only by virtue of the indwelling Spirit does faith find expression in love.<\/p>\n<h5>General Epistles<\/h5>\n<p>James speaks of faith as being completed by works (Jas 2:22). He opposed that concept of faith that thinks primarily of creedal assent, of believing that something is true without acting upon it. James, like Paul, assumes the primacy of faith, but he is warning against those who would draw wrong conclusions. Faith apart from works is not faith; it is barren (v 20). The practical dimension of faith is the burden of much of this epistle.<\/p>\n<p>The writer of Hebrews recognizes that faith has always been characteristic of the people of God and their specially called leaders. Faith makes substantial what is otherwise nebulous and uncertain; it makes evidential what is not visible. By faith the people of God have a more certain ground for their lives and their actions than the world is able to discern (Heb 11:1). The great cloud of witnesses (12:1) bear testimony by their faith to the faithfulness of God.<\/p>\n<p>Faith is opened up by the Word of God, finds expression through the Holy Spirit who is given, and bears witness to the lordship of Jesus Christ.<\/p>","summary_ro":"FAITH Belief in that which has no tangible proof; trust in God. Definition of Faith In the OT and NT, “faith” carries several meanings. It may mean simple trust in God or in the Word of God, and at other times faith almost becomes equivalent to active obedience. It may also find expression in the affirmation of a creedal statement. Thus, it also comes to mean the entire body of received Christian teaching or truth—“the truth.” In Colossians 2:7, the term suggests something to be accepted as a...","summary_en":"FAITH Belief in that which has no tangible proof; trust in God. Definition of Faith In the OT and NT, “faith” carries several meanings. It may mean simple trust in God or in the Word of God, and at other times faith almost becomes equivalent to active obedience. It may also find expression in the affirmation of a creedal statement. Thus, it also comes to mean the entire body of received Christian teaching or truth—“the truth.” In Colossians 2:7, the term suggests something to be accepted as a...","source":"Articles\/F.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":11879,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Faithfulness","title_en":"Faithfulness","content_ro":"<h3>FAITHFULNESS<\/h3>\n<p>Maintaining faith or allegiance; showing a strong sense of duty or conscientiousness. In biblical Hebrew, “faith” and “faithfulness” are grammatically related. Although both concepts are important in the OT, there is no English word exactly equivalent to the Hebrew terms. The most relevant Hebrew verbal root (related to our word “amen”) carries such meanings as “strengthen,” “support,” or “hold up.” In a physical sense it is used of pillars that provide support for doors (2 Kgs 18:16). Moses used the word when he disclaimed any role as supporter of the Israelites (Nm 11:12). God, however, is an eternally firm support for his people (Dt 7:9; Is 49:7).<\/p>\n<p>With that notion of firm support as the bedrock for faith, words such as “firmness,” “constancy,” or “trustworthiness” best convey the related concept of faithfulness. Trustworthiness, or steadfastness of character, is ascribed to the object of one’s trust. To be unfaithful is to be unworthy of confidence or belief. In the OT a synonym for “faithfulness” is “truth.” Since God is consistently true, he is the logical object of human trust (Ps 71:22; Is 61:8). When used of God in the OT, the word “faithfulness” frequently refers to his unwavering commitment to his promises.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"GodsFaithfulness\">God’s Faithfulness<\/p>\n<p>In spite of Israel’s faithlessness (Dt 32:20; cf. Rom 3:3), God showed himself to be absolutely reliable. His faithfulness is great (Lam 3:23). He is loyal to his covenant and will always manifest his steadfast love to his people (Ps 136).<\/p>\n<p>The pinnacle of faithfulness in the Bible is seen in the work of Jesus Christ, who showed himself faithful to his Father (Heb 3:2) and in his witness (Rv 1:5). God calls men and women to be faithful by following Christ, relying on him for all things (Hb 2:4; cf. Rom 1:17).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"HumanFaithfulness\">Human Faithfulness<\/p>\n<p>Faith and faithfulness are logically and linguistically united in the OT and NT. That is, the major words for faith in both Testaments also connote the concept of faithfulness. This indicates that faith is more than momentary assent to the truth of God. It is commitment to that truth, and it manifests itself in continued obedience. Abraham’s life in this regard is instructive. He assented to, relied upon, and acted in conformity to the revealed word of God. He received God’s revelation as true (i.e., demonstrating faith), and his subsequent actions proved his faithfulness. He left home and country, settled in a strange land, and offered up his son Isaac as God commanded. His willingness to sacrifice his only son is an unparalleled expression of faithfulness in the OT. It is no surprise, therefore, that Abraham is commended for his steadfastness and is set forth in the NT as one whose behavior should be imitated by Christians (Gal 3:6-9; Heb 11:8-10). Faithfulness, then, must not be viewed as an isolated act. Rather, it is an attitude that should characterize the entire life of those who say they have faith in God.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>FAITHFULNESS<\/h3>\n<p>Maintaining faith or allegiance; showing a strong sense of duty or conscientiousness. In biblical Hebrew, “faith” and “faithfulness” are grammatically related. Although both concepts are important in the OT, there is no English word exactly equivalent to the Hebrew terms. The most relevant Hebrew verbal root (related to our word “amen”) carries such meanings as “strengthen,” “support,” or “hold up.” In a physical sense it is used of pillars that provide support for doors (2 Kgs 18:16). Moses used the word when he disclaimed any role as supporter of the Israelites (Nm 11:12). God, however, is an eternally firm support for his people (Dt 7:9; Is 49:7).<\/p>\n<p>With that notion of firm support as the bedrock for faith, words such as “firmness,” “constancy,” or “trustworthiness” best convey the related concept of faithfulness. Trustworthiness, or steadfastness of character, is ascribed to the object of one’s trust. To be unfaithful is to be unworthy of confidence or belief. In the OT a synonym for “faithfulness” is “truth.” Since God is consistently true, he is the logical object of human trust (Ps 71:22; Is 61:8). When used of God in the OT, the word “faithfulness” frequently refers to his unwavering commitment to his promises.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"GodsFaithfulness\">God’s Faithfulness<\/p>\n<p>In spite of Israel’s faithlessness (Dt 32:20; cf. Rom 3:3), God showed himself to be absolutely reliable. His faithfulness is great (Lam 3:23). He is loyal to his covenant and will always manifest his steadfast love to his people (Ps 136).<\/p>\n<p>The pinnacle of faithfulness in the Bible is seen in the work of Jesus Christ, who showed himself faithful to his Father (Heb 3:2) and in his witness (Rv 1:5). God calls men and women to be faithful by following Christ, relying on him for all things (Hb 2:4; cf. Rom 1:17).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"HumanFaithfulness\">Human Faithfulness<\/p>\n<p>Faith and faithfulness are logically and linguistically united in the OT and NT. That is, the major words for faith in both Testaments also connote the concept of faithfulness. This indicates that faith is more than momentary assent to the truth of God. It is commitment to that truth, and it manifests itself in continued obedience. Abraham’s life in this regard is instructive. He assented to, relied upon, and acted in conformity to the revealed word of God. He received God’s revelation as true (i.e., demonstrating faith), and his subsequent actions proved his faithfulness. He left home and country, settled in a strange land, and offered up his son Isaac as God commanded. His willingness to sacrifice his only son is an unparalleled expression of faithfulness in the OT. It is no surprise, therefore, that Abraham is commended for his steadfastness and is set forth in the NT as one whose behavior should be imitated by Christians (Gal 3:6-9; Heb 11:8-10). Faithfulness, then, must not be viewed as an isolated act. Rather, it is an attitude that should characterize the entire life of those who say they have faith in God.<\/p>","summary_ro":"FAITHFULNESS Maintaining faith or allegiance; showing a strong sense of duty or conscientiousness. In biblical Hebrew, “faith” and “faithfulness” are grammatically related. Although both concepts are important in the OT, there is no English word exactly equivalent to the Hebrew terms. The most relevant Hebrew verbal root (related to our word “amen”) carries such meanings as “strengthen,” “support,” or “hold up.” In a physical sense it is used of pillars that provide support for doors (2 Kgs 1...","summary_en":"FAITHFULNESS Maintaining faith or allegiance; showing a strong sense of duty or conscientiousness. In biblical Hebrew, “faith” and “faithfulness” are grammatically related. Although both concepts are important in the OT, there is no English word exactly equivalent to the Hebrew terms. The most relevant Hebrew verbal root (related to our word “amen”) carries such meanings as “strengthen,” “support,” or “hold up.” In a physical sense it is used of pillars that provide support for doors (2 Kgs 1...","source":"Articles\/F.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":14903,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Book of Habakkuk","title_en":"Book of Habakkuk","content_ro":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","summary_ro":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","summary_en":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","source":"Articles\/H.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":22607,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Judgment*, Last","title_en":"Judgment*, Last","content_ro":"<h3>LAST JUDGMENT*<\/h3>\n<p>Time at the end of history when God will judge the deeds of all humankind. In their preaching concerning the Day of the Lord, various OT prophets anticipated the time when God would wage war against all wicked nations and establish his rule in the eternal city of Zion (Is 4:2; 11:10; Jer 50:3-32; Jl 2:1-3; 3:9-16; Am 5:18-20; 9:11; Zep 1:7-18). The NT writers continue this theme, restating it in the light of the words and work of Jesus. He has been appointed by God to be judge of the living and the dead (Acts 10:42; 17:31). Both believers and unbelievers must appear before the judgment seat of Christ, so that each one may receive good or evil, according to what they have done with their lives (2 Cor 5:10; cf. Rom 14:10).<\/p>\n<p>The focus of God’s judgment is human behavior. Those faithful to the covenant will prosper, but those who are disloyal will perish. The prophet Habakkuk identifies the righteous person as the one who is faithful (Hb 2:4). NT writers state that one will be judged according to whether or not his deeds are pleasing to God (2 Cor 5:10; Rv 20:12). However, the NT also states that no one has met the perfect standards of God. All have sinned and therefore deserve to be punished (Rom 3:9, 23). The issue to be determined at the time of judgment is not one’s guilt but rather whether or not one has been acquitted. The NT speaks of this acquittal as justification and reconciliation (3:21-28; 5:1-21). The means of acquittal is the death and resurrection of Christ, for Jesus’ act of righteousness leads to acquittal and life for all people (5:18). The one who trusts in Christ is not condemned (Jn 3:16-18) and can enter the Day of Judgment with confidence (1 Jn 4:17). His name is written in the Lamb’s Book of Life (Rv 21:27). The unbeliever must face the Day of Judgment with no assistance. He will be judged by what is written in the books; that is, by what he has done (20:11-12).<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Day of the Lord; Eschatology; Judgment; Judgment Seat; Last Days; Wrath of God.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>LAST JUDGMENT*<\/h3>\n<p>Time at the end of history when God will judge the deeds of all humankind. In their preaching concerning the Day of the Lord, various OT prophets anticipated the time when God would wage war against all wicked nations and establish his rule in the eternal city of Zion (Is 4:2; 11:10; Jer 50:3-32; Jl 2:1-3; 3:9-16; Am 5:18-20; 9:11; Zep 1:7-18). The NT writers continue this theme, restating it in the light of the words and work of Jesus. He has been appointed by God to be judge of the living and the dead (Acts 10:42; 17:31). Both believers and unbelievers must appear before the judgment seat of Christ, so that each one may receive good or evil, according to what they have done with their lives (2 Cor 5:10; cf. Rom 14:10).<\/p>\n<p>The focus of God’s judgment is human behavior. Those faithful to the covenant will prosper, but those who are disloyal will perish. The prophet Habakkuk identifies the righteous person as the one who is faithful (Hb 2:4). NT writers state that one will be judged according to whether or not his deeds are pleasing to God (2 Cor 5:10; Rv 20:12). However, the NT also states that no one has met the perfect standards of God. All have sinned and therefore deserve to be punished (Rom 3:9, 23). The issue to be determined at the time of judgment is not one’s guilt but rather whether or not one has been acquitted. The NT speaks of this acquittal as justification and reconciliation (3:21-28; 5:1-21). The means of acquittal is the death and resurrection of Christ, for Jesus’ act of righteousness leads to acquittal and life for all people (5:18). The one who trusts in Christ is not condemned (Jn 3:16-18) and can enter the Day of Judgment with confidence (1 Jn 4:17). His name is written in the Lamb’s Book of Life (Rv 21:27). The unbeliever must face the Day of Judgment with no assistance. He will be judged by what is written in the books; that is, by what he has done (20:11-12).<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Day of the Lord; Eschatology; Judgment; Judgment Seat; Last Days; Wrath of God.<\/p>","summary_ro":"LAST JUDGMENT* Time at the end of history when God will judge the deeds of all humankind. In their preaching concerning the Day of the Lord, various OT prophets anticipated the time when God would wage war against all wicked nations and establish his rule in the eternal city of Zion (Is 4:2; 11:10; Jer 50:3-32; Jl 2:1-3; 3:9-16; Am 5:18-20; 9:11; Zep 1:7-18). The NT writers continue this theme, restating it in the light of the words and work of Jesus. He has been appointed by God to be judge ...","summary_en":"LAST JUDGMENT* Time at the end of history when God will judge the deeds of all humankind. In their preaching concerning the Day of the Lord, various OT prophets anticipated the time when God would wage war against all wicked nations and establish his rule in the eternal city of Zion (Is 4:2; 11:10; Jer 50:3-32; Jl 2:1-3; 3:9-16; Am 5:18-20; 9:11; Zep 1:7-18). The NT writers continue this theme, restating it in the light of the words and work of Jesus. He has been appointed by God to be judge ...","source":"Articles\/L.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":33150,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Righteousness","title_en":"Righteousness","content_ro":"<h3>RIGHTEOUSNESS<\/h3>\n<p>The establishment of a right relationship—primarily between God and people, secondarily between people themselves. Righteousness is the fulfillment of just expectations in any relationship, whether with God or other people. It is applicable at all levels of society and is relevant in every area of life. Therefore, righteousness denotes the fulfilled expectations in relationships between man and wife, parents and children, fellow citizens, employer and employee, merchant and customers, ruler and citizens, and God and people. Depending on the fulfillment of one’s expectations, an individual could be called righteous and his or her acts and speech could be designated as righteous. The opposite of righteous is “evil,” “wicked,” or “wrong” (cf. Ps 1:6; Zep 3:5).<\/p>\n<p>In Israel the concept of righteousness transformed all of life, both religious and secular. Israel had been called into existence as a separate nation through which Yahweh was to witness to the nations concerning his universal rule, his nature, and his expectations of life on earth. This meant that Israel required a revelation from God so that they might learn his will and be instructed in maintaining a relationship with him. The quality of a person’s relationship with God is directly linked to his relationship with his fellow human.<\/p>\n<p>God is righteous (2 Chr 12:6; Pss 7:9; 103:17; Zep 3:5; Zec 8:8). His righteousness is dynamic, since it describes his acts on behalf of his people and also the nature of his relationship with them. All of God’s acts are righteous (cf. Dt 32:4; Jgs 5:11; Ps 103:6), and God’s people rejoiced in the righteous acts of God (Ps 89:16). Because God is righteous, he expects righteousness of others, who are to reflect the nature of their Creator. The expected response to God’s rule is in the form of righteousness, that is, conformity to his rule and will. In this basic sense, Noah is called “righteous” because he walked with God and showed integrity in comparison to his contemporaries (Gn 6:9). After humanity’s fall and acts of rebellion, culminating in the Flood and the dispersion at Babel, God renewed his relationship with humanity in Abraham and his descendants. Abraham was righteous because he ordered his life by the revealed will of God (15:6; cf. 17:1; 18:19; 26:5).<\/p>\n<p>The Lord revealed to Israel even more clearly how they were to relate to him and to each other. The law in Israel was for the purpose of helping the people of God to live in conformity to the will of God and thereby be righteous. The person who was devoted to the service of God in worship and life was called righteous (cf. Mal 3:18). Thus, righteousness is a state of integrity in relation to God and one’s neighbor, expressing itself in one’s acts and speech.<\/p>\n<p>The hope for an era characterized by righteousness was rooted in the prophetic revelation of the messianic rule and the establishment of God’s kingdom on earth (Is 11:1-9), whose rule will extend to the nations (vv 10-16) and last forever (9:7). Isaiah developed the revelation of the glorious, victorious entrance of the kingdom of God in a most exquisite way, when his enemies will be subdued and his people will be gathered together and will live in a state of peace in his presence. The acts of restoration, extending from Israel’s return from exile until the final coming of the external kingdom are, in his prophetic purview, the demonstration of God’s righteous acts. He forgives, restores, remains faithful, loves, elects, and sends his Spirit to renew his people and to bestow on them all the benefits of the renewed covenant relationship. Both Jews and Gentiles will be the recipients of his righteous acts (Is 45:8, 23; 46:13, 48:18; 51:5, 8, 16; 56:1; 59:17; 60:17; 61:10-11).<\/p>\n<p>Out of concern for the salvation of his people and the establishment of his everlasting kingdom, God revealed his righteousness in the sending of his beloved Son. The coming of Christ marks an era of renewal of his relationship with people, the renewal of the covenant and renewal of his kingdom on earth. The older covenant was mediated by Moses; the covenant was renewed by the Son of God, who came “to fulfill all righteousness” (Mt 3:15). The message of Jesus is consistent with the OT in the close identification of God’s kingdom with his righteousness (6:33; 13:43). Jesus also taught that God expects all people to live in harmony with his will (7:21). Jesus is God’s final revelation of what God requires of individuals so as to enter the kingdom and to live righteously.<\/p>\n<p> But individuals cannot attain this righteousness by their own merits; it is a gift from God (Rom 3:21–5:21). There is no righteousness apart from Jesus Christ. In the proclamation of the gospel of Jesus we discover that “it is through faith that a righteous person has life” (Rom 1:17; cf. Hb 2:4). Therefore, the Father requires acceptance of his Son as his appointed means of justification (Rom 3:25-26; 5:9). God declares people to be righteous when they put their trust in his Son (Rom 8:33-34; 2 Cor 3:18; 11:15). God pardons sins, is reconciled with sinners, and grants his peace to them (Rom 5:1, 9-11; Eph 2:14-17). Those who have been declared righteous enjoy a new relationship. They are “sons of God” by adoption. The Father relates to his children righteously and expects them to relate righteously to him.<\/p>\n<p>The fullness of righteousness will be manifest at the coming of the Lord Jesus, when all those who have been justified will also be glorified (Rom 8:30). The goal of salvation history moves toward the final glorious manifestation of God’s kingdom, when all creation will be renewed in “righteousness”—that is, all creation will be right with God (2 Pt 3:13).<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> God, Being and Attributes of; Justification, Justified; Law, Biblical Concept of.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>RIGHTEOUSNESS<\/h3>\n<p>The establishment of a right relationship—primarily between God and people, secondarily between people themselves. Righteousness is the fulfillment of just expectations in any relationship, whether with God or other people. It is applicable at all levels of society and is relevant in every area of life. Therefore, righteousness denotes the fulfilled expectations in relationships between man and wife, parents and children, fellow citizens, employer and employee, merchant and customers, ruler and citizens, and God and people. Depending on the fulfillment of one’s expectations, an individual could be called righteous and his or her acts and speech could be designated as righteous. The opposite of righteous is “evil,” “wicked,” or “wrong” (cf. Ps 1:6; Zep 3:5).<\/p>\n<p>In Israel the concept of righteousness transformed all of life, both religious and secular. Israel had been called into existence as a separate nation through which Yahweh was to witness to the nations concerning his universal rule, his nature, and his expectations of life on earth. This meant that Israel required a revelation from God so that they might learn his will and be instructed in maintaining a relationship with him. The quality of a person’s relationship with God is directly linked to his relationship with his fellow human.<\/p>\n<p>God is righteous (2 Chr 12:6; Pss 7:9; 103:17; Zep 3:5; Zec 8:8). His righteousness is dynamic, since it describes his acts on behalf of his people and also the nature of his relationship with them. All of God’s acts are righteous (cf. Dt 32:4; Jgs 5:11; Ps 103:6), and God’s people rejoiced in the righteous acts of God (Ps 89:16). Because God is righteous, he expects righteousness of others, who are to reflect the nature of their Creator. The expected response to God’s rule is in the form of righteousness, that is, conformity to his rule and will. In this basic sense, Noah is called “righteous” because he walked with God and showed integrity in comparison to his contemporaries (Gn 6:9). After humanity’s fall and acts of rebellion, culminating in the Flood and the dispersion at Babel, God renewed his relationship with humanity in Abraham and his descendants. Abraham was righteous because he ordered his life by the revealed will of God (15:6; cf. 17:1; 18:19; 26:5).<\/p>\n<p>The Lord revealed to Israel even more clearly how they were to relate to him and to each other. The law in Israel was for the purpose of helping the people of God to live in conformity to the will of God and thereby be righteous. The person who was devoted to the service of God in worship and life was called righteous (cf. Mal 3:18). Thus, righteousness is a state of integrity in relation to God and one’s neighbor, expressing itself in one’s acts and speech.<\/p>\n<p>The hope for an era characterized by righteousness was rooted in the prophetic revelation of the messianic rule and the establishment of God’s kingdom on earth (Is 11:1-9), whose rule will extend to the nations (vv 10-16) and last forever (9:7). Isaiah developed the revelation of the glorious, victorious entrance of the kingdom of God in a most exquisite way, when his enemies will be subdued and his people will be gathered together and will live in a state of peace in his presence. The acts of restoration, extending from Israel’s return from exile until the final coming of the external kingdom are, in his prophetic purview, the demonstration of God’s righteous acts. He forgives, restores, remains faithful, loves, elects, and sends his Spirit to renew his people and to bestow on them all the benefits of the renewed covenant relationship. Both Jews and Gentiles will be the recipients of his righteous acts (Is 45:8, 23; 46:13, 48:18; 51:5, 8, 16; 56:1; 59:17; 60:17; 61:10-11).<\/p>\n<p>Out of concern for the salvation of his people and the establishment of his everlasting kingdom, God revealed his righteousness in the sending of his beloved Son. The coming of Christ marks an era of renewal of his relationship with people, the renewal of the covenant and renewal of his kingdom on earth. The older covenant was mediated by Moses; the covenant was renewed by the Son of God, who came “to fulfill all righteousness” (Mt 3:15). The message of Jesus is consistent with the OT in the close identification of God’s kingdom with his righteousness (6:33; 13:43). Jesus also taught that God expects all people to live in harmony with his will (7:21). Jesus is God’s final revelation of what God requires of individuals so as to enter the kingdom and to live righteously.<\/p>\n<p> But individuals cannot attain this righteousness by their own merits; it is a gift from God (Rom 3:21–5:21). There is no righteousness apart from Jesus Christ. In the proclamation of the gospel of Jesus we discover that “it is through faith that a righteous person has life” (Rom 1:17; cf. Hb 2:4). Therefore, the Father requires acceptance of his Son as his appointed means of justification (Rom 3:25-26; 5:9). God declares people to be righteous when they put their trust in his Son (Rom 8:33-34; 2 Cor 3:18; 11:15). God pardons sins, is reconciled with sinners, and grants his peace to them (Rom 5:1, 9-11; Eph 2:14-17). Those who have been declared righteous enjoy a new relationship. They are “sons of God” by adoption. The Father relates to his children righteously and expects them to relate righteously to him.<\/p>\n<p>The fullness of righteousness will be manifest at the coming of the Lord Jesus, when all those who have been justified will also be glorified (Rom 8:30). The goal of salvation history moves toward the final glorious manifestation of God’s kingdom, when all creation will be renewed in “righteousness”—that is, all creation will be right with God (2 Pt 3:13).<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> God, Being and Attributes of; Justification, Justified; Law, Biblical Concept of.<\/p>","summary_ro":"RIGHTEOUSNESS The establishment of a right relationship—primarily between God and people, secondarily between people themselves. Righteousness is the fulfillment of just expectations in any relationship, whether with God or other people. It is applicable at all levels of society and is relevant in every area of life. Therefore, righteousness denotes the fulfilled expectations in relationships between man and wife, parents and children, fellow citizens, employer and employee, merchant and cust...","summary_en":"RIGHTEOUSNESS The establishment of a right relationship—primarily between God and people, secondarily between people themselves. Righteousness is the fulfillment of just expectations in any relationship, whether with God or other people. It is applicable at all levels of society and is relevant in every area of life. Therefore, righteousness denotes the fulfilled expectations in relationships between man and wife, parents and children, fellow citizens, employer and employee, merchant and cust...","source":"Articles\/R.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":33236,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Letter to the Romans","title_en":"Letter to the Romans","content_ro":"<h3>ROMANS, Letter to the<\/h3>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date, Origin, and Destination<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Audience<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Written in the first person (Rom 1:5, 10, etc.), this epistle was authored by the apostle Paul. (The first words of the first verse are “Paul, a slave of Christ Jesus, called an apostle.”) The actual transcription of the letter, however, was done by Tertius (16:22), who acted as Paul’s amanuensis (secretary). The letter’s authenticity has never been disputed by reputable scholarship, liberal or conservative, and Romans stands at the head of virtually every ancient list or collection of Pauline letters.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"DateOriginandDestination\">Date, Origin, and Destination<\/p>\n<p>The destination of the letter is stated to be Rome (1:7). That Paul was in Corinth at the time of the writing seems clear from his reference to Erastus in 16:23 as the treasurer of the city. An inscription in the stone pavement beside the large theater in Corinth states that it was laid by Erastus, the city treasurer, in appreciation for his election. This could hardly be coincidental. Erastus evidently remained in Corinth, because it is mentioned as his home (2 Tm 4:20). Furthermore, Paul refers to Gaius as his host at the time he wrote Romans (Rom 16:23), probably the same Gaius who lived in Corinth (1 Cor 1:14). Finally, Phoebe, likely the carrier of this epistle, was a deaconess of the church at Cenchrea, the eastern port of Corinth (Rom 16:1).<\/p>\n<p>From the epistle itself we can determine when Paul wrote it. Romans 15:23-28 indicates that Paul was just about ready to make his visit to Jerusalem with a contribution for its Christian poor from the churches of Macedonia and Achaia, after which his purpose was to visit Rome on his way to Spain (15:23-28). He carried this contribution with him from Corinth, at the close of his third visit to that city, which lasted three months (Acts 20:2, 23; 24:17). On this occasion certain persons accompanied him from Corinth, whose names are given by the historian of Acts (20:4), and four of these are expressly mentioned in this epistle as being with the apostle when he wrote it—Timothy, Sosipater, Gaius, and Erastus (Rom 16:21, 23). Paul’s visit to Jerusalem is usually dated around <span>AD<\/span> 57–58. As such, the Epistle to the Romans was written around the same time.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>In a previous visit to Corinth, during his second missionary journey, Paul established the church there and remained in the city for 18 months (Acts 18:1, 11). His arrival coincided with the arrival of Priscilla and Aquila, who had recently come from Rome. At the end of his 18-month stay, Paul was brought before the newly appointed proconsul, Gallio (Acts 18:12), whose arrival can be dated from the Gallio inscription found at Delphi to the spring of <span>AD<\/span> 51. Thus, Paul arrived in Corinth in the winter of <span>AD<\/span> 49.<\/p>\n<p>Leaving the city, he returned to Antioch, gave a report on his work, and set out on his last journey to collect the contribution for Jerusalem from the Gentile churches (Rom 15:25-29), for which he had previously prepared (1 Cor 16:1; 2 Cor 9:5). Continued problems in Corinth (1 Cor 1:11; 7:1) necessitated his return to the city (Acts 20:3), at which time he wrote Romans. It is clear from the last two chapters of the letter that he planned to take the contribution to Jerusalem almost immediately and from there go on to Rome (Rom 15:23-24). The occasion for the letter, therefore, is to alert the Romans to his coming so that they can assist him in his journey to Spain (15:24, 28). Rome was the only church, other than Colosse, which Paul did not establish. His letter, consequently, does not reflect awareness of specific problems in the membership there.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Audience\">Audience<\/p>\n<p>The Roman church at this time was composed of both Jewish and Gentile believers. The church was probably started by Jewish believers who were at Jerusalem on the Day of Pentecost (Acts 2:10) and were among the 3,000 converts. Evidently, some of these took the gospel back with them to Rome. Probably some of the believers addressed in the salutations of the epistle were Christians already of long standing, if not among the earliest converts to the Christian faith. Thus, it is not improbable that up to the time of the apostle’s arrival, the Christian community at Rome had been dependent upon its own members for the increase of its numbers, aided perhaps by occasional visits from preachers.<\/p>\n\n<p>Evidently, the gospel had gone out to Gentiles, because there were Gentiles in the church, as is evidenced by Paul’s remarks throughout the letter. In fact, it is clear that the apostle wrote to them expressly as to a Gentile church (Rom 1:13, 15; 15:15-16). Perhaps the major constituency of the Gentiles were “God-fearers” (see Acts 10:2).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>Of all the epistles of Paul, this is the most elaborate and, at the same time, the most glowing. It has just as much in common with a theological treatise as with a personal, heartfelt epistle. The major theme running throughout the book is that both Jew and Gentile have fallen short of God’s glory and stand in need of salvation (Rom 3:21-31). God’s righteousness has not been revealed only to the Jew—because God is not God only to the Jews but to the Gentiles as well, since there is only one God (3:29). He will justify the Jews on the basis of the saving work of Christ at Calvary, and the Gentiles on the basis of that same act of faithfulness to Abraham’s promise (v 30). Their common faith gives them access to this grace (5:2). The gospel is thus to the Jew first and also to the Greek (1:16).<\/p>\n<p>Once a person believes, that person is justified before God (chs 1–3). This new relationship with God provides the believer with a new life in Christ and makes him or her a part of God’s people (chs 4–8). This is the deepest and most difficult part of the whole epistle; it carries us directly to the eternal springs of grace, sovereign love, and the inscrutable purposes of God. After this, we are told about the calling of the Gentiles, the preservation of a faithful Jewish remnant amidst the general unbelief and the fall of the nation, and the ultimate recovery of all Israel to constitute, with the Gentiles in the latter day, one universal church of God upon earth (chs 9–11). The remainder of the epistle is devoted to the practical application (in church life) of the truths previously revealed (chs 12–15). And then the epistle concludes with Paul’s heartfelt salutations to several different believers in Rome (ch 16).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>Overview<\/h5>\n<p>The thematic statement of the first eight chapters of the letter is set forth in 1:17: “It is through faith that a righteous person has life” (<span>nlt<\/span>). This quotation from Habakkuk 2:4 sets Paul’s teaching on faith over against that of the OT on works. Thus, he affirms the fact that his teaching on faith is not new but is squarely rooted in the OT prophets. What was new was that the Gentiles would be fellow citizens with the Jews on the basis of faith in Christ (Eph 3:5-6). They would not have to become proselytes to Judaism in order to be acceptable to God, as some Jewish Christians demanded (Acts 15:1). This was the mystery of which Paul spoke in Ephesians (Eph 3:6).<\/p>\n<p>The first part of the epistle dwells on the theme that righteousness is attained by faith. The first three chapters demonstrate that Jew and Gentile are under sin and that the redemption of Christ is applicable to both (Rom 3:21-22). The fourth chapter demonstrates that Abraham is the father of Gentiles as well as Jews, because he is the spiritual father of believing Israel just as he is of believing Gentiles. Then, in chapters 5–8, Paul deals with the latter part of the theme of how a justifed person <em>lives<\/em> by faith. Whether Jew or Gentile, the person who accepts the righteous acts of God on Calvary through Christ will live free from the wrath of God (ch 5), the power of sin (ch 6), the enslaving power of the law (ch 7), and the power of death (ch 8).<\/p>\n<p>In chapters 9–11, Paul discusses the nation of Israel “according to the flesh” (physical Jews) in relation to the future purpose of God, concluding that God has not cast off his people who were Israelites descended from Abraham (11:1-2). He can regraft them back into the tree from which they have been cut off, if they will accept Jesus as their Messiah (v 23).<\/p>\n<p>Then in his closing section, he discusses the implications of the first 11 chapters for everyday Christian living (chs 12–16), closing the book with a reminder of the importance of the “offering of the Gentiles” through his own ministry (ch 15).<\/p>\n<h5>In Detail<\/h5>\n<p>In the first chapter Paul argues that the pagan Gentile world was in a state of rebellion against God, and the wrath of God had been revealed against their ungodliness (1:18). Even though God had given sufficient revelation of his existence to them in the world of nature, they had nevertheless become polytheistic and idolatrous, with all the accompanying moral degradations (vv 20-23). Thus, three times Paul emphasizes that God gave them up to their lusts (v 24), to dishonorable passions (v 26), and to a base mind and improper conduct (v 28). The meaning is that he passed over their sins (3:25), overlooked their spiritual ignorance of his true existence (Acts 17:30), and did not put a stop to such idolatry (7:42).<\/p>\n<p>The Jews fared little better because, even though they had received the law of Moses containing a revelation of the will of God for their nation, they had not kept the law (2:17-29). Even the Gentiles had those among them who did by nature the things contained in the law and were acceptable because their consciences were pure (vv 14-15). For a Jew, keeping the law was insufficient unless he did so as a spiritual conviction, not as a mere legal requirement (v 29). God-fearing Gentiles who kept the essence of the law were a model for condemning the Jews who did not (vv 14, 27). However, the faithlessness of the chosen nation did not nullify the faithfulness of God to the fulfillment of the promise to Abraham (3:3). Although the Jew had every advantage over the Gentile, he was no better off because both had given themselves over to the power of sin (vv 1, 9). The situation now was that “all have sinned [both Jew and Gentile] and fall short of the glory of God” (v 23, <span>rsv<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>God had therefore made Christ the Redeemer for the sins of the world (3:21-31). The righteousness of God had been manifested apart from the law, through the “faith of Christ” (v 22; i.e., the faithfulness of Christ to the promise) and was available to the Gentile as well as Jew on the basis of personal faith. If this righteousness were available only through keeping the commandments of the law, as good and holy as it was (7:12), then God was a God of Jews only and not of Gentiles, because the law was given to the Jews (3:29). But God is also the God of the Gentiles and justifies the Jew on the basis of Christ’s faithfulness, and the Gentile on the basis of that same faithful act. Christ died for all who believe in him (v 22). Thus God’s righteousness was manifested through Christ’s faithfulness (vv 3, 22) and provides the basis of salvation for everyone who believes (5:9).<\/p>\n<p>Several times in the fourth chapter Paul insists that Abraham was the father of the Jews and of the Gentiles (vv 11-12, 16-18). Christ’s faithfulness to the promise to Abraham that all nations (Gentiles) would be blessed through his seed (the descendants of Isaac) enabled Abraham to become the father of all nations, that is, of all who believe (v 11).<\/p>\n<p>Having laid this broad theological base, Paul then argues that the impact of this justification or righteousness is that all believers experience salvation from the wrath of God and thereby experience peace (5:1, 9). Sin entered the world through the first transgression and passed to all people (v 12). Justification, however, was brought by the second Adam, Christ, who gives salvation to those who believe and receive the abundance of his grace (vv 16-18).<\/p>\n<p>The function of the law was not to save the Jew. It was added because of transgressions (Gal 3:19); it served to intensify the awareness of sin, present in all people, to the point of transgression of the law (Rom 5:20). Sin used the law to deceive and destroy those who tried to keep it (7:11). Paul had known what it was to covet before he knew the law, but when he became subject to the dictates and penalties of the law at age 12 or 13, the commandment against covetousness became even more demanding and destroyed him (7:11). After the law was known, the penalty for its disobedience was fully applicable. Sin had been intensified because it became a transgression of the law. This very fact caused the need for greater grace, because where sin abounded, grace abounded all the more (5:20). But it would be a gross perversion of what it means to live free from wrath, law, sin, and death to argue that one should therefore continue in sin that grace may abound (6:1). Paul argues that those who have been justified and saved by Christ have died to the power of sin, which no longer has enslaving power (vv 2, 6). The key thought here is that sin (i.e., Satan—sin personified) cannot exercise dominion over the believer (vv 9, 14); it cannot reign over him (v 12) and make him its slave (vv 17, 20).<\/p>\n<p>In addition to being liberated from God’s anger, the law, and sin, those who have been justified by faith have been freed from death, and God will give life to their mortal bodies through his Spirit (8:2, 11). If they live according to the flesh, they will die; but if they live by the Spirit, they will enjoy a liberating life (vv 6-13). Not even death will be able to separate them from the love of Christ (v 38). The Spirit leads them and helps in their human infirmity, praying and interceding for them just as Christ does (vv 14, 26, 34).<\/p>\n<p>Paul does not discuss the pragmatic application of these theological principles until chapter 12. In between, he deals with the issue of how and why the Jews could have rejected the Messiah. How is it that they, of all people on earth, with the history of God’s personal involvement with them, could have rejected the Promised One? Chapters 9–11 focus on this important question.<\/p>\n<p>Paul’s answer is fourfold. First, it was God’s purpose by election. He chose Israel, knowing what would happen in the future. These were physical Jews, Israelites, who enjoyed all the special relationships to God that an elect people could experience: sonship, glory, covenants, the law, worship, the promises, the patriarchs, and Christ (9:1-5). God had elected them just as he had chosen Jacob over Esau before either was born, just as he had hardened the heart of Pharaoh, just as the potter molds the clay into the vessel he desires (9:6-26). It had nothing to do with their character or inherent worth; it was strictly a matter of God’s purpose for them. There is no injustice on God’s part in making this choice, because it was necessary in order for God to show his power through them so that his name might be proclaimed in all the earth. He had chosen Israel to serve his purposes just as he had chosen Pharaoh and Jacob and Moses; their salvation was a matter of faith (Heb 11). After all, only a remnant of Israel ever really believed (Rom 9:27-29).<\/p>\n<p>Second, Paul argues that Israel, in rejecting the Messiah and his gospel, is following a precedent that appears repeatedly throughout history (9:30–10:21). The Jews did not seek righteousness by faith, and thus never found it. They based their righteousness on the law and thus stumbled over their own Messiah (9:30-33).<\/p>\n<p>Third, he argues that since a “remnant” of Israel has already believed the gospel, it is a clear indication that Israel as a whole will yet do so (11:1-16, 26). So, even though he says that God has rejected Israel, he argues that God has not rejected them finally and irrevocably. He has broken them off the cultivated branch of the Abrahamic promise, but he has not rejected his people. The elect (remnant) obtained what it sought, but the rest were hardened for a period of time until they could be provoked to jealousy by the Gentiles’ inclusion into the kingdom. So Israel’s alienation is not necessarily final.<\/p>\n<p>Fourth, Paul argues that since Israel’s rejection has been such a blessing for the inclusion of the Gentiles, the scenario of their conversion in large numbers would be like a resurrection from the dead. This argument runs throughout the rest of the chapter (11:17-36). The Gentiles should not be haughty, because Israel stumbled so as to make their inclusion possible (vv 17-19). Israel did not stumble just so they could fall (v 11); their fall was a blessing to Gentiles and was a part of the purpose of God. And God, who broke them off for their unbelief, will be able to regraft them back into the tree from which they were cut off, if they do not persist in their unbelief.<\/p>\n<p>Chapters 12–16 deal with the pragmatic implications of Paul’s impressive arguments. Thus the chapter begins with “I appeal to you therefore . . .” (12:1). What follows is a lengthy list of Christian virtues and responsibilities. Paul frequently includes advice in his letters so as to assist the young converts in their transition from paganism into the Judeo-Christian ethical and moral value system. He often even modifies some behavior patterns among Jewish converts. Chapter 13 discusses the important relationship that should exist between Christians in the capital city of the Roman Empire and their government officials. They should recognize that civil government is, as such, ordained by God and has a right to exist even if those who hold the offices are corrupt. They are God’s servants to execute judgment on the disobedient (13:4). Chapter 14 encourages Christians enjoying freedom in Christ to live without influencing others to violate their own consciences in various matters, such as eating meat. Nor should those with weaker consciences try to restrict others who have found this precious freedom. Mutual love and respect is the mark of a true disciple of Christ. Chapter 15 contains Paul’s travel plans and his understanding of his role as a priestly minister to Gentiles, offering their conversion to God symbolically on the altar at Jerusalem in the form of a large collection of money taken up among the Gentile churches. Chapter 16 closes typically with greetings and commendations from various individuals. Twenty-seven people are greeted by name.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Paul, The Apostle.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>ROMANS, Letter to the<\/h3>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date, Origin, and Destination<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Audience<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Written in the first person (Rom 1:5, 10, etc.), this epistle was authored by the apostle Paul. (The first words of the first verse are “Paul, a slave of Christ Jesus, called an apostle.”) The actual transcription of the letter, however, was done by Tertius (16:22), who acted as Paul’s amanuensis (secretary). The letter’s authenticity has never been disputed by reputable scholarship, liberal or conservative, and Romans stands at the head of virtually every ancient list or collection of Pauline letters.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"DateOriginandDestination\">Date, Origin, and Destination<\/p>\n<p>The destination of the letter is stated to be Rome (1:7). That Paul was in Corinth at the time of the writing seems clear from his reference to Erastus in 16:23 as the treasurer of the city. An inscription in the stone pavement beside the large theater in Corinth states that it was laid by Erastus, the city treasurer, in appreciation for his election. This could hardly be coincidental. Erastus evidently remained in Corinth, because it is mentioned as his home (2 Tm 4:20). Furthermore, Paul refers to Gaius as his host at the time he wrote Romans (Rom 16:23), probably the same Gaius who lived in Corinth (1 Cor 1:14). Finally, Phoebe, likely the carrier of this epistle, was a deaconess of the church at Cenchrea, the eastern port of Corinth (Rom 16:1).<\/p>\n<p>From the epistle itself we can determine when Paul wrote it. Romans 15:23-28 indicates that Paul was just about ready to make his visit to Jerusalem with a contribution for its Christian poor from the churches of Macedonia and Achaia, after which his purpose was to visit Rome on his way to Spain (15:23-28). He carried this contribution with him from Corinth, at the close of his third visit to that city, which lasted three months (Acts 20:2, 23; 24:17). On this occasion certain persons accompanied him from Corinth, whose names are given by the historian of Acts (20:4), and four of these are expressly mentioned in this epistle as being with the apostle when he wrote it—Timothy, Sosipater, Gaius, and Erastus (Rom 16:21, 23). Paul’s visit to Jerusalem is usually dated around <span>AD<\/span> 57–58. As such, the Epistle to the Romans was written around the same time.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>In a previous visit to Corinth, during his second missionary journey, Paul established the church there and remained in the city for 18 months (Acts 18:1, 11). His arrival coincided with the arrival of Priscilla and Aquila, who had recently come from Rome. At the end of his 18-month stay, Paul was brought before the newly appointed proconsul, Gallio (Acts 18:12), whose arrival can be dated from the Gallio inscription found at Delphi to the spring of <span>AD<\/span> 51. Thus, Paul arrived in Corinth in the winter of <span>AD<\/span> 49.<\/p>\n<p>Leaving the city, he returned to Antioch, gave a report on his work, and set out on his last journey to collect the contribution for Jerusalem from the Gentile churches (Rom 15:25-29), for which he had previously prepared (1 Cor 16:1; 2 Cor 9:5). Continued problems in Corinth (1 Cor 1:11; 7:1) necessitated his return to the city (Acts 20:3), at which time he wrote Romans. It is clear from the last two chapters of the letter that he planned to take the contribution to Jerusalem almost immediately and from there go on to Rome (Rom 15:23-24). The occasion for the letter, therefore, is to alert the Romans to his coming so that they can assist him in his journey to Spain (15:24, 28). Rome was the only church, other than Colosse, which Paul did not establish. His letter, consequently, does not reflect awareness of specific problems in the membership there.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Audience\">Audience<\/p>\n<p>The Roman church at this time was composed of both Jewish and Gentile believers. The church was probably started by Jewish believers who were at Jerusalem on the Day of Pentecost (Acts 2:10) and were among the 3,000 converts. Evidently, some of these took the gospel back with them to Rome. Probably some of the believers addressed in the salutations of the epistle were Christians already of long standing, if not among the earliest converts to the Christian faith. Thus, it is not improbable that up to the time of the apostle’s arrival, the Christian community at Rome had been dependent upon its own members for the increase of its numbers, aided perhaps by occasional visits from preachers.<\/p>\n\n<p>Evidently, the gospel had gone out to Gentiles, because there were Gentiles in the church, as is evidenced by Paul’s remarks throughout the letter. In fact, it is clear that the apostle wrote to them expressly as to a Gentile church (Rom 1:13, 15; 15:15-16). Perhaps the major constituency of the Gentiles were “God-fearers” (see Acts 10:2).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>Of all the epistles of Paul, this is the most elaborate and, at the same time, the most glowing. It has just as much in common with a theological treatise as with a personal, heartfelt epistle. The major theme running throughout the book is that both Jew and Gentile have fallen short of God’s glory and stand in need of salvation (Rom 3:21-31). God’s righteousness has not been revealed only to the Jew—because God is not God only to the Jews but to the Gentiles as well, since there is only one God (3:29). He will justify the Jews on the basis of the saving work of Christ at Calvary, and the Gentiles on the basis of that same act of faithfulness to Abraham’s promise (v 30). Their common faith gives them access to this grace (5:2). The gospel is thus to the Jew first and also to the Greek (1:16).<\/p>\n<p>Once a person believes, that person is justified before God (chs 1–3). This new relationship with God provides the believer with a new life in Christ and makes him or her a part of God’s people (chs 4–8). This is the deepest and most difficult part of the whole epistle; it carries us directly to the eternal springs of grace, sovereign love, and the inscrutable purposes of God. After this, we are told about the calling of the Gentiles, the preservation of a faithful Jewish remnant amidst the general unbelief and the fall of the nation, and the ultimate recovery of all Israel to constitute, with the Gentiles in the latter day, one universal church of God upon earth (chs 9–11). The remainder of the epistle is devoted to the practical application (in church life) of the truths previously revealed (chs 12–15). And then the epistle concludes with Paul’s heartfelt salutations to several different believers in Rome (ch 16).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>Overview<\/h5>\n<p>The thematic statement of the first eight chapters of the letter is set forth in 1:17: “It is through faith that a righteous person has life” (<span>nlt<\/span>). This quotation from Habakkuk 2:4 sets Paul’s teaching on faith over against that of the OT on works. Thus, he affirms the fact that his teaching on faith is not new but is squarely rooted in the OT prophets. What was new was that the Gentiles would be fellow citizens with the Jews on the basis of faith in Christ (Eph 3:5-6). They would not have to become proselytes to Judaism in order to be acceptable to God, as some Jewish Christians demanded (Acts 15:1). This was the mystery of which Paul spoke in Ephesians (Eph 3:6).<\/p>\n<p>The first part of the epistle dwells on the theme that righteousness is attained by faith. The first three chapters demonstrate that Jew and Gentile are under sin and that the redemption of Christ is applicable to both (Rom 3:21-22). The fourth chapter demonstrates that Abraham is the father of Gentiles as well as Jews, because he is the spiritual father of believing Israel just as he is of believing Gentiles. Then, in chapters 5–8, Paul deals with the latter part of the theme of how a justifed person <em>lives<\/em> by faith. Whether Jew or Gentile, the person who accepts the righteous acts of God on Calvary through Christ will live free from the wrath of God (ch 5), the power of sin (ch 6), the enslaving power of the law (ch 7), and the power of death (ch 8).<\/p>\n<p>In chapters 9–11, Paul discusses the nation of Israel “according to the flesh” (physical Jews) in relation to the future purpose of God, concluding that God has not cast off his people who were Israelites descended from Abraham (11:1-2). He can regraft them back into the tree from which they have been cut off, if they will accept Jesus as their Messiah (v 23).<\/p>\n<p>Then in his closing section, he discusses the implications of the first 11 chapters for everyday Christian living (chs 12–16), closing the book with a reminder of the importance of the “offering of the Gentiles” through his own ministry (ch 15).<\/p>\n<h5>In Detail<\/h5>\n<p>In the first chapter Paul argues that the pagan Gentile world was in a state of rebellion against God, and the wrath of God had been revealed against their ungodliness (1:18). Even though God had given sufficient revelation of his existence to them in the world of nature, they had nevertheless become polytheistic and idolatrous, with all the accompanying moral degradations (vv 20-23). Thus, three times Paul emphasizes that God gave them up to their lusts (v 24), to dishonorable passions (v 26), and to a base mind and improper conduct (v 28). The meaning is that he passed over their sins (3:25), overlooked their spiritual ignorance of his true existence (Acts 17:30), and did not put a stop to such idolatry (7:42).<\/p>\n<p>The Jews fared little better because, even though they had received the law of Moses containing a revelation of the will of God for their nation, they had not kept the law (2:17-29). Even the Gentiles had those among them who did by nature the things contained in the law and were acceptable because their consciences were pure (vv 14-15). For a Jew, keeping the law was insufficient unless he did so as a spiritual conviction, not as a mere legal requirement (v 29). God-fearing Gentiles who kept the essence of the law were a model for condemning the Jews who did not (vv 14, 27). However, the faithlessness of the chosen nation did not nullify the faithfulness of God to the fulfillment of the promise to Abraham (3:3). Although the Jew had every advantage over the Gentile, he was no better off because both had given themselves over to the power of sin (vv 1, 9). The situation now was that “all have sinned [both Jew and Gentile] and fall short of the glory of God” (v 23, <span>rsv<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>God had therefore made Christ the Redeemer for the sins of the world (3:21-31). The righteousness of God had been manifested apart from the law, through the “faith of Christ” (v 22; i.e., the faithfulness of Christ to the promise) and was available to the Gentile as well as Jew on the basis of personal faith. If this righteousness were available only through keeping the commandments of the law, as good and holy as it was (7:12), then God was a God of Jews only and not of Gentiles, because the law was given to the Jews (3:29). But God is also the God of the Gentiles and justifies the Jew on the basis of Christ’s faithfulness, and the Gentile on the basis of that same faithful act. Christ died for all who believe in him (v 22). Thus God’s righteousness was manifested through Christ’s faithfulness (vv 3, 22) and provides the basis of salvation for everyone who believes (5:9).<\/p>\n<p>Several times in the fourth chapter Paul insists that Abraham was the father of the Jews and of the Gentiles (vv 11-12, 16-18). Christ’s faithfulness to the promise to Abraham that all nations (Gentiles) would be blessed through his seed (the descendants of Isaac) enabled Abraham to become the father of all nations, that is, of all who believe (v 11).<\/p>\n<p>Having laid this broad theological base, Paul then argues that the impact of this justification or righteousness is that all believers experience salvation from the wrath of God and thereby experience peace (5:1, 9). Sin entered the world through the first transgression and passed to all people (v 12). Justification, however, was brought by the second Adam, Christ, who gives salvation to those who believe and receive the abundance of his grace (vv 16-18).<\/p>\n<p>The function of the law was not to save the Jew. It was added because of transgressions (Gal 3:19); it served to intensify the awareness of sin, present in all people, to the point of transgression of the law (Rom 5:20). Sin used the law to deceive and destroy those who tried to keep it (7:11). Paul had known what it was to covet before he knew the law, but when he became subject to the dictates and penalties of the law at age 12 or 13, the commandment against covetousness became even more demanding and destroyed him (7:11). After the law was known, the penalty for its disobedience was fully applicable. Sin had been intensified because it became a transgression of the law. This very fact caused the need for greater grace, because where sin abounded, grace abounded all the more (5:20). But it would be a gross perversion of what it means to live free from wrath, law, sin, and death to argue that one should therefore continue in sin that grace may abound (6:1). Paul argues that those who have been justified and saved by Christ have died to the power of sin, which no longer has enslaving power (vv 2, 6). The key thought here is that sin (i.e., Satan—sin personified) cannot exercise dominion over the believer (vv 9, 14); it cannot reign over him (v 12) and make him its slave (vv 17, 20).<\/p>\n<p>In addition to being liberated from God’s anger, the law, and sin, those who have been justified by faith have been freed from death, and God will give life to their mortal bodies through his Spirit (8:2, 11). If they live according to the flesh, they will die; but if they live by the Spirit, they will enjoy a liberating life (vv 6-13). Not even death will be able to separate them from the love of Christ (v 38). The Spirit leads them and helps in their human infirmity, praying and interceding for them just as Christ does (vv 14, 26, 34).<\/p>\n<p>Paul does not discuss the pragmatic application of these theological principles until chapter 12. In between, he deals with the issue of how and why the Jews could have rejected the Messiah. How is it that they, of all people on earth, with the history of God’s personal involvement with them, could have rejected the Promised One? Chapters 9–11 focus on this important question.<\/p>\n<p>Paul’s answer is fourfold. First, it was God’s purpose by election. He chose Israel, knowing what would happen in the future. These were physical Jews, Israelites, who enjoyed all the special relationships to God that an elect people could experience: sonship, glory, covenants, the law, worship, the promises, the patriarchs, and Christ (9:1-5). God had elected them just as he had chosen Jacob over Esau before either was born, just as he had hardened the heart of Pharaoh, just as the potter molds the clay into the vessel he desires (9:6-26). It had nothing to do with their character or inherent worth; it was strictly a matter of God’s purpose for them. There is no injustice on God’s part in making this choice, because it was necessary in order for God to show his power through them so that his name might be proclaimed in all the earth. He had chosen Israel to serve his purposes just as he had chosen Pharaoh and Jacob and Moses; their salvation was a matter of faith (Heb 11). After all, only a remnant of Israel ever really believed (Rom 9:27-29).<\/p>\n<p>Second, Paul argues that Israel, in rejecting the Messiah and his gospel, is following a precedent that appears repeatedly throughout history (9:30–10:21). The Jews did not seek righteousness by faith, and thus never found it. They based their righteousness on the law and thus stumbled over their own Messiah (9:30-33).<\/p>\n<p>Third, he argues that since a “remnant” of Israel has already believed the gospel, it is a clear indication that Israel as a whole will yet do so (11:1-16, 26). So, even though he says that God has rejected Israel, he argues that God has not rejected them finally and irrevocably. He has broken them off the cultivated branch of the Abrahamic promise, but he has not rejected his people. The elect (remnant) obtained what it sought, but the rest were hardened for a period of time until they could be provoked to jealousy by the Gentiles’ inclusion into the kingdom. So Israel’s alienation is not necessarily final.<\/p>\n<p>Fourth, Paul argues that since Israel’s rejection has been such a blessing for the inclusion of the Gentiles, the scenario of their conversion in large numbers would be like a resurrection from the dead. This argument runs throughout the rest of the chapter (11:17-36). The Gentiles should not be haughty, because Israel stumbled so as to make their inclusion possible (vv 17-19). Israel did not stumble just so they could fall (v 11); their fall was a blessing to Gentiles and was a part of the purpose of God. And God, who broke them off for their unbelief, will be able to regraft them back into the tree from which they were cut off, if they do not persist in their unbelief.<\/p>\n<p>Chapters 12–16 deal with the pragmatic implications of Paul’s impressive arguments. Thus the chapter begins with “I appeal to you therefore . . .” (12:1). What follows is a lengthy list of Christian virtues and responsibilities. Paul frequently includes advice in his letters so as to assist the young converts in their transition from paganism into the Judeo-Christian ethical and moral value system. He often even modifies some behavior patterns among Jewish converts. Chapter 13 discusses the important relationship that should exist between Christians in the capital city of the Roman Empire and their government officials. They should recognize that civil government is, as such, ordained by God and has a right to exist even if those who hold the offices are corrupt. They are God’s servants to execute judgment on the disobedient (13:4). Chapter 14 encourages Christians enjoying freedom in Christ to live without influencing others to violate their own consciences in various matters, such as eating meat. Nor should those with weaker consciences try to restrict others who have found this precious freedom. Mutual love and respect is the mark of a true disciple of Christ. Chapter 15 contains Paul’s travel plans and his understanding of his role as a priestly minister to Gentiles, offering their conversion to God symbolically on the altar at Jerusalem in the form of a large collection of money taken up among the Gentile churches. Chapter 16 closes typically with greetings and commendations from various individuals. Twenty-seven people are greeted by name.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Paul, The Apostle.<\/p>","summary_ro":"ROMANS, Letter to the Preview • Author • Date, Origin, and Destination • Background • Audience • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Written in the first person (Rom 1:5, 10, etc.), this epistle was authored by the apostle Paul. (The first words of the first verse are “Paul, a slave of Christ Jesus, called an apostle.”) The actual transcription of the letter, however, was done by Tertius (16:22), who acted as Paul’s amanuensis (secretary). The letter’s authenticity has never bee...","summary_en":"ROMANS, Letter to the Preview • Author • Date, Origin, and Destination • Background • Audience • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Written in the first person (Rom 1:5, 10, etc.), this epistle was authored by the apostle Paul. (The first words of the first verse are “Paul, a slave of Christ Jesus, called an apostle.”) The actual transcription of the letter, however, was done by Tertius (16:22), who acted as Paul’s amanuensis (secretary). The letter’s authenticity has never bee...","source":"Articles\/R.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":40423,"type":"picture","type_label":"Imagine","type_icon":"🖼️","type_color":"#ec4899","title_ro":"Ancient Greek Translation of Habakkuk","title_en":"Ancient Greek Translation of Habakkuk","content_ro":"<p><\/p>\n <p><strong>Ancient Greek Translation of Habakkuk<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Manuscript from Nahal Hever, 8Hev grXII, showing Habakkuk 2:4-8 (dated first century <span>BC<\/span> to first century <span>AD<\/span>)<\/strong><\/p>","content_en":"<p><\/p>\n <p><strong>Ancient Greek Translation of Habakkuk<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Manuscript from Nahal Hever, 8Hev grXII, showing Habakkuk 2:4-8 (dated first century <span>BC<\/span> to first century <span>AD<\/span>)<\/strong><\/p>","summary_ro":"Ancient Greek Translation of Habakkuk Manuscript from Nahal Hever, 8Hev grXII, showing Habakkuk 2:4-8 (dated first century BC to first century AD)","summary_en":"Ancient Greek Translation of Habakkuk Manuscript from Nahal Hever, 8Hev grXII, showing Habakkuk 2:4-8 (dated first century BC to first century AD)","source":"Pictures\/Pictures.xml","external_url":"..\/Pictures\/artfiles\/Habakkuk.jpg","has_map":false,"has_picture":true},{"id":54177,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:4","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:4","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:4<\/strong> God is aware of the self-centeredness of the <em>proud<\/em>. Their <em>crooked<\/em> lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the <em>righteous<\/em> enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • <em>faithfulness:<\/em> Hebrew <span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’emunah<\/span>. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (<span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’mn<\/span>) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of those who trust him so they can faithfully follow God’s holy standards. See also Rom 1:16-17; Gal 3:11; Heb 10:37-39.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:4<\/strong> God is aware of the self-centeredness of the <em>proud<\/em>. Their <em>crooked<\/em> lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the <em>righteous<\/em> enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • <em>faithfulness:<\/em> Hebrew <span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’emunah<\/span>. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (<span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’mn<\/span>) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of those who trust him so they can faithfully follow God’s holy standards. See also Rom 1:16-17; Gal 3:11; Heb 10:37-39.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:4 God is aware of the self-centeredness of the proud. Their crooked lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the righteous enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • faithfulness: Hebrew ’emunah. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (’mn) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of t...","summary_en":"2:4 God is aware of the self-centeredness of the proud. Their crooked lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the righteous enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • faithfulness: Hebrew ’emunah. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (’mn) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of t...","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":81803,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:4","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:4","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:4<\/strong> God is aware of the self-centeredness of the <em>proud<\/em>. Their <em>crooked<\/em> lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the <em>righteous<\/em> enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • <em>faithfulness:<\/em> Hebrew <span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’emunah<\/span>. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (<span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’mn<\/span>) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of those who trust him so they can faithfully follow God’s holy standards. See also Rom 1:16-17; Gal 3:11; Heb 10:37-39.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:4<\/strong> God is aware of the self-centeredness of the <em>proud<\/em>. Their <em>crooked<\/em> lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the <em>righteous<\/em> enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • <em>faithfulness:<\/em> Hebrew <span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’emunah<\/span>. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (<span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’mn<\/span>) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of those who trust him so they can faithfully follow God’s holy standards. See also Rom 1:16-17; Gal 3:11; Heb 10:37-39.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:4 God is aware of the self-centeredness of the proud. Their crooked lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the righteous enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • faithfulness: Hebrew ’emunah. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (’mn) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of t...","summary_en":"2:4 God is aware of the self-centeredness of the proud. Their crooked lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the righteous enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • faithfulness: Hebrew ’emunah. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (’mn) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of t...","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":109429,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:4","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:4","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:4<\/strong> God is aware of the self-centeredness of the <em>proud<\/em>. Their <em>crooked<\/em> lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the <em>righteous<\/em> enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • <em>faithfulness:<\/em> Hebrew <span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’emunah<\/span>. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (<span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’mn<\/span>) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of those who trust him so they can faithfully follow God’s holy standards. See also Rom 1:16-17; Gal 3:11; Heb 10:37-39.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:4<\/strong> God is aware of the self-centeredness of the <em>proud<\/em>. Their <em>crooked<\/em> lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the <em>righteous<\/em> enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • <em>faithfulness:<\/em> Hebrew <span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’emunah<\/span>. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (<span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’mn<\/span>) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of those who trust him so they can faithfully follow God’s holy standards. See also Rom 1:16-17; Gal 3:11; Heb 10:37-39.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:4 God is aware of the self-centeredness of the proud. Their crooked lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the righteous enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • faithfulness: Hebrew ’emunah. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (’mn) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of t...","summary_en":"2:4 God is aware of the self-centeredness of the proud. Their crooked lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the righteous enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • faithfulness: Hebrew ’emunah. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (’mn) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of t...","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":137055,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:4","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:4","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:4<\/strong> God is aware of the self-centeredness of the <em>proud<\/em>. Their <em>crooked<\/em> lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the <em>righteous<\/em> enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • <em>faithfulness:<\/em> Hebrew <span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’emunah<\/span>. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (<span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’mn<\/span>) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of those who trust him so they can faithfully follow God’s holy standards. See also Rom 1:16-17; Gal 3:11; Heb 10:37-39.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:4<\/strong> God is aware of the self-centeredness of the <em>proud<\/em>. Their <em>crooked<\/em> lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the <em>righteous<\/em> enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • <em>faithfulness:<\/em> Hebrew <span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’emunah<\/span>. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (<span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">’mn<\/span>) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of those who trust him so they can faithfully follow God’s holy standards. See also Rom 1:16-17; Gal 3:11; Heb 10:37-39.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:4 God is aware of the self-centeredness of the proud. Their crooked lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the righteous enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • faithfulness: Hebrew ’emunah. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (’mn) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of t...","summary_en":"2:4 God is aware of the self-centeredness of the proud. Their crooked lives demonstrate their unrighteousness; they refuse God’s instruction and gratify their own desires (Prov 12:15; 21:8, 29; 29:27). In contrast, the righteous enjoy proper judicial standing before God. They make God’s righteous standards their own and reproduce them in their lives. • faithfulness: Hebrew ’emunah. In Genesis, the same Hebrew root (’mn) describes Abram’s trust in God (Gen 15:6). God transforms the hearts of t...","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":59871,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"God’s Covenant with Abraham","title_en":"God’s Covenant with Abraham","content_ro":"<h3>God’s Covenant with Abraham<\/h3>\n<p>The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17; 4:3, 17; Gal 3:6, 11; Heb 10:37-38).<\/p>\n<p>In the ancient Near East, kings sometimes granted land or other gifts to loyal subjects. The covenant of Genesis 15 includes a royal grant (15:18-21) in which God, the king, gave land to Abraham, his subject, as a possession and an inheritance. At the end of that day, Abraham knew that his future—and that of his descendants—was firmly in the hands of the covenant God. Later, the grant would be transferred to his descendants.<\/p>\n<p>God later ratified his covenant with Abraham (17:1-22), giving him circumcision as its sign (17:10) and condition (17:9). The almighty God once again took the initiative (17:1-2) in granting Abraham an extraordinary privilege. The covenant was not a relationship between equals, yet both partners in the covenant assumed responsibilities. God committed himself voluntarily to Abraham and his descendants, while requiring faithfulness from Abraham (17:1, 9-14). The blessing Abraham received as God’s covenant partner was embodied in the new name that God gave him (17:5-6).<\/p>\n<p>God’s covenant with Abraham also applied to his descendants (13:15-16; 15:3-5; 17:6-10). It pointed to blessing in the relatively near future when his descendants would possess the land (15:12-16). Much later, Abraham’s faith became a blessing to all through his descendant, Jesus Christ, through whom all the families of the earth can share in God’s blessing on Abraham (12:3; see Rom 4:11-25; Gal 3:8-9, 16).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 12:1-3; 15:1-21; 17:1-14; 21:1-2; 22:15-18; Exod 2:24; Deut 1:8; Neh 9:7-8; Ps 105:7-45; Luke 3:7-9; Acts 3:24-26; 7:2-8; Rom 4:11-25; 9:7-8; 11:16-17; Gal 3:6-9, 29; Heb 6:13-15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>God’s Covenant with Abraham<\/h3>\n<p>The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17; 4:3, 17; Gal 3:6, 11; Heb 10:37-38).<\/p>\n<p>In the ancient Near East, kings sometimes granted land or other gifts to loyal subjects. The covenant of Genesis 15 includes a royal grant (15:18-21) in which God, the king, gave land to Abraham, his subject, as a possession and an inheritance. At the end of that day, Abraham knew that his future—and that of his descendants—was firmly in the hands of the covenant God. Later, the grant would be transferred to his descendants.<\/p>\n<p>God later ratified his covenant with Abraham (17:1-22), giving him circumcision as its sign (17:10) and condition (17:9). The almighty God once again took the initiative (17:1-2) in granting Abraham an extraordinary privilege. The covenant was not a relationship between equals, yet both partners in the covenant assumed responsibilities. God committed himself voluntarily to Abraham and his descendants, while requiring faithfulness from Abraham (17:1, 9-14). The blessing Abraham received as God’s covenant partner was embodied in the new name that God gave him (17:5-6).<\/p>\n<p>God’s covenant with Abraham also applied to his descendants (13:15-16; 15:3-5; 17:6-10). It pointed to blessing in the relatively near future when his descendants would possess the land (15:12-16). Much later, Abraham’s faith became a blessing to all through his descendant, Jesus Christ, through whom all the families of the earth can share in God’s blessing on Abraham (12:3; see Rom 4:11-25; Gal 3:8-9, 16).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 12:1-3; 15:1-21; 17:1-14; 21:1-2; 22:15-18; Exod 2:24; Deut 1:8; Neh 9:7-8; Ps 105:7-45; Luke 3:7-9; Acts 3:24-26; 7:2-8; Rom 4:11-25; 9:7-8; 11:16-17; Gal 3:6-9, 29; Heb 6:13-15<\/p>","summary_ro":"God’s Covenant with Abraham The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17;...","summary_en":"God’s Covenant with Abraham The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17;...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":65233,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Faith and Good Deeds","title_en":"Faith and Good Deeds","content_ro":"<h3>Faith and Good Deeds<\/h3>\n<p>Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20).<\/p>\n<p>The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consistent feature of Jesus’ teachings (e.g., Matt 7:13-27; 13:3-9, 18-23; 16:27). For Jesus, works are a sure indicator of faith, which begins with repentance—a conversion of the heart and mind that involves turning away from sin to God (Matt 4:17; see also 3:2, 8-10; 11:20-24; 12:38-42).<\/p>\n<p>A misapplication of the concept of salvation by grace alone has led to a false dichotomy between faith and works. Salvation is not achieved by works, but neither is it without works (see Gal 5:6, 21; Eph 2:10; 5:5; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:8). Jesus promises blessing and reward to those who live in accord with God’s will (Matt 5:3-12). Consequently, righteousness is required of those who want to enter the Kingdom (5:20-48; 7:21; 22:11-14; 23:3). Faith that does not result in works is not saving faith (Jas 2:14-26).<\/p>\n<p>James, in his conspicuous emphasis on faithfulness to God, argues for charitable deeds as an expression of faith (2:14-26). A faith relationship with God cannot be based merely on believing a true statement (2:19). Saving faith results in actions (1:22-25; 2:14). Faithful actions emulate God, who generously gives good gifts (1:5, 17; 4:6). Faith and good deeds are therefore inseparable. As with Abraham, good deeds show that a person has complete faith and is righteous before God (2:23; see Gen 15:6).<\/p>\n<p>Jesus taught and modeled faith that does good deeds (see Matt 5:13-16), and Paul also affirmed the need for good deeds (Rom 2:6; Gal 6:5-10; Eph 2:10; Phil 2:12-13; 1 Thes 1:3). James points to some specific actions which demonstrate faith, including caring for orphans and widows (1:27), avoiding favoritism toward the rich (2:1-7), providing food and clothing for the poor (2:15-17), controlling one’s tongue (3:1-12), promoting peace (3:17-18), and refraining from judging others (4:11-12). All of these things can be understood as “faith expressing itself in love” (Gal 5:6).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 17:1; 22:1-19; Lev 22:31; Hab 2:4; Matt 3:2, 8-10; 4:17; 5:3-12, 20-48; 7:13-27; 10:32-33; 11:20-24; 12:33-42; 13:3-9, 18-23; 15:15-20; 16:27; 25:31-46; John 15:2; Rom 2:6; Gal 5:6, 16-26; 6:5-10; Eph 2:8-10; 5:3-9; Phil 2:12-13; Heb 11:1-40; Jas 2:14-26; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:6-8<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Faith and Good Deeds<\/h3>\n<p>Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20).<\/p>\n<p>The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consistent feature of Jesus’ teachings (e.g., Matt 7:13-27; 13:3-9, 18-23; 16:27). For Jesus, works are a sure indicator of faith, which begins with repentance—a conversion of the heart and mind that involves turning away from sin to God (Matt 4:17; see also 3:2, 8-10; 11:20-24; 12:38-42).<\/p>\n<p>A misapplication of the concept of salvation by grace alone has led to a false dichotomy between faith and works. Salvation is not achieved by works, but neither is it without works (see Gal 5:6, 21; Eph 2:10; 5:5; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:8). Jesus promises blessing and reward to those who live in accord with God’s will (Matt 5:3-12). Consequently, righteousness is required of those who want to enter the Kingdom (5:20-48; 7:21; 22:11-14; 23:3). Faith that does not result in works is not saving faith (Jas 2:14-26).<\/p>\n<p>James, in his conspicuous emphasis on faithfulness to God, argues for charitable deeds as an expression of faith (2:14-26). A faith relationship with God cannot be based merely on believing a true statement (2:19). Saving faith results in actions (1:22-25; 2:14). Faithful actions emulate God, who generously gives good gifts (1:5, 17; 4:6). Faith and good deeds are therefore inseparable. As with Abraham, good deeds show that a person has complete faith and is righteous before God (2:23; see Gen 15:6).<\/p>\n<p>Jesus taught and modeled faith that does good deeds (see Matt 5:13-16), and Paul also affirmed the need for good deeds (Rom 2:6; Gal 6:5-10; Eph 2:10; Phil 2:12-13; 1 Thes 1:3). James points to some specific actions which demonstrate faith, including caring for orphans and widows (1:27), avoiding favoritism toward the rich (2:1-7), providing food and clothing for the poor (2:15-17), controlling one’s tongue (3:1-12), promoting peace (3:17-18), and refraining from judging others (4:11-12). All of these things can be understood as “faith expressing itself in love” (Gal 5:6).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 17:1; 22:1-19; Lev 22:31; Hab 2:4; Matt 3:2, 8-10; 4:17; 5:3-12, 20-48; 7:13-27; 10:32-33; 11:20-24; 12:33-42; 13:3-9, 18-23; 15:15-20; 16:27; 25:31-46; John 15:2; Rom 2:6; Gal 5:6, 16-26; 6:5-10; Eph 2:8-10; 5:3-9; Phil 2:12-13; Heb 11:1-40; Jas 2:14-26; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:6-8<\/p>","summary_ro":"Faith and Good Deeds Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20). The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consiste...","summary_en":"Faith and Good Deeds Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20). The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consiste...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":67314,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Righteousness by Faith","title_en":"Righteousness by Faith","content_ro":"<h3>Righteousness by Faith<\/h3>\n<p>A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God.<\/p>\n<p>For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust in him.<\/p>\n<p>For Jewish Christians in the first century, it was hard to accept this answer. From the time of Abraham, right relationship with God had been marked by circumcision, the rite of cutting off the male foreskin (Gen 17:9-14). Every male who was part of God’s family had to be circumcised, and those who neglected to do so were cut off from God’s people. Those who had received circumcision were also expected to keep the rest of the law, including the Sabbath and dietary regulations.<\/p>\n<p>When the Christian faith moved from the Jewish to the Gentile world, it was natural for questions to arise. Do Christians need to be circumcised—and keep God’s law in general—to be accepted as part of God’s family? Or does God accept people purely on the basis of their faith in Christ’s work on the cross? As Paul’s mission to Gentiles advanced, these questions became pressing.<\/p>\n<p>The apostle Peter understood from his vision in Joppa and his experience in Caesarea that God has accepted Gentiles <em>as Gentiles,<\/em> on the basis of their faith in Christ’s finished work (Acts 10:9–11:18). They did not have to become Jewish by observing circumcision, for Christ provided them open access to God by faith. Peter and the Jerusalem church therefore welcomed Gentile believers into fellowship. But later, Peter temporarily withdrew from fellowship with Gentiles when some Jewish Christians criticized him (Gal 2:11-13). In response, Paul rebuked Peter for communicating that Gentiles must become Jews in order to be accepted by God (2:14-21).<\/p>\n<p>No one is accepted by God and made righteous before him on the basis of keeping the law (2:16). Even Abraham himself was counted as righteous because of his faith (Gen 15:6; Gal 3:6)—not because he was circumcised, which came later (Gen 17:9-14). Both Jews and Gentiles are made righteous before God on the basis of faith alone.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; Hab 2:4; Acts 10:1–11:18; Rom 1:17; Gal 2:14-21; 3:11; Heb 10:38<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Righteousness by Faith<\/h3>\n<p>A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God.<\/p>\n<p>For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust in him.<\/p>\n<p>For Jewish Christians in the first century, it was hard to accept this answer. From the time of Abraham, right relationship with God had been marked by circumcision, the rite of cutting off the male foreskin (Gen 17:9-14). Every male who was part of God’s family had to be circumcised, and those who neglected to do so were cut off from God’s people. Those who had received circumcision were also expected to keep the rest of the law, including the Sabbath and dietary regulations.<\/p>\n<p>When the Christian faith moved from the Jewish to the Gentile world, it was natural for questions to arise. Do Christians need to be circumcised—and keep God’s law in general—to be accepted as part of God’s family? Or does God accept people purely on the basis of their faith in Christ’s work on the cross? As Paul’s mission to Gentiles advanced, these questions became pressing.<\/p>\n<p>The apostle Peter understood from his vision in Joppa and his experience in Caesarea that God has accepted Gentiles <em>as Gentiles,<\/em> on the basis of their faith in Christ’s finished work (Acts 10:9–11:18). They did not have to become Jewish by observing circumcision, for Christ provided them open access to God by faith. Peter and the Jerusalem church therefore welcomed Gentile believers into fellowship. But later, Peter temporarily withdrew from fellowship with Gentiles when some Jewish Christians criticized him (Gal 2:11-13). In response, Paul rebuked Peter for communicating that Gentiles must become Jews in order to be accepted by God (2:14-21).<\/p>\n<p>No one is accepted by God and made righteous before him on the basis of keeping the law (2:16). Even Abraham himself was counted as righteous because of his faith (Gen 15:6; Gal 3:6)—not because he was circumcised, which came later (Gen 17:9-14). Both Jews and Gentiles are made righteous before God on the basis of faith alone.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; Hab 2:4; Acts 10:1–11:18; Rom 1:17; Gal 2:14-21; 3:11; Heb 10:38<\/p>","summary_ro":"Righteousness by Faith A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God. For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust ...","summary_en":"Righteousness by Faith A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God. For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":67727,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"By Faith","title_en":"By Faith","content_ro":"<h3>By Faith<\/h3>\n<p>Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith.<\/p>\n<p>Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive essay on faith. It describes faith as involving confident action in response to what God has made known. As seen in the examples listed throughout the chapter, faith comes into play in a variety of life’s circumstances. The results of faith also vary. Some people get rescued, achieve success in life, and get some of what God has promised in their lifetimes. Others get mocked, beaten, tortured, put in prison, and killed. Faith is sometimes rewarded sooner and sometimes later, but regardless, people of faith anticipate the rewards because of their confidence in God’s character.<\/p>\n<p>What does it mean to live by faith? It means that in our various circumstances we live out our belief “that God exists and that he rewards those who sincerely seek him” (11:6). Those who live by faith take confident action based on what God has revealed about his character, seeking to do his will in all things.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; 2 Chr 20:20; Hab 2:4; Matt 9:29; 21:21; Luke 8:50; John 3:16, 36; 5:24; 11:25; 12:46; 20:30-31; Rom 5:1; 10:9, 17; Gal 3:6; 5:6; 1 Tim 1:19; 6:12; Heb 10:22, 38; 11:1-40; Jas 1:5-6; 2:14-26; 1 Jn 3:23; 5:4<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>By Faith<\/h3>\n<p>Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith.<\/p>\n<p>Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive essay on faith. It describes faith as involving confident action in response to what God has made known. As seen in the examples listed throughout the chapter, faith comes into play in a variety of life’s circumstances. The results of faith also vary. Some people get rescued, achieve success in life, and get some of what God has promised in their lifetimes. Others get mocked, beaten, tortured, put in prison, and killed. Faith is sometimes rewarded sooner and sometimes later, but regardless, people of faith anticipate the rewards because of their confidence in God’s character.<\/p>\n<p>What does it mean to live by faith? It means that in our various circumstances we live out our belief “that God exists and that he rewards those who sincerely seek him” (11:6). Those who live by faith take confident action based on what God has revealed about his character, seeking to do his will in all things.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; 2 Chr 20:20; Hab 2:4; Matt 9:29; 21:21; Luke 8:50; John 3:16, 36; 5:24; 11:25; 12:46; 20:30-31; Rom 5:1; 10:9, 17; Gal 3:6; 5:6; 1 Tim 1:19; 6:12; Heb 10:22, 38; 11:1-40; Jas 1:5-6; 2:14-26; 1 Jn 3:23; 5:4<\/p>","summary_ro":"By Faith Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith. Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive e...","summary_en":"By Faith Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith. Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive e...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":87497,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"God’s Covenant with Abraham","title_en":"God’s Covenant with Abraham","content_ro":"<h3>God’s Covenant with Abraham<\/h3>\n<p>The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17; 4:3, 17; Gal 3:6, 11; Heb 10:37-38).<\/p>\n<p>In the ancient Near East, kings sometimes granted land or other gifts to loyal subjects. The covenant of Genesis 15 includes a royal grant (15:18-21) in which God, the king, gave land to Abraham, his subject, as a possession and an inheritance. At the end of that day, Abraham knew that his future—and that of his descendants—was firmly in the hands of the covenant God. Later, the grant would be transferred to his descendants.<\/p>\n<p>God later ratified his covenant with Abraham (17:1-22), giving him circumcision as its sign (17:10) and condition (17:9). The almighty God once again took the initiative (17:1-2) in granting Abraham an extraordinary privilege. The covenant was not a relationship between equals, yet both partners in the covenant assumed responsibilities. God committed himself voluntarily to Abraham and his descendants, while requiring faithfulness from Abraham (17:1, 9-14). The blessing Abraham received as God’s covenant partner was embodied in the new name that God gave him (17:5-6).<\/p>\n<p>God’s covenant with Abraham also applied to his descendants (13:15-16; 15:3-5; 17:6-10). It pointed to blessing in the relatively near future when his descendants would possess the land (15:12-16). Much later, Abraham’s faith became a blessing to all through his descendant, Jesus Christ, through whom all the families of the earth can share in God’s blessing on Abraham (12:3; see Rom 4:11-25; Gal 3:8-9, 16).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 12:1-3; 15:1-21; 17:1-14; 21:1-2; 22:15-18; Exod 2:24; Deut 1:8; Neh 9:7-8; Ps 105:7-45; Luke 3:7-9; Acts 3:24-26; 7:2-8; Rom 4:11-25; 9:7-8; 11:16-17; Gal 3:6-9, 29; Heb 6:13-15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>God’s Covenant with Abraham<\/h3>\n<p>The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17; 4:3, 17; Gal 3:6, 11; Heb 10:37-38).<\/p>\n<p>In the ancient Near East, kings sometimes granted land or other gifts to loyal subjects. The covenant of Genesis 15 includes a royal grant (15:18-21) in which God, the king, gave land to Abraham, his subject, as a possession and an inheritance. At the end of that day, Abraham knew that his future—and that of his descendants—was firmly in the hands of the covenant God. Later, the grant would be transferred to his descendants.<\/p>\n<p>God later ratified his covenant with Abraham (17:1-22), giving him circumcision as its sign (17:10) and condition (17:9). The almighty God once again took the initiative (17:1-2) in granting Abraham an extraordinary privilege. The covenant was not a relationship between equals, yet both partners in the covenant assumed responsibilities. God committed himself voluntarily to Abraham and his descendants, while requiring faithfulness from Abraham (17:1, 9-14). The blessing Abraham received as God’s covenant partner was embodied in the new name that God gave him (17:5-6).<\/p>\n<p>God’s covenant with Abraham also applied to his descendants (13:15-16; 15:3-5; 17:6-10). It pointed to blessing in the relatively near future when his descendants would possess the land (15:12-16). Much later, Abraham’s faith became a blessing to all through his descendant, Jesus Christ, through whom all the families of the earth can share in God’s blessing on Abraham (12:3; see Rom 4:11-25; Gal 3:8-9, 16).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 12:1-3; 15:1-21; 17:1-14; 21:1-2; 22:15-18; Exod 2:24; Deut 1:8; Neh 9:7-8; Ps 105:7-45; Luke 3:7-9; Acts 3:24-26; 7:2-8; Rom 4:11-25; 9:7-8; 11:16-17; Gal 3:6-9, 29; Heb 6:13-15<\/p>","summary_ro":"God’s Covenant with Abraham The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17;...","summary_en":"God’s Covenant with Abraham The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17;...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":92859,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Faith and Good Deeds","title_en":"Faith and Good Deeds","content_ro":"<h3>Faith and Good Deeds<\/h3>\n<p>Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20).<\/p>\n<p>The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consistent feature of Jesus’ teachings (e.g., Matt 7:13-27; 13:3-9, 18-23; 16:27). For Jesus, works are a sure indicator of faith, which begins with repentance—a conversion of the heart and mind that involves turning away from sin to God (Matt 4:17; see also 3:2, 8-10; 11:20-24; 12:38-42).<\/p>\n<p>A misapplication of the concept of salvation by grace alone has led to a false dichotomy between faith and works. Salvation is not achieved by works, but neither is it without works (see Gal 5:6, 21; Eph 2:10; 5:5; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:8). Jesus promises blessing and reward to those who live in accord with God’s will (Matt 5:3-12). Consequently, righteousness is required of those who want to enter the Kingdom (5:20-48; 7:21; 22:11-14; 23:3). Faith that does not result in works is not saving faith (Jas 2:14-26).<\/p>\n<p>James, in his conspicuous emphasis on faithfulness to God, argues for charitable deeds as an expression of faith (2:14-26). A faith relationship with God cannot be based merely on believing a true statement (2:19). Saving faith results in actions (1:22-25; 2:14). Faithful actions emulate God, who generously gives good gifts (1:5, 17; 4:6). Faith and good deeds are therefore inseparable. As with Abraham, good deeds show that a person has complete faith and is righteous before God (2:23; see Gen 15:6).<\/p>\n<p>Jesus taught and modeled faith that does good deeds (see Matt 5:13-16), and Paul also affirmed the need for good deeds (Rom 2:6; Gal 6:5-10; Eph 2:10; Phil 2:12-13; 1 Thes 1:3). James points to some specific actions which demonstrate faith, including caring for orphans and widows (1:27), avoiding favoritism toward the rich (2:1-7), providing food and clothing for the poor (2:15-17), controlling one’s tongue (3:1-12), promoting peace (3:17-18), and refraining from judging others (4:11-12). All of these things can be understood as “faith expressing itself in love” (Gal 5:6).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 17:1; 22:1-19; Lev 22:31; Hab 2:4; Matt 3:2, 8-10; 4:17; 5:3-12, 20-48; 7:13-27; 10:32-33; 11:20-24; 12:33-42; 13:3-9, 18-23; 15:15-20; 16:27; 25:31-46; John 15:2; Rom 2:6; Gal 5:6, 16-26; 6:5-10; Eph 2:8-10; 5:3-9; Phil 2:12-13; Heb 11:1-40; Jas 2:14-26; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:6-8<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Faith and Good Deeds<\/h3>\n<p>Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20).<\/p>\n<p>The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consistent feature of Jesus’ teachings (e.g., Matt 7:13-27; 13:3-9, 18-23; 16:27). For Jesus, works are a sure indicator of faith, which begins with repentance—a conversion of the heart and mind that involves turning away from sin to God (Matt 4:17; see also 3:2, 8-10; 11:20-24; 12:38-42).<\/p>\n<p>A misapplication of the concept of salvation by grace alone has led to a false dichotomy between faith and works. Salvation is not achieved by works, but neither is it without works (see Gal 5:6, 21; Eph 2:10; 5:5; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:8). Jesus promises blessing and reward to those who live in accord with God’s will (Matt 5:3-12). Consequently, righteousness is required of those who want to enter the Kingdom (5:20-48; 7:21; 22:11-14; 23:3). Faith that does not result in works is not saving faith (Jas 2:14-26).<\/p>\n<p>James, in his conspicuous emphasis on faithfulness to God, argues for charitable deeds as an expression of faith (2:14-26). A faith relationship with God cannot be based merely on believing a true statement (2:19). Saving faith results in actions (1:22-25; 2:14). Faithful actions emulate God, who generously gives good gifts (1:5, 17; 4:6). Faith and good deeds are therefore inseparable. As with Abraham, good deeds show that a person has complete faith and is righteous before God (2:23; see Gen 15:6).<\/p>\n<p>Jesus taught and modeled faith that does good deeds (see Matt 5:13-16), and Paul also affirmed the need for good deeds (Rom 2:6; Gal 6:5-10; Eph 2:10; Phil 2:12-13; 1 Thes 1:3). James points to some specific actions which demonstrate faith, including caring for orphans and widows (1:27), avoiding favoritism toward the rich (2:1-7), providing food and clothing for the poor (2:15-17), controlling one’s tongue (3:1-12), promoting peace (3:17-18), and refraining from judging others (4:11-12). All of these things can be understood as “faith expressing itself in love” (Gal 5:6).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 17:1; 22:1-19; Lev 22:31; Hab 2:4; Matt 3:2, 8-10; 4:17; 5:3-12, 20-48; 7:13-27; 10:32-33; 11:20-24; 12:33-42; 13:3-9, 18-23; 15:15-20; 16:27; 25:31-46; John 15:2; Rom 2:6; Gal 5:6, 16-26; 6:5-10; Eph 2:8-10; 5:3-9; Phil 2:12-13; Heb 11:1-40; Jas 2:14-26; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:6-8<\/p>","summary_ro":"Faith and Good Deeds Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20). The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consiste...","summary_en":"Faith and Good Deeds Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20). The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consiste...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":94940,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Righteousness by Faith","title_en":"Righteousness by Faith","content_ro":"<h3>Righteousness by Faith<\/h3>\n<p>A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God.<\/p>\n<p>For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust in him.<\/p>\n<p>For Jewish Christians in the first century, it was hard to accept this answer. From the time of Abraham, right relationship with God had been marked by circumcision, the rite of cutting off the male foreskin (Gen 17:9-14). Every male who was part of God’s family had to be circumcised, and those who neglected to do so were cut off from God’s people. Those who had received circumcision were also expected to keep the rest of the law, including the Sabbath and dietary regulations.<\/p>\n<p>When the Christian faith moved from the Jewish to the Gentile world, it was natural for questions to arise. Do Christians need to be circumcised—and keep God’s law in general—to be accepted as part of God’s family? Or does God accept people purely on the basis of their faith in Christ’s work on the cross? As Paul’s mission to Gentiles advanced, these questions became pressing.<\/p>\n<p>The apostle Peter understood from his vision in Joppa and his experience in Caesarea that God has accepted Gentiles <em>as Gentiles,<\/em> on the basis of their faith in Christ’s finished work (Acts 10:9–11:18). They did not have to become Jewish by observing circumcision, for Christ provided them open access to God by faith. Peter and the Jerusalem church therefore welcomed Gentile believers into fellowship. But later, Peter temporarily withdrew from fellowship with Gentiles when some Jewish Christians criticized him (Gal 2:11-13). In response, Paul rebuked Peter for communicating that Gentiles must become Jews in order to be accepted by God (2:14-21).<\/p>\n<p>No one is accepted by God and made righteous before him on the basis of keeping the law (2:16). Even Abraham himself was counted as righteous because of his faith (Gen 15:6; Gal 3:6)—not because he was circumcised, which came later (Gen 17:9-14). Both Jews and Gentiles are made righteous before God on the basis of faith alone.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; Hab 2:4; Acts 10:1–11:18; Rom 1:17; Gal 2:14-21; 3:11; Heb 10:38<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Righteousness by Faith<\/h3>\n<p>A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God.<\/p>\n<p>For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust in him.<\/p>\n<p>For Jewish Christians in the first century, it was hard to accept this answer. From the time of Abraham, right relationship with God had been marked by circumcision, the rite of cutting off the male foreskin (Gen 17:9-14). Every male who was part of God’s family had to be circumcised, and those who neglected to do so were cut off from God’s people. Those who had received circumcision were also expected to keep the rest of the law, including the Sabbath and dietary regulations.<\/p>\n<p>When the Christian faith moved from the Jewish to the Gentile world, it was natural for questions to arise. Do Christians need to be circumcised—and keep God’s law in general—to be accepted as part of God’s family? Or does God accept people purely on the basis of their faith in Christ’s work on the cross? As Paul’s mission to Gentiles advanced, these questions became pressing.<\/p>\n<p>The apostle Peter understood from his vision in Joppa and his experience in Caesarea that God has accepted Gentiles <em>as Gentiles,<\/em> on the basis of their faith in Christ’s finished work (Acts 10:9–11:18). They did not have to become Jewish by observing circumcision, for Christ provided them open access to God by faith. Peter and the Jerusalem church therefore welcomed Gentile believers into fellowship. But later, Peter temporarily withdrew from fellowship with Gentiles when some Jewish Christians criticized him (Gal 2:11-13). In response, Paul rebuked Peter for communicating that Gentiles must become Jews in order to be accepted by God (2:14-21).<\/p>\n<p>No one is accepted by God and made righteous before him on the basis of keeping the law (2:16). Even Abraham himself was counted as righteous because of his faith (Gen 15:6; Gal 3:6)—not because he was circumcised, which came later (Gen 17:9-14). Both Jews and Gentiles are made righteous before God on the basis of faith alone.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; Hab 2:4; Acts 10:1–11:18; Rom 1:17; Gal 2:14-21; 3:11; Heb 10:38<\/p>","summary_ro":"Righteousness by Faith A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God. For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust ...","summary_en":"Righteousness by Faith A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God. For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":95353,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"By Faith","title_en":"By Faith","content_ro":"<h3>By Faith<\/h3>\n<p>Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith.<\/p>\n<p>Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive essay on faith. It describes faith as involving confident action in response to what God has made known. As seen in the examples listed throughout the chapter, faith comes into play in a variety of life’s circumstances. The results of faith also vary. Some people get rescued, achieve success in life, and get some of what God has promised in their lifetimes. Others get mocked, beaten, tortured, put in prison, and killed. Faith is sometimes rewarded sooner and sometimes later, but regardless, people of faith anticipate the rewards because of their confidence in God’s character.<\/p>\n<p>What does it mean to live by faith? It means that in our various circumstances we live out our belief “that God exists and that he rewards those who sincerely seek him” (11:6). Those who live by faith take confident action based on what God has revealed about his character, seeking to do his will in all things.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; 2 Chr 20:20; Hab 2:4; Matt 9:29; 21:21; Luke 8:50; John 3:16, 36; 5:24; 11:25; 12:46; 20:30-31; Rom 5:1; 10:9, 17; Gal 3:6; 5:6; 1 Tim 1:19; 6:12; Heb 10:22, 38; 11:1-40; Jas 1:5-6; 2:14-26; 1 Jn 3:23; 5:4<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>By Faith<\/h3>\n<p>Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith.<\/p>\n<p>Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive essay on faith. It describes faith as involving confident action in response to what God has made known. As seen in the examples listed throughout the chapter, faith comes into play in a variety of life’s circumstances. The results of faith also vary. Some people get rescued, achieve success in life, and get some of what God has promised in their lifetimes. Others get mocked, beaten, tortured, put in prison, and killed. Faith is sometimes rewarded sooner and sometimes later, but regardless, people of faith anticipate the rewards because of their confidence in God’s character.<\/p>\n<p>What does it mean to live by faith? It means that in our various circumstances we live out our belief “that God exists and that he rewards those who sincerely seek him” (11:6). Those who live by faith take confident action based on what God has revealed about his character, seeking to do his will in all things.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; 2 Chr 20:20; Hab 2:4; Matt 9:29; 21:21; Luke 8:50; John 3:16, 36; 5:24; 11:25; 12:46; 20:30-31; Rom 5:1; 10:9, 17; Gal 3:6; 5:6; 1 Tim 1:19; 6:12; Heb 10:22, 38; 11:1-40; Jas 1:5-6; 2:14-26; 1 Jn 3:23; 5:4<\/p>","summary_ro":"By Faith Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith. Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive e...","summary_en":"By Faith Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith. Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive e...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":115123,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"God’s Covenant with Abraham","title_en":"God’s Covenant with Abraham","content_ro":"<h3>God’s Covenant with Abraham<\/h3>\n<p>The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17; 4:3, 17; Gal 3:6, 11; Heb 10:37-38).<\/p>\n<p>In the ancient Near East, kings sometimes granted land or other gifts to loyal subjects. The covenant of Genesis 15 includes a royal grant (15:18-21) in which God, the king, gave land to Abraham, his subject, as a possession and an inheritance. At the end of that day, Abraham knew that his future—and that of his descendants—was firmly in the hands of the covenant God. Later, the grant would be transferred to his descendants.<\/p>\n<p>God later ratified his covenant with Abraham (17:1-22), giving him circumcision as its sign (17:10) and condition (17:9). The almighty God once again took the initiative (17:1-2) in granting Abraham an extraordinary privilege. The covenant was not a relationship between equals, yet both partners in the covenant assumed responsibilities. God committed himself voluntarily to Abraham and his descendants, while requiring faithfulness from Abraham (17:1, 9-14). The blessing Abraham received as God’s covenant partner was embodied in the new name that God gave him (17:5-6).<\/p>\n<p>God’s covenant with Abraham also applied to his descendants (13:15-16; 15:3-5; 17:6-10). It pointed to blessing in the relatively near future when his descendants would possess the land (15:12-16). Much later, Abraham’s faith became a blessing to all through his descendant, Jesus Christ, through whom all the families of the earth can share in God’s blessing on Abraham (12:3; see Rom 4:11-25; Gal 3:8-9, 16).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 12:1-3; 15:1-21; 17:1-14; 21:1-2; 22:15-18; Exod 2:24; Deut 1:8; Neh 9:7-8; Ps 105:7-45; Luke 3:7-9; Acts 3:24-26; 7:2-8; Rom 4:11-25; 9:7-8; 11:16-17; Gal 3:6-9, 29; Heb 6:13-15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>God’s Covenant with Abraham<\/h3>\n<p>The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17; 4:3, 17; Gal 3:6, 11; Heb 10:37-38).<\/p>\n<p>In the ancient Near East, kings sometimes granted land or other gifts to loyal subjects. The covenant of Genesis 15 includes a royal grant (15:18-21) in which God, the king, gave land to Abraham, his subject, as a possession and an inheritance. At the end of that day, Abraham knew that his future—and that of his descendants—was firmly in the hands of the covenant God. Later, the grant would be transferred to his descendants.<\/p>\n<p>God later ratified his covenant with Abraham (17:1-22), giving him circumcision as its sign (17:10) and condition (17:9). The almighty God once again took the initiative (17:1-2) in granting Abraham an extraordinary privilege. The covenant was not a relationship between equals, yet both partners in the covenant assumed responsibilities. God committed himself voluntarily to Abraham and his descendants, while requiring faithfulness from Abraham (17:1, 9-14). The blessing Abraham received as God’s covenant partner was embodied in the new name that God gave him (17:5-6).<\/p>\n<p>God’s covenant with Abraham also applied to his descendants (13:15-16; 15:3-5; 17:6-10). It pointed to blessing in the relatively near future when his descendants would possess the land (15:12-16). Much later, Abraham’s faith became a blessing to all through his descendant, Jesus Christ, through whom all the families of the earth can share in God’s blessing on Abraham (12:3; see Rom 4:11-25; Gal 3:8-9, 16).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 12:1-3; 15:1-21; 17:1-14; 21:1-2; 22:15-18; Exod 2:24; Deut 1:8; Neh 9:7-8; Ps 105:7-45; Luke 3:7-9; Acts 3:24-26; 7:2-8; Rom 4:11-25; 9:7-8; 11:16-17; Gal 3:6-9, 29; Heb 6:13-15<\/p>","summary_ro":"God’s Covenant with Abraham The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17;...","summary_en":"God’s Covenant with Abraham The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17;...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":120485,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Faith and Good Deeds","title_en":"Faith and Good Deeds","content_ro":"<h3>Faith and Good Deeds<\/h3>\n<p>Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20).<\/p>\n<p>The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consistent feature of Jesus’ teachings (e.g., Matt 7:13-27; 13:3-9, 18-23; 16:27). For Jesus, works are a sure indicator of faith, which begins with repentance—a conversion of the heart and mind that involves turning away from sin to God (Matt 4:17; see also 3:2, 8-10; 11:20-24; 12:38-42).<\/p>\n<p>A misapplication of the concept of salvation by grace alone has led to a false dichotomy between faith and works. Salvation is not achieved by works, but neither is it without works (see Gal 5:6, 21; Eph 2:10; 5:5; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:8). Jesus promises blessing and reward to those who live in accord with God’s will (Matt 5:3-12). Consequently, righteousness is required of those who want to enter the Kingdom (5:20-48; 7:21; 22:11-14; 23:3). Faith that does not result in works is not saving faith (Jas 2:14-26).<\/p>\n<p>James, in his conspicuous emphasis on faithfulness to God, argues for charitable deeds as an expression of faith (2:14-26). A faith relationship with God cannot be based merely on believing a true statement (2:19). Saving faith results in actions (1:22-25; 2:14). Faithful actions emulate God, who generously gives good gifts (1:5, 17; 4:6). Faith and good deeds are therefore inseparable. As with Abraham, good deeds show that a person has complete faith and is righteous before God (2:23; see Gen 15:6).<\/p>\n<p>Jesus taught and modeled faith that does good deeds (see Matt 5:13-16), and Paul also affirmed the need for good deeds (Rom 2:6; Gal 6:5-10; Eph 2:10; Phil 2:12-13; 1 Thes 1:3). James points to some specific actions which demonstrate faith, including caring for orphans and widows (1:27), avoiding favoritism toward the rich (2:1-7), providing food and clothing for the poor (2:15-17), controlling one’s tongue (3:1-12), promoting peace (3:17-18), and refraining from judging others (4:11-12). All of these things can be understood as “faith expressing itself in love” (Gal 5:6).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 17:1; 22:1-19; Lev 22:31; Hab 2:4; Matt 3:2, 8-10; 4:17; 5:3-12, 20-48; 7:13-27; 10:32-33; 11:20-24; 12:33-42; 13:3-9, 18-23; 15:15-20; 16:27; 25:31-46; John 15:2; Rom 2:6; Gal 5:6, 16-26; 6:5-10; Eph 2:8-10; 5:3-9; Phil 2:12-13; Heb 11:1-40; Jas 2:14-26; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:6-8<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Faith and Good Deeds<\/h3>\n<p>Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20).<\/p>\n<p>The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consistent feature of Jesus’ teachings (e.g., Matt 7:13-27; 13:3-9, 18-23; 16:27). For Jesus, works are a sure indicator of faith, which begins with repentance—a conversion of the heart and mind that involves turning away from sin to God (Matt 4:17; see also 3:2, 8-10; 11:20-24; 12:38-42).<\/p>\n<p>A misapplication of the concept of salvation by grace alone has led to a false dichotomy between faith and works. Salvation is not achieved by works, but neither is it without works (see Gal 5:6, 21; Eph 2:10; 5:5; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:8). Jesus promises blessing and reward to those who live in accord with God’s will (Matt 5:3-12). Consequently, righteousness is required of those who want to enter the Kingdom (5:20-48; 7:21; 22:11-14; 23:3). Faith that does not result in works is not saving faith (Jas 2:14-26).<\/p>\n<p>James, in his conspicuous emphasis on faithfulness to God, argues for charitable deeds as an expression of faith (2:14-26). A faith relationship with God cannot be based merely on believing a true statement (2:19). Saving faith results in actions (1:22-25; 2:14). Faithful actions emulate God, who generously gives good gifts (1:5, 17; 4:6). Faith and good deeds are therefore inseparable. As with Abraham, good deeds show that a person has complete faith and is righteous before God (2:23; see Gen 15:6).<\/p>\n<p>Jesus taught and modeled faith that does good deeds (see Matt 5:13-16), and Paul also affirmed the need for good deeds (Rom 2:6; Gal 6:5-10; Eph 2:10; Phil 2:12-13; 1 Thes 1:3). James points to some specific actions which demonstrate faith, including caring for orphans and widows (1:27), avoiding favoritism toward the rich (2:1-7), providing food and clothing for the poor (2:15-17), controlling one’s tongue (3:1-12), promoting peace (3:17-18), and refraining from judging others (4:11-12). All of these things can be understood as “faith expressing itself in love” (Gal 5:6).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 17:1; 22:1-19; Lev 22:31; Hab 2:4; Matt 3:2, 8-10; 4:17; 5:3-12, 20-48; 7:13-27; 10:32-33; 11:20-24; 12:33-42; 13:3-9, 18-23; 15:15-20; 16:27; 25:31-46; John 15:2; Rom 2:6; Gal 5:6, 16-26; 6:5-10; Eph 2:8-10; 5:3-9; Phil 2:12-13; Heb 11:1-40; Jas 2:14-26; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:6-8<\/p>","summary_ro":"Faith and Good Deeds Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20). The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consiste...","summary_en":"Faith and Good Deeds Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20). The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consiste...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":122566,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Righteousness by Faith","title_en":"Righteousness by Faith","content_ro":"<h3>Righteousness by Faith<\/h3>\n<p>A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God.<\/p>\n<p>For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust in him.<\/p>\n<p>For Jewish Christians in the first century, it was hard to accept this answer. From the time of Abraham, right relationship with God had been marked by circumcision, the rite of cutting off the male foreskin (Gen 17:9-14). Every male who was part of God’s family had to be circumcised, and those who neglected to do so were cut off from God’s people. Those who had received circumcision were also expected to keep the rest of the law, including the Sabbath and dietary regulations.<\/p>\n<p>When the Christian faith moved from the Jewish to the Gentile world, it was natural for questions to arise. Do Christians need to be circumcised—and keep God’s law in general—to be accepted as part of God’s family? Or does God accept people purely on the basis of their faith in Christ’s work on the cross? As Paul’s mission to Gentiles advanced, these questions became pressing.<\/p>\n<p>The apostle Peter understood from his vision in Joppa and his experience in Caesarea that God has accepted Gentiles <em>as Gentiles,<\/em> on the basis of their faith in Christ’s finished work (Acts 10:9–11:18). They did not have to become Jewish by observing circumcision, for Christ provided them open access to God by faith. Peter and the Jerusalem church therefore welcomed Gentile believers into fellowship. But later, Peter temporarily withdrew from fellowship with Gentiles when some Jewish Christians criticized him (Gal 2:11-13). In response, Paul rebuked Peter for communicating that Gentiles must become Jews in order to be accepted by God (2:14-21).<\/p>\n<p>No one is accepted by God and made righteous before him on the basis of keeping the law (2:16). Even Abraham himself was counted as righteous because of his faith (Gen 15:6; Gal 3:6)—not because he was circumcised, which came later (Gen 17:9-14). Both Jews and Gentiles are made righteous before God on the basis of faith alone.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; Hab 2:4; Acts 10:1–11:18; Rom 1:17; Gal 2:14-21; 3:11; Heb 10:38<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Righteousness by Faith<\/h3>\n<p>A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God.<\/p>\n<p>For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust in him.<\/p>\n<p>For Jewish Christians in the first century, it was hard to accept this answer. From the time of Abraham, right relationship with God had been marked by circumcision, the rite of cutting off the male foreskin (Gen 17:9-14). Every male who was part of God’s family had to be circumcised, and those who neglected to do so were cut off from God’s people. Those who had received circumcision were also expected to keep the rest of the law, including the Sabbath and dietary regulations.<\/p>\n<p>When the Christian faith moved from the Jewish to the Gentile world, it was natural for questions to arise. Do Christians need to be circumcised—and keep God’s law in general—to be accepted as part of God’s family? Or does God accept people purely on the basis of their faith in Christ’s work on the cross? As Paul’s mission to Gentiles advanced, these questions became pressing.<\/p>\n<p>The apostle Peter understood from his vision in Joppa and his experience in Caesarea that God has accepted Gentiles <em>as Gentiles,<\/em> on the basis of their faith in Christ’s finished work (Acts 10:9–11:18). They did not have to become Jewish by observing circumcision, for Christ provided them open access to God by faith. Peter and the Jerusalem church therefore welcomed Gentile believers into fellowship. But later, Peter temporarily withdrew from fellowship with Gentiles when some Jewish Christians criticized him (Gal 2:11-13). In response, Paul rebuked Peter for communicating that Gentiles must become Jews in order to be accepted by God (2:14-21).<\/p>\n<p>No one is accepted by God and made righteous before him on the basis of keeping the law (2:16). Even Abraham himself was counted as righteous because of his faith (Gen 15:6; Gal 3:6)—not because he was circumcised, which came later (Gen 17:9-14). Both Jews and Gentiles are made righteous before God on the basis of faith alone.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; Hab 2:4; Acts 10:1–11:18; Rom 1:17; Gal 2:14-21; 3:11; Heb 10:38<\/p>","summary_ro":"Righteousness by Faith A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God. For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust ...","summary_en":"Righteousness by Faith A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God. For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":122979,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"By Faith","title_en":"By Faith","content_ro":"<h3>By Faith<\/h3>\n<p>Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith.<\/p>\n<p>Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive essay on faith. It describes faith as involving confident action in response to what God has made known. As seen in the examples listed throughout the chapter, faith comes into play in a variety of life’s circumstances. The results of faith also vary. Some people get rescued, achieve success in life, and get some of what God has promised in their lifetimes. Others get mocked, beaten, tortured, put in prison, and killed. Faith is sometimes rewarded sooner and sometimes later, but regardless, people of faith anticipate the rewards because of their confidence in God’s character.<\/p>\n<p>What does it mean to live by faith? It means that in our various circumstances we live out our belief “that God exists and that he rewards those who sincerely seek him” (11:6). Those who live by faith take confident action based on what God has revealed about his character, seeking to do his will in all things.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; 2 Chr 20:20; Hab 2:4; Matt 9:29; 21:21; Luke 8:50; John 3:16, 36; 5:24; 11:25; 12:46; 20:30-31; Rom 5:1; 10:9, 17; Gal 3:6; 5:6; 1 Tim 1:19; 6:12; Heb 10:22, 38; 11:1-40; Jas 1:5-6; 2:14-26; 1 Jn 3:23; 5:4<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>By Faith<\/h3>\n<p>Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith.<\/p>\n<p>Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive essay on faith. It describes faith as involving confident action in response to what God has made known. As seen in the examples listed throughout the chapter, faith comes into play in a variety of life’s circumstances. The results of faith also vary. Some people get rescued, achieve success in life, and get some of what God has promised in their lifetimes. Others get mocked, beaten, tortured, put in prison, and killed. Faith is sometimes rewarded sooner and sometimes later, but regardless, people of faith anticipate the rewards because of their confidence in God’s character.<\/p>\n<p>What does it mean to live by faith? It means that in our various circumstances we live out our belief “that God exists and that he rewards those who sincerely seek him” (11:6). Those who live by faith take confident action based on what God has revealed about his character, seeking to do his will in all things.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; 2 Chr 20:20; Hab 2:4; Matt 9:29; 21:21; Luke 8:50; John 3:16, 36; 5:24; 11:25; 12:46; 20:30-31; Rom 5:1; 10:9, 17; Gal 3:6; 5:6; 1 Tim 1:19; 6:12; Heb 10:22, 38; 11:1-40; Jas 1:5-6; 2:14-26; 1 Jn 3:23; 5:4<\/p>","summary_ro":"By Faith Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith. Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive e...","summary_en":"By Faith Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith. Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive e...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":142749,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"God’s Covenant with Abraham","title_en":"God’s Covenant with Abraham","content_ro":"<h3>God’s Covenant with Abraham<\/h3>\n<p>The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17; 4:3, 17; Gal 3:6, 11; Heb 10:37-38).<\/p>\n<p>In the ancient Near East, kings sometimes granted land or other gifts to loyal subjects. The covenant of Genesis 15 includes a royal grant (15:18-21) in which God, the king, gave land to Abraham, his subject, as a possession and an inheritance. At the end of that day, Abraham knew that his future—and that of his descendants—was firmly in the hands of the covenant God. Later, the grant would be transferred to his descendants.<\/p>\n<p>God later ratified his covenant with Abraham (17:1-22), giving him circumcision as its sign (17:10) and condition (17:9). The almighty God once again took the initiative (17:1-2) in granting Abraham an extraordinary privilege. The covenant was not a relationship between equals, yet both partners in the covenant assumed responsibilities. God committed himself voluntarily to Abraham and his descendants, while requiring faithfulness from Abraham (17:1, 9-14). The blessing Abraham received as God’s covenant partner was embodied in the new name that God gave him (17:5-6).<\/p>\n<p>God’s covenant with Abraham also applied to his descendants (13:15-16; 15:3-5; 17:6-10). It pointed to blessing in the relatively near future when his descendants would possess the land (15:12-16). Much later, Abraham’s faith became a blessing to all through his descendant, Jesus Christ, through whom all the families of the earth can share in God’s blessing on Abraham (12:3; see Rom 4:11-25; Gal 3:8-9, 16).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 12:1-3; 15:1-21; 17:1-14; 21:1-2; 22:15-18; Exod 2:24; Deut 1:8; Neh 9:7-8; Ps 105:7-45; Luke 3:7-9; Acts 3:24-26; 7:2-8; Rom 4:11-25; 9:7-8; 11:16-17; Gal 3:6-9, 29; Heb 6:13-15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>God’s Covenant with Abraham<\/h3>\n<p>The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17; 4:3, 17; Gal 3:6, 11; Heb 10:37-38).<\/p>\n<p>In the ancient Near East, kings sometimes granted land or other gifts to loyal subjects. The covenant of Genesis 15 includes a royal grant (15:18-21) in which God, the king, gave land to Abraham, his subject, as a possession and an inheritance. At the end of that day, Abraham knew that his future—and that of his descendants—was firmly in the hands of the covenant God. Later, the grant would be transferred to his descendants.<\/p>\n<p>God later ratified his covenant with Abraham (17:1-22), giving him circumcision as its sign (17:10) and condition (17:9). The almighty God once again took the initiative (17:1-2) in granting Abraham an extraordinary privilege. The covenant was not a relationship between equals, yet both partners in the covenant assumed responsibilities. God committed himself voluntarily to Abraham and his descendants, while requiring faithfulness from Abraham (17:1, 9-14). The blessing Abraham received as God’s covenant partner was embodied in the new name that God gave him (17:5-6).<\/p>\n<p>God’s covenant with Abraham also applied to his descendants (13:15-16; 15:3-5; 17:6-10). It pointed to blessing in the relatively near future when his descendants would possess the land (15:12-16). Much later, Abraham’s faith became a blessing to all through his descendant, Jesus Christ, through whom all the families of the earth can share in God’s blessing on Abraham (12:3; see Rom 4:11-25; Gal 3:8-9, 16).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 12:1-3; 15:1-21; 17:1-14; 21:1-2; 22:15-18; Exod 2:24; Deut 1:8; Neh 9:7-8; Ps 105:7-45; Luke 3:7-9; Acts 3:24-26; 7:2-8; Rom 4:11-25; 9:7-8; 11:16-17; Gal 3:6-9, 29; Heb 6:13-15<\/p>","summary_ro":"God’s Covenant with Abraham The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17;...","summary_en":"God’s Covenant with Abraham The Lord had already established a relationship with Abraham (Gen 12:1-9) before he made a formal covenant with him (ch Gen 15). God took all the initiative: He approached Abraham and spoke to him in a vision. God presented the impossible promise that the old man would have a son through whom his descendants would eventually be as numerous as the stars of heaven. Abraham believed God (15:6), and his faith proved to be an act of righteousness (see Hab 2:4; Rom 1:17;...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":148111,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Faith and Good Deeds","title_en":"Faith and Good Deeds","content_ro":"<h3>Faith and Good Deeds<\/h3>\n<p>Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20).<\/p>\n<p>The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consistent feature of Jesus’ teachings (e.g., Matt 7:13-27; 13:3-9, 18-23; 16:27). For Jesus, works are a sure indicator of faith, which begins with repentance—a conversion of the heart and mind that involves turning away from sin to God (Matt 4:17; see also 3:2, 8-10; 11:20-24; 12:38-42).<\/p>\n<p>A misapplication of the concept of salvation by grace alone has led to a false dichotomy between faith and works. Salvation is not achieved by works, but neither is it without works (see Gal 5:6, 21; Eph 2:10; 5:5; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:8). Jesus promises blessing and reward to those who live in accord with God’s will (Matt 5:3-12). Consequently, righteousness is required of those who want to enter the Kingdom (5:20-48; 7:21; 22:11-14; 23:3). Faith that does not result in works is not saving faith (Jas 2:14-26).<\/p>\n<p>James, in his conspicuous emphasis on faithfulness to God, argues for charitable deeds as an expression of faith (2:14-26). A faith relationship with God cannot be based merely on believing a true statement (2:19). Saving faith results in actions (1:22-25; 2:14). Faithful actions emulate God, who generously gives good gifts (1:5, 17; 4:6). Faith and good deeds are therefore inseparable. As with Abraham, good deeds show that a person has complete faith and is righteous before God (2:23; see Gen 15:6).<\/p>\n<p>Jesus taught and modeled faith that does good deeds (see Matt 5:13-16), and Paul also affirmed the need for good deeds (Rom 2:6; Gal 6:5-10; Eph 2:10; Phil 2:12-13; 1 Thes 1:3). James points to some specific actions which demonstrate faith, including caring for orphans and widows (1:27), avoiding favoritism toward the rich (2:1-7), providing food and clothing for the poor (2:15-17), controlling one’s tongue (3:1-12), promoting peace (3:17-18), and refraining from judging others (4:11-12). All of these things can be understood as “faith expressing itself in love” (Gal 5:6).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 17:1; 22:1-19; Lev 22:31; Hab 2:4; Matt 3:2, 8-10; 4:17; 5:3-12, 20-48; 7:13-27; 10:32-33; 11:20-24; 12:33-42; 13:3-9, 18-23; 15:15-20; 16:27; 25:31-46; John 15:2; Rom 2:6; Gal 5:6, 16-26; 6:5-10; Eph 2:8-10; 5:3-9; Phil 2:12-13; Heb 11:1-40; Jas 2:14-26; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:6-8<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Faith and Good Deeds<\/h3>\n<p>Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20).<\/p>\n<p>The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consistent feature of Jesus’ teachings (e.g., Matt 7:13-27; 13:3-9, 18-23; 16:27). For Jesus, works are a sure indicator of faith, which begins with repentance—a conversion of the heart and mind that involves turning away from sin to God (Matt 4:17; see also 3:2, 8-10; 11:20-24; 12:38-42).<\/p>\n<p>A misapplication of the concept of salvation by grace alone has led to a false dichotomy between faith and works. Salvation is not achieved by works, but neither is it without works (see Gal 5:6, 21; Eph 2:10; 5:5; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:8). Jesus promises blessing and reward to those who live in accord with God’s will (Matt 5:3-12). Consequently, righteousness is required of those who want to enter the Kingdom (5:20-48; 7:21; 22:11-14; 23:3). Faith that does not result in works is not saving faith (Jas 2:14-26).<\/p>\n<p>James, in his conspicuous emphasis on faithfulness to God, argues for charitable deeds as an expression of faith (2:14-26). A faith relationship with God cannot be based merely on believing a true statement (2:19). Saving faith results in actions (1:22-25; 2:14). Faithful actions emulate God, who generously gives good gifts (1:5, 17; 4:6). Faith and good deeds are therefore inseparable. As with Abraham, good deeds show that a person has complete faith and is righteous before God (2:23; see Gen 15:6).<\/p>\n<p>Jesus taught and modeled faith that does good deeds (see Matt 5:13-16), and Paul also affirmed the need for good deeds (Rom 2:6; Gal 6:5-10; Eph 2:10; Phil 2:12-13; 1 Thes 1:3). James points to some specific actions which demonstrate faith, including caring for orphans and widows (1:27), avoiding favoritism toward the rich (2:1-7), providing food and clothing for the poor (2:15-17), controlling one’s tongue (3:1-12), promoting peace (3:17-18), and refraining from judging others (4:11-12). All of these things can be understood as “faith expressing itself in love” (Gal 5:6).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 17:1; 22:1-19; Lev 22:31; Hab 2:4; Matt 3:2, 8-10; 4:17; 5:3-12, 20-48; 7:13-27; 10:32-33; 11:20-24; 12:33-42; 13:3-9, 18-23; 15:15-20; 16:27; 25:31-46; John 15:2; Rom 2:6; Gal 5:6, 16-26; 6:5-10; Eph 2:8-10; 5:3-9; Phil 2:12-13; Heb 11:1-40; Jas 2:14-26; 1 Jn 1:5-10; Rev 21:6-8<\/p>","summary_ro":"Faith and Good Deeds Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20). The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consiste...","summary_en":"Faith and Good Deeds Jesus did not teach salvation by works—he taught the necessity of a conversion (an internal reorientation toward God by an act of God’s grace), which results in a life of obedience. Good works are the natural consequence of a relationship with Jesus Christ (see, e.g., Matt 7:15-20; 12:33-37; 15:15-20). The parable of the sheep and the goats is an example of the indissoluble link between faith and works. The connection between faith, works, and final approval is a consiste...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":150192,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Righteousness by Faith","title_en":"Righteousness by Faith","content_ro":"<h3>Righteousness by Faith<\/h3>\n<p>A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God.<\/p>\n<p>For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust in him.<\/p>\n<p>For Jewish Christians in the first century, it was hard to accept this answer. From the time of Abraham, right relationship with God had been marked by circumcision, the rite of cutting off the male foreskin (Gen 17:9-14). Every male who was part of God’s family had to be circumcised, and those who neglected to do so were cut off from God’s people. Those who had received circumcision were also expected to keep the rest of the law, including the Sabbath and dietary regulations.<\/p>\n<p>When the Christian faith moved from the Jewish to the Gentile world, it was natural for questions to arise. Do Christians need to be circumcised—and keep God’s law in general—to be accepted as part of God’s family? Or does God accept people purely on the basis of their faith in Christ’s work on the cross? As Paul’s mission to Gentiles advanced, these questions became pressing.<\/p>\n<p>The apostle Peter understood from his vision in Joppa and his experience in Caesarea that God has accepted Gentiles <em>as Gentiles,<\/em> on the basis of their faith in Christ’s finished work (Acts 10:9–11:18). They did not have to become Jewish by observing circumcision, for Christ provided them open access to God by faith. Peter and the Jerusalem church therefore welcomed Gentile believers into fellowship. But later, Peter temporarily withdrew from fellowship with Gentiles when some Jewish Christians criticized him (Gal 2:11-13). In response, Paul rebuked Peter for communicating that Gentiles must become Jews in order to be accepted by God (2:14-21).<\/p>\n<p>No one is accepted by God and made righteous before him on the basis of keeping the law (2:16). Even Abraham himself was counted as righteous because of his faith (Gen 15:6; Gal 3:6)—not because he was circumcised, which came later (Gen 17:9-14). Both Jews and Gentiles are made righteous before God on the basis of faith alone.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; Hab 2:4; Acts 10:1–11:18; Rom 1:17; Gal 2:14-21; 3:11; Heb 10:38<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Righteousness by Faith<\/h3>\n<p>A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God.<\/p>\n<p>For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust in him.<\/p>\n<p>For Jewish Christians in the first century, it was hard to accept this answer. From the time of Abraham, right relationship with God had been marked by circumcision, the rite of cutting off the male foreskin (Gen 17:9-14). Every male who was part of God’s family had to be circumcised, and those who neglected to do so were cut off from God’s people. Those who had received circumcision were also expected to keep the rest of the law, including the Sabbath and dietary regulations.<\/p>\n<p>When the Christian faith moved from the Jewish to the Gentile world, it was natural for questions to arise. Do Christians need to be circumcised—and keep God’s law in general—to be accepted as part of God’s family? Or does God accept people purely on the basis of their faith in Christ’s work on the cross? As Paul’s mission to Gentiles advanced, these questions became pressing.<\/p>\n<p>The apostle Peter understood from his vision in Joppa and his experience in Caesarea that God has accepted Gentiles <em>as Gentiles,<\/em> on the basis of their faith in Christ’s finished work (Acts 10:9–11:18). They did not have to become Jewish by observing circumcision, for Christ provided them open access to God by faith. Peter and the Jerusalem church therefore welcomed Gentile believers into fellowship. But later, Peter temporarily withdrew from fellowship with Gentiles when some Jewish Christians criticized him (Gal 2:11-13). In response, Paul rebuked Peter for communicating that Gentiles must become Jews in order to be accepted by God (2:14-21).<\/p>\n<p>No one is accepted by God and made righteous before him on the basis of keeping the law (2:16). Even Abraham himself was counted as righteous because of his faith (Gen 15:6; Gal 3:6)—not because he was circumcised, which came later (Gen 17:9-14). Both Jews and Gentiles are made righteous before God on the basis of faith alone.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; Hab 2:4; Acts 10:1–11:18; Rom 1:17; Gal 2:14-21; 3:11; Heb 10:38<\/p>","summary_ro":"Righteousness by Faith A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God. For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust ...","summary_en":"Righteousness by Faith A key issue that emerged in the first-century church was whether or not Gentiles who received the Good News had to follow Jewish regulations—including circumcision—in order to be able to join the family of God. For Paul, the answer was simple: There is nothing people can or need to do. Only Christ could do—and has done—what must be done to make people right with God. Our response is simply to receive his gift, gratefully thank him for what he has done for us, and trust ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":150605,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"By Faith","title_en":"By Faith","content_ro":"<h3>By Faith<\/h3>\n<p>Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith.<\/p>\n<p>Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive essay on faith. It describes faith as involving confident action in response to what God has made known. As seen in the examples listed throughout the chapter, faith comes into play in a variety of life’s circumstances. The results of faith also vary. Some people get rescued, achieve success in life, and get some of what God has promised in their lifetimes. Others get mocked, beaten, tortured, put in prison, and killed. Faith is sometimes rewarded sooner and sometimes later, but regardless, people of faith anticipate the rewards because of their confidence in God’s character.<\/p>\n<p>What does it mean to live by faith? It means that in our various circumstances we live out our belief “that God exists and that he rewards those who sincerely seek him” (11:6). Those who live by faith take confident action based on what God has revealed about his character, seeking to do his will in all things.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; 2 Chr 20:20; Hab 2:4; Matt 9:29; 21:21; Luke 8:50; John 3:16, 36; 5:24; 11:25; 12:46; 20:30-31; Rom 5:1; 10:9, 17; Gal 3:6; 5:6; 1 Tim 1:19; 6:12; Heb 10:22, 38; 11:1-40; Jas 1:5-6; 2:14-26; 1 Jn 3:23; 5:4<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>By Faith<\/h3>\n<p>Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith.<\/p>\n<p>Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive essay on faith. It describes faith as involving confident action in response to what God has made known. As seen in the examples listed throughout the chapter, faith comes into play in a variety of life’s circumstances. The results of faith also vary. Some people get rescued, achieve success in life, and get some of what God has promised in their lifetimes. Others get mocked, beaten, tortured, put in prison, and killed. Faith is sometimes rewarded sooner and sometimes later, but regardless, people of faith anticipate the rewards because of their confidence in God’s character.<\/p>\n<p>What does it mean to live by faith? It means that in our various circumstances we live out our belief “that God exists and that he rewards those who sincerely seek him” (11:6). Those who live by faith take confident action based on what God has revealed about his character, seeking to do his will in all things.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Gen 15:6; 2 Chr 20:20; Hab 2:4; Matt 9:29; 21:21; Luke 8:50; John 3:16, 36; 5:24; 11:25; 12:46; 20:30-31; Rom 5:1; 10:9, 17; Gal 3:6; 5:6; 1 Tim 1:19; 6:12; Heb 10:22, 38; 11:1-40; Jas 1:5-6; 2:14-26; 1 Jn 3:23; 5:4<\/p>","summary_ro":"By Faith Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith. Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive e...","summary_en":"By Faith Faith is a foundational theme in Scripture, yet misconceptions about faith abound. Some see faith as meaning any form of spirituality (“he\/she is a person of faith”). Others understand it as a resolute belief that something good is going to happen to them—it is a ticket to health and wealth. Still others think that faith is a blind leap against known facts. None of these ideas constitutes biblical faith. Hebrews 11, one of the most loved passages of Scripture, provides an extensive e...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"5":[{"id":14971,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Hades*","title_en":"Hades*","content_ro":"<h3>HADES*<\/h3>\n<p>Abode of the dead. In Greek mythology Hades was originally the god of the underworld (also named Pluto), a brother of Zeus. He was the abductor of Persephone and thus the cause of winter. His realm, which was called by his name (and also called Tartarus), was the dark land where the dead existed. Odysseus entered that realm and fed the ghosts with blood to get directions back home (Homer’s <em>Odyssey<\/em> 4.834). Originally the Greeks thought of hades as simply the grave—a shadowy, ghostlike existence that happened to all who died, good and evil alike. Gradually they and the Romans came to see it as a place of reward and punishment, an elaborately organized and guarded realm where the good were rewarded in the Elysian Fields and the evil were punished (so described by the Roman poet Virgil, 70–19 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>“Hades” became important to the Jews as the typical term used by the translators of the Septuagint to render the Hebrew name “Sheol” into Greek. This was a very suitable translation for the Hebrew term, for both words can signify the physical grave or death (Gn 37:35; Prv 5:5; 7:27), and both originally referred to a dark underworld (Jb 10:21-22) where existence was at best shadowy (Jb 38:17; Is 14:9). Sheol is described as under the ocean (Jb 26:5-6; Jon 2:2-3) and as having bars and gates (Jb 17:16). All people go there whether they are good or evil (Ps 89:48). In the earlier literature there is no hope of release from Sheol\/hades. C. S. Lewis describes this concept well in <em>The Silver Chair:<\/em> “Many sink down, and few return to the sunlit lands.” Of course, all these descriptions are in poetic literature; how literally the Hebrews (or the Greeks, for that matter) took their descriptions of hades\/Sheol is hard to say. They may have simply used the older picture-language of Greek poetry to describe that for which prose words were inadequate.<\/p>\n<p>Jew and Greek alike came in contact with Persia—the Jews at the time the postexilic writers were composing their books (e.g., Malachi, Daniel, and some psalms), and the Greeks somewhat later (they fought the Persians 520–479 <span>BC<\/span> and conquered them 334–330 <span>BC<\/span>). Whether because of Persian influence on these groups or not, during this period, the idea of reward and punishment after death developed, and Sheol\/hades changed from a shadow land to a differentiated place of reward and punishment for both Greeks (and Romans) and Jews. Josephus records that the Pharisees believed in reward and punishment at death (<em>Antiquities<\/em> 18.1.3), and a similar idea appears in 1 Enoch 22. In these and many other cases in Jewish literature, hades stands for the one place of the dead, which has two or more compartments. In other Jewish literature, hades is the place of torment for the wicked, while the righteous enter paradise (Pss of Sol 14; Wisd of Sol 2:1; 3:1). Thus, by the beginning of the NT period, hades has three meanings: (1) death, (2) the place of all the dead, and (3) the place of the wicked dead only. Context determines which meaning an author intends in a given passage.<\/p>\n<p>All these meanings appear in the NT. In Matthew 11:23 and Luke 10:15, Jesus speaks of Capernaum’s descending to hades (<span>nlt<\/span> mg). Most likely he simply means that the city will “die” or be destroyed. “Hades” means “death” in this context, as “heaven” means “exaltation.” Revelation 6:8 also exemplifies this: Death comes on a horse, and hades (a symbol of death) comes close behind. This personification of hades probably comes from the OT, where hades\/Sheol is viewed as a monster that devours people (Prv 1:12; 27:20; 30:16; Is 5:14; 28:15, 18; Hb 2:5).<\/p>\n<p>Matthew 16:18 is a more difficult use of hades. The church will be built upon a rock and the gates of hades will not prevail against it. Here the place of the dead (complete with gates and bars) is a symbol for death: Christians may in fact be killed, but death (the gates of hades) will no more hold them than it held Christ. He who burst out of hades will bring his people out as well. This is also the meaning of Acts 2:27 (quoting Ps 16:10): Christ did not stay dead; his life did not remain in hades; unlike David, he rose from the dead. It is uncertain in either of these cases whether hades is simply a symbol for death or whether it means that Christ and the Christian actually went to a place of the dead called hades; probably the former is intended. Whatever the case, since Christ did rise, he has conquered death and hades. He appears in Revelation 1:18 as the one holding the keys (the control) to both.<\/p>\n<p>Two NT passages refer to hades as the place where the dead exist: Revelation 20:13-14 and Luke 16:23. In Revelation 20 hades is emptied of all who are in it (either all dead or the wicked dead, depending on one’s eschatology)—the resurrection is complete. When the wicked are judged and cast into the lake of fire (Gehenna), hades is also thrown in. Luke 16:23, however, clearly refers to hades as the place of the wicked dead. There the rich man is tormented in a flame, while the poor man, Lazarus, goes to paradise (Abraham’s bosom).<\/p>\n<p>Hades, then, means three things in the NT, as it did in Jewish literature: (1) Death and its power is the most frequent meaning, especially in metaphorical uses. (2) It also means the place of the dead in general, when a writer wants to lump all the dead together. (3) It means, finally, the place where the wicked dead are tormented before the final judgment. This is its narrowest meaning, occurring only once in the NT (Lk 16:23). The Bible does not dwell on this torment—Dante’s picture in <em>The Inferno<\/em> draws on later speculation and Greco-Roman conceptions of hades more than on the Bible.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Dead, Place of the; Gehenna; Hell; Sheol.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>HADES*<\/h3>\n<p>Abode of the dead. In Greek mythology Hades was originally the god of the underworld (also named Pluto), a brother of Zeus. He was the abductor of Persephone and thus the cause of winter. His realm, which was called by his name (and also called Tartarus), was the dark land where the dead existed. Odysseus entered that realm and fed the ghosts with blood to get directions back home (Homer’s <em>Odyssey<\/em> 4.834). Originally the Greeks thought of hades as simply the grave—a shadowy, ghostlike existence that happened to all who died, good and evil alike. Gradually they and the Romans came to see it as a place of reward and punishment, an elaborately organized and guarded realm where the good were rewarded in the Elysian Fields and the evil were punished (so described by the Roman poet Virgil, 70–19 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>“Hades” became important to the Jews as the typical term used by the translators of the Septuagint to render the Hebrew name “Sheol” into Greek. This was a very suitable translation for the Hebrew term, for both words can signify the physical grave or death (Gn 37:35; Prv 5:5; 7:27), and both originally referred to a dark underworld (Jb 10:21-22) where existence was at best shadowy (Jb 38:17; Is 14:9). Sheol is described as under the ocean (Jb 26:5-6; Jon 2:2-3) and as having bars and gates (Jb 17:16). All people go there whether they are good or evil (Ps 89:48). In the earlier literature there is no hope of release from Sheol\/hades. C. S. Lewis describes this concept well in <em>The Silver Chair:<\/em> “Many sink down, and few return to the sunlit lands.” Of course, all these descriptions are in poetic literature; how literally the Hebrews (or the Greeks, for that matter) took their descriptions of hades\/Sheol is hard to say. They may have simply used the older picture-language of Greek poetry to describe that for which prose words were inadequate.<\/p>\n<p>Jew and Greek alike came in contact with Persia—the Jews at the time the postexilic writers were composing their books (e.g., Malachi, Daniel, and some psalms), and the Greeks somewhat later (they fought the Persians 520–479 <span>BC<\/span> and conquered them 334–330 <span>BC<\/span>). Whether because of Persian influence on these groups or not, during this period, the idea of reward and punishment after death developed, and Sheol\/hades changed from a shadow land to a differentiated place of reward and punishment for both Greeks (and Romans) and Jews. Josephus records that the Pharisees believed in reward and punishment at death (<em>Antiquities<\/em> 18.1.3), and a similar idea appears in 1 Enoch 22. In these and many other cases in Jewish literature, hades stands for the one place of the dead, which has two or more compartments. In other Jewish literature, hades is the place of torment for the wicked, while the righteous enter paradise (Pss of Sol 14; Wisd of Sol 2:1; 3:1). Thus, by the beginning of the NT period, hades has three meanings: (1) death, (2) the place of all the dead, and (3) the place of the wicked dead only. Context determines which meaning an author intends in a given passage.<\/p>\n<p>All these meanings appear in the NT. In Matthew 11:23 and Luke 10:15, Jesus speaks of Capernaum’s descending to hades (<span>nlt<\/span> mg). Most likely he simply means that the city will “die” or be destroyed. “Hades” means “death” in this context, as “heaven” means “exaltation.” Revelation 6:8 also exemplifies this: Death comes on a horse, and hades (a symbol of death) comes close behind. This personification of hades probably comes from the OT, where hades\/Sheol is viewed as a monster that devours people (Prv 1:12; 27:20; 30:16; Is 5:14; 28:15, 18; Hb 2:5).<\/p>\n<p>Matthew 16:18 is a more difficult use of hades. The church will be built upon a rock and the gates of hades will not prevail against it. Here the place of the dead (complete with gates and bars) is a symbol for death: Christians may in fact be killed, but death (the gates of hades) will no more hold them than it held Christ. He who burst out of hades will bring his people out as well. This is also the meaning of Acts 2:27 (quoting Ps 16:10): Christ did not stay dead; his life did not remain in hades; unlike David, he rose from the dead. It is uncertain in either of these cases whether hades is simply a symbol for death or whether it means that Christ and the Christian actually went to a place of the dead called hades; probably the former is intended. Whatever the case, since Christ did rise, he has conquered death and hades. He appears in Revelation 1:18 as the one holding the keys (the control) to both.<\/p>\n<p>Two NT passages refer to hades as the place where the dead exist: Revelation 20:13-14 and Luke 16:23. In Revelation 20 hades is emptied of all who are in it (either all dead or the wicked dead, depending on one’s eschatology)—the resurrection is complete. When the wicked are judged and cast into the lake of fire (Gehenna), hades is also thrown in. Luke 16:23, however, clearly refers to hades as the place of the wicked dead. There the rich man is tormented in a flame, while the poor man, Lazarus, goes to paradise (Abraham’s bosom).<\/p>\n<p>Hades, then, means three things in the NT, as it did in Jewish literature: (1) Death and its power is the most frequent meaning, especially in metaphorical uses. (2) It also means the place of the dead in general, when a writer wants to lump all the dead together. (3) It means, finally, the place where the wicked dead are tormented before the final judgment. This is its narrowest meaning, occurring only once in the NT (Lk 16:23). The Bible does not dwell on this torment—Dante’s picture in <em>The Inferno<\/em> draws on later speculation and Greco-Roman conceptions of hades more than on the Bible.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Dead, Place of the; Gehenna; Hell; Sheol.<\/p>","summary_ro":"HADES* Abode of the dead. In Greek mythology Hades was originally the god of the underworld (also named Pluto), a brother of Zeus. He was the abductor of Persephone and thus the cause of winter. His realm, which was called by his name (and also called Tartarus), was the dark land where the dead existed. Odysseus entered that realm and fed the ghosts with blood to get directions back home (Homer’s Odyssey 4.834). Originally the Greeks thought of hades as simply the grave—a shadowy, ghostlike e...","summary_en":"HADES* Abode of the dead. In Greek mythology Hades was originally the god of the underworld (also named Pluto), a brother of Zeus. He was the abductor of Persephone and thus the cause of winter. His realm, which was called by his name (and also called Tartarus), was the dark land where the dead existed. Odysseus entered that realm and fed the ghosts with blood to get directions back home (Homer’s Odyssey 4.834). Originally the Greeks thought of hades as simply the grave—a shadowy, ghostlike e...","source":"Articles\/H.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"6":[{"id":54178,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:6","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:6","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:6-20<\/strong> Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of <em>sorrow<\/em><em>,<\/em> a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:6-20<\/strong> Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of <em>sorrow<\/em><em>,<\/em> a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:6-20 Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of sorrow, a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.","summary_en":"2:6-20 Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of sorrow, a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":54179,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:6","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:6","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:6-8<\/strong> In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • <em>thieves . . . extortion:<\/em> The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their <em>debtors<\/em> to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:6-8<\/strong> In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • <em>thieves . . . extortion:<\/em> The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their <em>debtors<\/em> to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:6-8 In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • thieves . . . extortion: The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their debtors to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).","summary_en":"2:6-8 In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • thieves . . . extortion: The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their debtors to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":81804,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:6","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:6","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:6-20<\/strong> Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of <em>sorrow<\/em><em>,<\/em> a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:6-20<\/strong> Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of <em>sorrow<\/em><em>,<\/em> a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:6-20 Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of sorrow, a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.","summary_en":"2:6-20 Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of sorrow, a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":81805,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:6","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:6","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:6-8<\/strong> In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • <em>thieves . . . extortion:<\/em> The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their <em>debtors<\/em> to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:6-8<\/strong> In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • <em>thieves . . . extortion:<\/em> The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their <em>debtors<\/em> to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:6-8 In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • thieves . . . extortion: The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their debtors to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).","summary_en":"2:6-8 In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • thieves . . . extortion: The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their debtors to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":109430,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:6","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:6","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:6-20<\/strong> Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of <em>sorrow<\/em><em>,<\/em> a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:6-20<\/strong> Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of <em>sorrow<\/em><em>,<\/em> a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:6-20 Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of sorrow, a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.","summary_en":"2:6-20 Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of sorrow, a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":109431,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:6","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:6","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:6-8<\/strong> In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • <em>thieves . . . extortion:<\/em> The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their <em>debtors<\/em> to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:6-8<\/strong> In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • <em>thieves . . . extortion:<\/em> The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their <em>debtors<\/em> to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:6-8 In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • thieves . . . extortion: The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their debtors to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).","summary_en":"2:6-8 In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • thieves . . . extortion: The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their debtors to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":137056,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:6","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:6","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:6-20<\/strong> Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of <em>sorrow<\/em><em>,<\/em> a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:6-20<\/strong> Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of <em>sorrow<\/em><em>,<\/em> a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:6-20 Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of sorrow, a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.","summary_en":"2:6-20 Five taunt songs (2:6-8, 9-11, 12-14, 15-17, 18-20) portray God’s future judgment of the Babylonians (and others who, like the Babylonians, indulge in violence and injustice). God allows them to seal their own doom. Those who suffer will be able to repeat these taunts when the wicked come to judgment (see 1:14-17). Each taunt contains a pronouncement of sorrow, a judgment, and the reason for God’s judgment.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":137057,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:6","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:6","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:6-8<\/strong> In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • <em>thieves . . . extortion:<\/em> The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their <em>debtors<\/em> to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:6-8<\/strong> In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • <em>thieves . . . extortion:<\/em> The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their <em>debtors<\/em> to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:6-8 In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • thieves . . . extortion: The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their debtors to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).","summary_en":"2:6-8 In the first of Habakkuk’s taunt songs, he condemns the Babylonians for despoiling the nations. • thieves . . . extortion: The imagery compares the Babylonians to creditors whose oppressive measures cause their debtors to rise up against them. Greed can easily mar an individual’s or nation’s spiritual fiber (Luke 12:15; Eph 5:3).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"7":[{"id":14912,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Book of Habakkuk","title_en":"Book of Habakkuk","content_ro":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","summary_ro":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","summary_en":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","source":"Articles\/H.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"8":[{"id":5308,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Bloodguilt*","title_en":"Bloodguilt*","content_ro":"<h3>BLOODGUILT*<\/h3>\n<p>Term used in some English Bibles to translate a Hebrew word meaning “blood” or “bloods” (Ex 22:2-3; Lv 17:4; 1 Sm 25:26, 33; Hos 12:14). The translation “bloodguiltiness” occurs only in Psalm 51:14. The plural form almost invariably means the shedding of blood, but the singular can mean blood itself, bloodshed, or the guilt incurred by bloodshed (i.e., by killing). The idea that killing was punishable by death pervades the Bible; killing was generally done by literally shedding another’s blood.<\/p>\n<p>The first category of bloodshed resulting in bloodguilt was deliberate homicide, murder “in cold blood,” as moderns say, or of “innocent blood,” as the OT says (Jon 1:14). Several passages define the shedding of innocent blood and its punishment (Gn 9:6; Dt 19:11-13; 2 Kgs 24:4; Ez 33:6). The Bible prohibits any ransom for a murderer (Nm 35:31).<\/p>\n<p>Another category was accidental homicide (Nm 35:9-28, Dt 19:4-10). After an accidental killing, the “avenger of blood” might retaliate if he caught the offender outside a city of refuge. If the murderer was unknown, the town nearest the discovered corpse assumed the guilt; Deuteronomy 21:1-9 prescribes a ceremony for removing such guilt.<\/p>\n<p>In ancient Israel it was possible to shed the blood of an animal and incur bloodguilt (Lv 17:3-4, 10-11). An animal that was legally guilty of bloodshed was to be stoned (Ex 21:28-29). Exceptions to bloodguilt were made in the case of self-defense (22:2), capital punishment (Lv 20:9-16), and war (1 Kgs 2:5-6). Frequently the prophets would use the Hebrew word for “bloods” or “blood” to speak of the whole nation’s guilt (Is 1:15; 4:4; Ez 7:23; 9:9; Hos 1:4; 4:2, <span>kjv<\/span>; Mi 3:10; Hb 2:8, 12, 17; and many others). Other crimes beside bloodshed could bring on a death sentence (Lv 20:9-16; Ez 18:10-13). Such crimes included honoring pagan deities, worshiping idols, adultery, robbery, oppressing the poor, breach of promise, and usury.<\/p>\n<p>From the beginning (Gn 4:10-12), through the Prophets (Is 26:21; Ez 24:6-9), and into the NT (Rv 6:10), the Bible supports the idea that God will avenge wrongs and punish those guilty of bloodshed.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Cities of Refuge; Criminal Law and Punishment.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>BLOODGUILT*<\/h3>\n<p>Term used in some English Bibles to translate a Hebrew word meaning “blood” or “bloods” (Ex 22:2-3; Lv 17:4; 1 Sm 25:26, 33; Hos 12:14). The translation “bloodguiltiness” occurs only in Psalm 51:14. The plural form almost invariably means the shedding of blood, but the singular can mean blood itself, bloodshed, or the guilt incurred by bloodshed (i.e., by killing). The idea that killing was punishable by death pervades the Bible; killing was generally done by literally shedding another’s blood.<\/p>\n<p>The first category of bloodshed resulting in bloodguilt was deliberate homicide, murder “in cold blood,” as moderns say, or of “innocent blood,” as the OT says (Jon 1:14). Several passages define the shedding of innocent blood and its punishment (Gn 9:6; Dt 19:11-13; 2 Kgs 24:4; Ez 33:6). The Bible prohibits any ransom for a murderer (Nm 35:31).<\/p>\n<p>Another category was accidental homicide (Nm 35:9-28, Dt 19:4-10). After an accidental killing, the “avenger of blood” might retaliate if he caught the offender outside a city of refuge. If the murderer was unknown, the town nearest the discovered corpse assumed the guilt; Deuteronomy 21:1-9 prescribes a ceremony for removing such guilt.<\/p>\n<p>In ancient Israel it was possible to shed the blood of an animal and incur bloodguilt (Lv 17:3-4, 10-11). An animal that was legally guilty of bloodshed was to be stoned (Ex 21:28-29). Exceptions to bloodguilt were made in the case of self-defense (22:2), capital punishment (Lv 20:9-16), and war (1 Kgs 2:5-6). Frequently the prophets would use the Hebrew word for “bloods” or “blood” to speak of the whole nation’s guilt (Is 1:15; 4:4; Ez 7:23; 9:9; Hos 1:4; 4:2, <span>kjv<\/span>; Mi 3:10; Hb 2:8, 12, 17; and many others). Other crimes beside bloodshed could bring on a death sentence (Lv 20:9-16; Ez 18:10-13). Such crimes included honoring pagan deities, worshiping idols, adultery, robbery, oppressing the poor, breach of promise, and usury.<\/p>\n<p>From the beginning (Gn 4:10-12), through the Prophets (Is 26:21; Ez 24:6-9), and into the NT (Rv 6:10), the Bible supports the idea that God will avenge wrongs and punish those guilty of bloodshed.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Cities of Refuge; Criminal Law and Punishment.<\/p>","summary_ro":"BLOODGUILT* Term used in some English Bibles to translate a Hebrew word meaning “blood” or “bloods” (Ex 22:2-3; Lv 17:4; 1 Sm 25:26, 33; Hos 12:14). The translation “bloodguiltiness” occurs only in Psalm 51:14. The plural form almost invariably means the shedding of blood, but the singular can mean blood itself, bloodshed, or the guilt incurred by bloodshed (i.e., by killing). The idea that killing was punishable by death pervades the Bible; killing was generally done by literally shedding an...","summary_en":"BLOODGUILT* Term used in some English Bibles to translate a Hebrew word meaning “blood” or “bloods” (Ex 22:2-3; Lv 17:4; 1 Sm 25:26, 33; Hos 12:14). The translation “bloodguiltiness” occurs only in Psalm 51:14. The plural form almost invariably means the shedding of blood, but the singular can mean blood itself, bloodshed, or the guilt incurred by bloodshed (i.e., by killing). The idea that killing was punishable by death pervades the Bible; killing was generally done by literally shedding an...","source":"Articles\/B.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":14913,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Book of Habakkuk","title_en":"Book of Habakkuk","content_ro":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","summary_ro":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","summary_en":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","source":"Articles\/H.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"9":[{"id":7970,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Covet, Covetousness*","title_en":"Covet, Covetousness*","content_ro":"<h3>COVET, COVETOUSNESS*<\/h3>\n<p>The desire to have something for oneself that belongs to another—a craving or passionate desire. Three Hebrew words are translated “covet” in the OT (see <span>rsv<\/span>). In one recital of the Ten Commandments (Dt 5:21) the text reads, “You shall not covet your neighbor’s wife.” The same Hebrew word occurs in Proverbs 21:26: “All day long the wicked covets.” Another word implies dishonest gain (Hb 2:9). In the Exodus listing of the Ten Commandments, a third word is used for craving a neighbor’s wife (Ex 20:17). The same word is used of Achan’s coveting of the spoils of Ai (Jos 7:21; cf. Mi 2:2). To covet is to desire inordinately, to place the object of desire before love and devotion to God.<\/p>\n<p>That idea is conveyed in the NT by a Greek word literally meaning “inordinate desire to have more.” The apostle Paul listed that kind of covetousness among earthly attitudes of which Christians are to rid themselves. “Put to death therefore what is earthly in you: immorality, impurity, passion, evil desire, and covetousness, which is idolatry” (Col 3:5, <span>rsv<\/span>; cf. Eph 5:3; 1 Cor 6:10).<\/p>\n<p>Covetousness is pictured as a serious sin that leads to a variety of other sins. The love of money is the root of all evils (1 Tm 6:9-10; cf. Prv 15:27). It was the sin of Ananias and Sapphira (Acts 5:1-3; cf. 1 Sm 15:9, 19; Mt 26:14-15; 2 Pt 2:15; Jude 1:11). Jesus warned: “Take heed, and beware of all covetousness; for a man’s life does not consist in the abundance of his possessions” (Lk 12:15, <span>rsv<\/span>). Another Greek word translated “covet” in the <span>kjv<\/span> is better translated “earnestly desire” in a positive sense (1 Cor 14:39).<\/p>\n<p>The translators of the OT who produced the Septuagint used still another Greek word for the three Hebrew words rendered “covet” in English versions. In the NT the verb form of that word is used in both a positive and negative sense. It means “to desire or long for,” whether food (Lk 15:16), the divine mysteries (Mt 13:17; 1 Pt 1:12), some good thing (Phil 1:23; Heb 6:11), or some evil thing (Mt 5:28; 1 Thes 4:5; 1 Jn 2:17). The noun form of the same word generally reflects an attitude of disobedience to the law of God in which desire has given place to an evil impulse that results in sin (Jn 8:44; Rom 1:24; 6:12; 7:7-8; 13:14; Gal 5:16, 26).<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Commandments, The Ten.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>COVET, COVETOUSNESS*<\/h3>\n<p>The desire to have something for oneself that belongs to another—a craving or passionate desire. Three Hebrew words are translated “covet” in the OT (see <span>rsv<\/span>). In one recital of the Ten Commandments (Dt 5:21) the text reads, “You shall not covet your neighbor’s wife.” The same Hebrew word occurs in Proverbs 21:26: “All day long the wicked covets.” Another word implies dishonest gain (Hb 2:9). In the Exodus listing of the Ten Commandments, a third word is used for craving a neighbor’s wife (Ex 20:17). The same word is used of Achan’s coveting of the spoils of Ai (Jos 7:21; cf. Mi 2:2). To covet is to desire inordinately, to place the object of desire before love and devotion to God.<\/p>\n<p>That idea is conveyed in the NT by a Greek word literally meaning “inordinate desire to have more.” The apostle Paul listed that kind of covetousness among earthly attitudes of which Christians are to rid themselves. “Put to death therefore what is earthly in you: immorality, impurity, passion, evil desire, and covetousness, which is idolatry” (Col 3:5, <span>rsv<\/span>; cf. Eph 5:3; 1 Cor 6:10).<\/p>\n<p>Covetousness is pictured as a serious sin that leads to a variety of other sins. The love of money is the root of all evils (1 Tm 6:9-10; cf. Prv 15:27). It was the sin of Ananias and Sapphira (Acts 5:1-3; cf. 1 Sm 15:9, 19; Mt 26:14-15; 2 Pt 2:15; Jude 1:11). Jesus warned: “Take heed, and beware of all covetousness; for a man’s life does not consist in the abundance of his possessions” (Lk 12:15, <span>rsv<\/span>). Another Greek word translated “covet” in the <span>kjv<\/span> is better translated “earnestly desire” in a positive sense (1 Cor 14:39).<\/p>\n<p>The translators of the OT who produced the Septuagint used still another Greek word for the three Hebrew words rendered “covet” in English versions. In the NT the verb form of that word is used in both a positive and negative sense. It means “to desire or long for,” whether food (Lk 15:16), the divine mysteries (Mt 13:17; 1 Pt 1:12), some good thing (Phil 1:23; Heb 6:11), or some evil thing (Mt 5:28; 1 Thes 4:5; 1 Jn 2:17). The noun form of the same word generally reflects an attitude of disobedience to the law of God in which desire has given place to an evil impulse that results in sin (Jn 8:44; Rom 1:24; 6:12; 7:7-8; 13:14; Gal 5:16, 26).<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Commandments, The Ten.<\/p>","summary_ro":"COVET, COVETOUSNESS* The desire to have something for oneself that belongs to another—a craving or passionate desire. Three Hebrew words are translated “covet” in the OT (see rsv). In one recital of the Ten Commandments (Dt 5:21) the text reads, “You shall not covet your neighbor’s wife.” The same Hebrew word occurs in Proverbs 21:26: “All day long the wicked covets.” Another word implies dishonest gain (Hb 2:9). In the Exodus listing of the Ten Commandments, a third word is used for craving ...","summary_en":"COVET, COVETOUSNESS* The desire to have something for oneself that belongs to another—a craving or passionate desire. Three Hebrew words are translated “covet” in the OT (see rsv). In one recital of the Ten Commandments (Dt 5:21) the text reads, “You shall not covet your neighbor’s wife.” The same Hebrew word occurs in Proverbs 21:26: “All day long the wicked covets.” Another word implies dishonest gain (Hb 2:9). In the Exodus listing of the Ten Commandments, a third word is used for craving ...","source":"Articles\/C.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":14914,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Book of Habakkuk","title_en":"Book of Habakkuk","content_ro":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","summary_ro":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","summary_en":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","source":"Articles\/H.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":54180,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:9","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:9","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:9-11<\/strong> In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to <em>build big houses<\/em> through deceit and <em>dishonesty<\/em><em>,<\/em> they <em>forfeited<\/em> their <em>lives<\/em>.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:9-11<\/strong> In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to <em>build big houses<\/em> through deceit and <em>dishonesty<\/em><em>,<\/em> they <em>forfeited<\/em> their <em>lives<\/em>.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:9-11 In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to build big houses through deceit and dishonesty, they forfeited their lives.","summary_en":"2:9-11 In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to build big houses through deceit and dishonesty, they forfeited their lives.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":81806,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:9","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:9","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:9-11<\/strong> In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to <em>build big houses<\/em> through deceit and <em>dishonesty<\/em><em>,<\/em> they <em>forfeited<\/em> their <em>lives<\/em>.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:9-11<\/strong> In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to <em>build big houses<\/em> through deceit and <em>dishonesty<\/em><em>,<\/em> they <em>forfeited<\/em> their <em>lives<\/em>.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:9-11 In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to build big houses through deceit and dishonesty, they forfeited their lives.","summary_en":"2:9-11 In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to build big houses through deceit and dishonesty, they forfeited their lives.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":109432,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:9","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:9","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:9-11<\/strong> In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to <em>build big houses<\/em> through deceit and <em>dishonesty<\/em><em>,<\/em> they <em>forfeited<\/em> their <em>lives<\/em>.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:9-11<\/strong> In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to <em>build big houses<\/em> through deceit and <em>dishonesty<\/em><em>,<\/em> they <em>forfeited<\/em> their <em>lives<\/em>.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:9-11 In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to build big houses through deceit and dishonesty, they forfeited their lives.","summary_en":"2:9-11 In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to build big houses through deceit and dishonesty, they forfeited their lives.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":137058,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:9","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:9","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:9-11<\/strong> In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to <em>build big houses<\/em> through deceit and <em>dishonesty<\/em><em>,<\/em> they <em>forfeited<\/em> their <em>lives<\/em>.<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:9-11<\/strong> In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to <em>build big houses<\/em> through deceit and <em>dishonesty<\/em><em>,<\/em> they <em>forfeited<\/em> their <em>lives<\/em>.<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:9-11 In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to build big houses through deceit and dishonesty, they forfeited their lives.","summary_en":"2:9-11 In the second taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their dishonest dealings. Since the Babylonians obtained the means to build big houses through deceit and dishonesty, they forfeited their lives.","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"11":[{"id":14915,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Book of Habakkuk","title_en":"Book of Habakkuk","content_ro":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","summary_ro":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","summary_en":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","source":"Articles\/H.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"12":[{"id":54181,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:12","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:12","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:12-14<\/strong> In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the <em>murder and corruption<\/em> of human life and society that brought wealth to <em>build<\/em> their <em>cities<\/em>. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • <em>earth will be filled:<\/em> The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the <em>awareness of the glory of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span>, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:12-14<\/strong> In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the <em>murder and corruption<\/em> of human life and society that brought wealth to <em>build<\/em> their <em>cities<\/em>. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • <em>earth will be filled:<\/em> The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the <em>awareness of the glory of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span>, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:12-14 In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the murder and corruption of human life and society that brought wealth to build their cities. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • earth will be filled: The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the awareness of the glory of the Lord, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).","summary_en":"2:12-14 In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the murder and corruption of human life and society that brought wealth to build their cities. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • earth will be filled: The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the awareness of the glory of the Lord, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":81807,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:12","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:12","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:12-14<\/strong> In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the <em>murder and corruption<\/em> of human life and society that brought wealth to <em>build<\/em> their <em>cities<\/em>. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • <em>earth will be filled:<\/em> The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the <em>awareness of the glory of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span>, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:12-14<\/strong> In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the <em>murder and corruption<\/em> of human life and society that brought wealth to <em>build<\/em> their <em>cities<\/em>. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • <em>earth will be filled:<\/em> The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the <em>awareness of the glory of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span>, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:12-14 In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the murder and corruption of human life and society that brought wealth to build their cities. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • earth will be filled: The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the awareness of the glory of the Lord, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).","summary_en":"2:12-14 In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the murder and corruption of human life and society that brought wealth to build their cities. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • earth will be filled: The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the awareness of the glory of the Lord, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":109433,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:12","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:12","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:12-14<\/strong> In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the <em>murder and corruption<\/em> of human life and society that brought wealth to <em>build<\/em> their <em>cities<\/em>. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • <em>earth will be filled:<\/em> The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the <em>awareness of the glory of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span>, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:12-14<\/strong> In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the <em>murder and corruption<\/em> of human life and society that brought wealth to <em>build<\/em> their <em>cities<\/em>. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • <em>earth will be filled:<\/em> The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the <em>awareness of the glory of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span>, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:12-14 In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the murder and corruption of human life and society that brought wealth to build their cities. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • earth will be filled: The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the awareness of the glory of the Lord, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).","summary_en":"2:12-14 In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the murder and corruption of human life and society that brought wealth to build their cities. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • earth will be filled: The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the awareness of the glory of the Lord, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":137059,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:12","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:12","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:12-14<\/strong> In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the <em>murder and corruption<\/em> of human life and society that brought wealth to <em>build<\/em> their <em>cities<\/em>. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • <em>earth will be filled:<\/em> The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the <em>awareness of the glory of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span>, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:12-14<\/strong> In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the <em>murder and corruption<\/em> of human life and society that brought wealth to <em>build<\/em> their <em>cities<\/em>. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • <em>earth will be filled:<\/em> The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the <em>awareness of the glory of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span>, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:12-14 In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the murder and corruption of human life and society that brought wealth to build their cities. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • earth will be filled: The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the awareness of the glory of the Lord, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).","summary_en":"2:12-14 In the third taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for the murder and corruption of human life and society that brought wealth to build their cities. God would make their apparent gain prove to be a total loss. • earth will be filled: The antithesis of violence and ill-gotten wealth is the awareness of the glory of the Lord, which God promises to make as pervasive as water in the ocean (Isa 11:9).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"14":[{"id":14049,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Glory","title_en":"Glory","content_ro":"<h3>GLORY<\/h3>\n<p>The singular splendor of God and the consequences for humanity.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"TheGloryofGod\">The Glory of God<\/p>\n<p>The glory of God can be described in two senses: (1) as a general category or attribute, and (2) as a specific category referring to particular historical manifestations of his presence.<\/p>\n<h5>As an Attribute<\/h5>\n<p>God’s glory refers primarily to his majestic beauty and splendor; it also refers to the expression of God’s character (Rom 3:23). The Scriptures record praise to his glorious name (Neh 9:5), describe him as the glorious Father (Eph 1:17) and the King of glory (Ps 24); he is exalted above the heavens, and his glory is over all the earth (Pss 57:5, 11; 108:5; 113:4). He is the God of glory who appeared to the patriarchs of the OT (Acts 7:2). He is jealous to maintain his glory and unwilling that it be given to another (Is 42:8); he acts to bring glory to himself (Ps 79:9; Is 48:11).<\/p>\n<p>The glory of God is proclaimed by the Creation (Pss 19:1; 97:6; Rom 1:20). It is revealed by his mighty acts of salvation and deliverance (1 Chr 16:24; Pss 72:18-19; 96:3; 145:10-12; Jn 11:4, 40). His glory is the theme of the praise (1 Chr 16:24-29; Pss 29:1-2, 9; 66:1-2; 96:7-8; 115:1; Is 42:12; Rom 4:20; Phil 2:9-11).<\/p>\n<h5>As His Presence<\/h5>\n<p>References to the glory of the Lord are often to particular historical manifestations of his presence; images of light and fire are prominently associated with these occurrences. The foremost example is what is known in rabbinical literature as the shekinah glory, a phrase meaning the “dwelling glory.” It refers primarily to the presence of God in the pillar of cloud and fire in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>The first explicit reference to the glory cloud is found in Exodus 13:21-22. At the time of the exodus, the glory of God appeared in the pillar of cloud and fire to lead the people through the sea and wilderness (Neh 9:11-12, 19). At Sinai, with Israel encamped around the mountain, the glory of God comes in the cloud and fire to speak with Moses in the sight of the people (Ex 19:9, 16-18; 24:15-18; Dt 5:5, 22-24). When Moses is given a glimpse of that glory unconcealed by the cloud and fire, his own face becomes radiant and must be veiled because of the people’s fear (Ex 33:18-23; 34:29-35; 2 Cor 3:7-18).<\/p>\n<p>The picture of Israel encamped around the glory of God on Sinai portrays God dwelling in the midst of his people. When the tabernacle is completed and the people set out on their march, the glory cloud of God’s presence dwells above them throughout their journey (Ex 40:34-38; Nm 10:11-12). When they encamp, the tribes encircle the tabernacle (Nm 1:50–2:2), and the cloud reminds them of his presence in their midst. Later, the same glory filled the new temple that Solomon builds (2 Chr 5:13–6:1; 7:1-3). The psalmists celebrated Jerusalem and the temple as the place where his glory dwelt (Pss 26:8; 63:2; 85:9); God was in their midst.<\/p>\n<p>Later in Israel’s history they denied God’s glorious presence (Is 3:8) and exchanged the glory of the Lord for idols made by human hands (Ps 106:20; Jer 2:10-11; cf. Rom 1:23). Because of their disobedience, judgment came against Jerusalem; the penalties of covenant violation were enforced. God would no longer be the God of a disobedient people (Hos 1:9). God’s presence in the glory cloud left the temple (Ez 10:4, 18-19; 11:22), and Israel went into exile (12:1-15).<\/p>\n<p>Yet out of this judgment God determined to bring a remnant to rebuild the city and the temple. In his visions Ezekiel saw the glory of the Lord return to dwell in the temple again (Ez 43:2-9), a time when the glory would return to a purified people and dwell among them forever. When the exile was over and the second temple was under construction, Haggai and Zechariah urged the people on with the promise of the return of the glory of God to fill the temple as it had done in the first temple and to “be glory in their midst” (Hg 2:3-9; Zec 2:5, 10-11).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"TheGloryofGodinJesusChrist\">The Glory of God in Jesus Christ<\/p>\n<p>We are not told if the shekinah glory returned to the second temple. But we are told that God’s glory was seen again on earth in the person of Jesus Christ. John 1:14 says, “The Word became flesh and <em>dwelt<\/em> among us, and we beheld his <em>glory, glory<\/em> as of the only Son” (italics added). As such, Jesus was the new tabernacle for God’s abiding glory. In Jesus, God dwelt among people. Since Christ was (and is) the very image of God, to see the light of his face was to know the glory of God (2 Cor 4:4-6). To see Jesus was to see a “light to the Gentiles and the glory of Israel” (Lk 2:30-32). The disciples who witnessed the Transfiguration (Mt 17:1-8) saw his glory in a marvelous way (2 Pt 1:16-17), for it was a glory that burst out of his human body. This outburst of glory prefigured the glorification Christ experienced in resurrection and ascension (see Jn 17:5; Phil 2:5-11).<\/p>\n<p>Because Jesus humbled himself and was obedient to the point of death, God highly exalted him (Phil 2:8-9). After he suffered death on the cross, he entered into his glory (Lk 24:26) with a new and glorious body (1 Cor 15:39-43; Phil 3:21). The glorified Christ appeared to his servants. Stephen saw his glory (Acts 7:55), and Saul was blinded by his splendor (9:3). That same Christ is predicted to return in glory. He will sit on his throne in judgment (Mt 25:31); evil will be punished (16:27; 24:30; Mk 13:26; Lk 21:27; 2 Thes 2:9-10). Those who have professed him before men need not fear his glorious appearing (Mk 8:38).<\/p>\n<p>At the consummation, the whole earth will be filled with his glory (Ps 72:19; Is 6:3; Hb 2:14). No longer will a glory cloud rest above a temple to mark the Holy Place, for there will be a new heaven and a new earth (Rv 21:1). The Holy City will have the radiance of the glory of God (vv 10-11).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"GloryandthePeopleofGod\">Glory and the People of God<\/p>\n<p>The people of God have experienced the glory of the presence of God. The glory cloud of the OT was <em>their<\/em> glory (Ps 106:20; Jer 2:11). Christ came as the embodiment of the glory of God; God was in the midst of his people. When Christ ascended, he sent his Spirit to the believers (Jn 16:7-14) so that God could live in the midst of his people. The Spirit of glory rests on those who suffer for the name of Christ (1 Pt 4:14); that Spirit is the guarantee of the glorious inheritance of the saints (Rom 8:16-17).<\/p>\n<p>God has given to his people the hope of glory (Rom 5:2; Phil 3:21; Col 1:27; Jude 1:24-25). Those whom he has chosen he will also glorify (Rom 8:30; 9:23); they will share in the glory of Christ (Col 3:4; 2 Thes 2:14; 2 Tm 2:10). The sufferings of this age do not compare with the glory that will be revealed (Rom 8:18; 2 Cor 4:17). The whole of creation longs to see the glorious freedom of the children of God (Rom 8:21). This hope of glory is so certain that Peter can speak of participating in it even now (1 Pt 5:1) while looking forward to that eternal glory (v 10). As partakers in the glory of Christ, the church is called to glorify God. Because of the hope that is in them, they purify themselves (1 Jn 3:3).<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Boast; God, Being and Attributes of; Pillar of Fire and Cloud; Shekinah; Theophany; Wealth.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>GLORY<\/h3>\n<p>The singular splendor of God and the consequences for humanity.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"TheGloryofGod\">The Glory of God<\/p>\n<p>The glory of God can be described in two senses: (1) as a general category or attribute, and (2) as a specific category referring to particular historical manifestations of his presence.<\/p>\n<h5>As an Attribute<\/h5>\n<p>God’s glory refers primarily to his majestic beauty and splendor; it also refers to the expression of God’s character (Rom 3:23). The Scriptures record praise to his glorious name (Neh 9:5), describe him as the glorious Father (Eph 1:17) and the King of glory (Ps 24); he is exalted above the heavens, and his glory is over all the earth (Pss 57:5, 11; 108:5; 113:4). He is the God of glory who appeared to the patriarchs of the OT (Acts 7:2). He is jealous to maintain his glory and unwilling that it be given to another (Is 42:8); he acts to bring glory to himself (Ps 79:9; Is 48:11).<\/p>\n<p>The glory of God is proclaimed by the Creation (Pss 19:1; 97:6; Rom 1:20). It is revealed by his mighty acts of salvation and deliverance (1 Chr 16:24; Pss 72:18-19; 96:3; 145:10-12; Jn 11:4, 40). His glory is the theme of the praise (1 Chr 16:24-29; Pss 29:1-2, 9; 66:1-2; 96:7-8; 115:1; Is 42:12; Rom 4:20; Phil 2:9-11).<\/p>\n<h5>As His Presence<\/h5>\n<p>References to the glory of the Lord are often to particular historical manifestations of his presence; images of light and fire are prominently associated with these occurrences. The foremost example is what is known in rabbinical literature as the shekinah glory, a phrase meaning the “dwelling glory.” It refers primarily to the presence of God in the pillar of cloud and fire in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>The first explicit reference to the glory cloud is found in Exodus 13:21-22. At the time of the exodus, the glory of God appeared in the pillar of cloud and fire to lead the people through the sea and wilderness (Neh 9:11-12, 19). At Sinai, with Israel encamped around the mountain, the glory of God comes in the cloud and fire to speak with Moses in the sight of the people (Ex 19:9, 16-18; 24:15-18; Dt 5:5, 22-24). When Moses is given a glimpse of that glory unconcealed by the cloud and fire, his own face becomes radiant and must be veiled because of the people’s fear (Ex 33:18-23; 34:29-35; 2 Cor 3:7-18).<\/p>\n<p>The picture of Israel encamped around the glory of God on Sinai portrays God dwelling in the midst of his people. When the tabernacle is completed and the people set out on their march, the glory cloud of God’s presence dwells above them throughout their journey (Ex 40:34-38; Nm 10:11-12). When they encamp, the tribes encircle the tabernacle (Nm 1:50–2:2), and the cloud reminds them of his presence in their midst. Later, the same glory filled the new temple that Solomon builds (2 Chr 5:13–6:1; 7:1-3). The psalmists celebrated Jerusalem and the temple as the place where his glory dwelt (Pss 26:8; 63:2; 85:9); God was in their midst.<\/p>\n<p>Later in Israel’s history they denied God’s glorious presence (Is 3:8) and exchanged the glory of the Lord for idols made by human hands (Ps 106:20; Jer 2:10-11; cf. Rom 1:23). Because of their disobedience, judgment came against Jerusalem; the penalties of covenant violation were enforced. God would no longer be the God of a disobedient people (Hos 1:9). God’s presence in the glory cloud left the temple (Ez 10:4, 18-19; 11:22), and Israel went into exile (12:1-15).<\/p>\n<p>Yet out of this judgment God determined to bring a remnant to rebuild the city and the temple. In his visions Ezekiel saw the glory of the Lord return to dwell in the temple again (Ez 43:2-9), a time when the glory would return to a purified people and dwell among them forever. When the exile was over and the second temple was under construction, Haggai and Zechariah urged the people on with the promise of the return of the glory of God to fill the temple as it had done in the first temple and to “be glory in their midst” (Hg 2:3-9; Zec 2:5, 10-11).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"TheGloryofGodinJesusChrist\">The Glory of God in Jesus Christ<\/p>\n<p>We are not told if the shekinah glory returned to the second temple. But we are told that God’s glory was seen again on earth in the person of Jesus Christ. John 1:14 says, “The Word became flesh and <em>dwelt<\/em> among us, and we beheld his <em>glory, glory<\/em> as of the only Son” (italics added). As such, Jesus was the new tabernacle for God’s abiding glory. In Jesus, God dwelt among people. Since Christ was (and is) the very image of God, to see the light of his face was to know the glory of God (2 Cor 4:4-6). To see Jesus was to see a “light to the Gentiles and the glory of Israel” (Lk 2:30-32). The disciples who witnessed the Transfiguration (Mt 17:1-8) saw his glory in a marvelous way (2 Pt 1:16-17), for it was a glory that burst out of his human body. This outburst of glory prefigured the glorification Christ experienced in resurrection and ascension (see Jn 17:5; Phil 2:5-11).<\/p>\n<p>Because Jesus humbled himself and was obedient to the point of death, God highly exalted him (Phil 2:8-9). After he suffered death on the cross, he entered into his glory (Lk 24:26) with a new and glorious body (1 Cor 15:39-43; Phil 3:21). The glorified Christ appeared to his servants. Stephen saw his glory (Acts 7:55), and Saul was blinded by his splendor (9:3). That same Christ is predicted to return in glory. He will sit on his throne in judgment (Mt 25:31); evil will be punished (16:27; 24:30; Mk 13:26; Lk 21:27; 2 Thes 2:9-10). Those who have professed him before men need not fear his glorious appearing (Mk 8:38).<\/p>\n<p>At the consummation, the whole earth will be filled with his glory (Ps 72:19; Is 6:3; Hb 2:14). No longer will a glory cloud rest above a temple to mark the Holy Place, for there will be a new heaven and a new earth (Rv 21:1). The Holy City will have the radiance of the glory of God (vv 10-11).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"GloryandthePeopleofGod\">Glory and the People of God<\/p>\n<p>The people of God have experienced the glory of the presence of God. The glory cloud of the OT was <em>their<\/em> glory (Ps 106:20; Jer 2:11). Christ came as the embodiment of the glory of God; God was in the midst of his people. When Christ ascended, he sent his Spirit to the believers (Jn 16:7-14) so that God could live in the midst of his people. The Spirit of glory rests on those who suffer for the name of Christ (1 Pt 4:14); that Spirit is the guarantee of the glorious inheritance of the saints (Rom 8:16-17).<\/p>\n<p>God has given to his people the hope of glory (Rom 5:2; Phil 3:21; Col 1:27; Jude 1:24-25). Those whom he has chosen he will also glorify (Rom 8:30; 9:23); they will share in the glory of Christ (Col 3:4; 2 Thes 2:14; 2 Tm 2:10). The sufferings of this age do not compare with the glory that will be revealed (Rom 8:18; 2 Cor 4:17). The whole of creation longs to see the glorious freedom of the children of God (Rom 8:21). This hope of glory is so certain that Peter can speak of participating in it even now (1 Pt 5:1) while looking forward to that eternal glory (v 10). As partakers in the glory of Christ, the church is called to glorify God. Because of the hope that is in them, they purify themselves (1 Jn 3:3).<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Boast; God, Being and Attributes of; Pillar of Fire and Cloud; Shekinah; Theophany; Wealth.<\/p>","summary_ro":"GLORY The singular splendor of God and the consequences for humanity. The Glory of God The glory of God can be described in two senses: (1) as a general category or attribute, and (2) as a specific category referring to particular historical manifestations of his presence. As an Attribute God’s glory refers primarily to his majestic beauty and splendor; it also refers to the expression of God’s character (Rom 3:23). The Scriptures record praise to his glorious name (Neh 9:5), describe him as ...","summary_en":"GLORY The singular splendor of God and the consequences for humanity. The Glory of God The glory of God can be described in two senses: (1) as a general category or attribute, and (2) as a specific category referring to particular historical manifestations of his presence. As an Attribute God’s glory refers primarily to his majestic beauty and splendor; it also refers to the expression of God’s character (Rom 3:23). The Scriptures record praise to his glorious name (Neh 9:5), describe him as ...","source":"Articles\/G.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":38778,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Wrath of God","title_en":"Wrath of God","content_ro":"<h3>WRATH OF GOD<\/h3>\n<p>A term for God’s displeasure with human beings and their sinful actions. The word “wrath” is a concept represented by many different words and idioms in the original languages of the Bible, all of which express the notion of justifiable anger for unjust actions.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"IntheOldTestament\">In the Old Testament<\/p>\n<p>In the OT God is said to be angry with nations, sinners, and even with his covenant people. God’s anger is first expressed toward the covenant community of Israel for having refused to believe his word about entering into the Promised Land. After they had been rescued from Egypt, had received the Ten Commandments and the covenant, and had seen his glory (Nm 11:10; 12:9; 22:22; 32:10-14), they still disbelieved. Consequently, God in his wrath condemned the Israelites to wander in the wilderness until they died. The major reason for the Lord’s anger in the OT was that his own people constantly broke the covenant. They provoked him by their idolatry (Dt 2:15; 4:25; 9:7-8, 19; Jgs 2:14; 1 Kgs 11:9; 14:9, 15; 2 Kgs 17:18), by their mixing paganism with the worship of the Lord (Is 1:10-17; Jer 6:20; Hos 6:6; Am 5:21-27); by their wanton rebellion (1 Kgs 8:46), their unbelief (Nm 11:33; 14:11, 33; Ps 95:10-11), and their disregard for his concern for love, justice, righteousness, and holiness (Ex 22:22-24; Is 1:15-17; Am 5:7-12; Mi 3:1).<\/p>\n<p>The wrath of God also extends to all humanity (Na 1:2). The concept of the Day of the Lord was developed by the prophets to warn Israel and the nations that no one can escape the righteous expression of God’s wrath (Am 5:18-20). The Day of the Lord is the day of his wrath (Zep 1:15).<\/p>\n<p>The OT presents the concept of the wrath of God in balance with three other doctrines: his forbearance, his love, and his readiness to forgive. First, God is patient. The Hebrew word for “patient” is related to the word for “wrath” and means “length of wrath”; that is, God does not quickly become angry. He is longsuffering (Ex 34:6). Second, God is full of compassion and fidelity (Ex 34:6). Even when his children sin against him, he is like a father who is full of compassion and love. He is always faithful to his children. Third, he is ready to forgive those who sin against him when they atone for and are cleansed from their sins (Ex 34:6). The pleasure of his love is so much greater than his wrath (Ps 30:5). Micah prayed that the Lord may soon forgive and restore his people on the ground that he cannot be angry forever (7:18; cf. Ps 89:46; Jer 3:5). In Psalm 103:8-13, the psalmist likens God’s love and forgiveness to that of a father who does not harbor his anger continually, nor does he vex his children with discipline, so great is his love for those who fear him.<\/p>\n<p>The purpose of God’s wrath is not to destroy humanity (Hos 11:9). His wrath is neither a vindictive, emotional overreaction, nor is it unpredictable. In his wrath he sovereignly imposes limits on nations (Babylon, Assyria) and disciplines his own people with the desired end that they return to him (Jl 2:13-14). The OT presentation of the Day of the Lord doesn’t end with God’s anger; it concludes with the restoration of the earth, when the whole earth will be filled with knowledge of God (Is 11:9; Hb 2:14) and wickedness will be no more (Is 65:25).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"IntheNewTestament\">In the New Testament<\/p>\n<p>The NT also teaches the wrath of God side by side with the doctrine of his grace, love, and forbearance (Mt 3:7; Lk 21:23; Jn 3:36; Rom 1:18; Eph 5:6; Rv 14:10). Those who do not profess faith in the risen Christ remain in their sins and will be subject to God’s wrath, whereas those who believe in him are delivered from God’s wrath (Eph 2:3; 1 Thes 1:10). The good news of the NT is that Jesus has come to deliver us from the wrath of God (Rom 5:9). Those who have been delivered are reconciled with God (v 10) because they no longer are under condemnation (8:1).<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Death; Hell; Judgment; Last Judgment; Love.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>WRATH OF GOD<\/h3>\n<p>A term for God’s displeasure with human beings and their sinful actions. The word “wrath” is a concept represented by many different words and idioms in the original languages of the Bible, all of which express the notion of justifiable anger for unjust actions.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"IntheOldTestament\">In the Old Testament<\/p>\n<p>In the OT God is said to be angry with nations, sinners, and even with his covenant people. God’s anger is first expressed toward the covenant community of Israel for having refused to believe his word about entering into the Promised Land. After they had been rescued from Egypt, had received the Ten Commandments and the covenant, and had seen his glory (Nm 11:10; 12:9; 22:22; 32:10-14), they still disbelieved. Consequently, God in his wrath condemned the Israelites to wander in the wilderness until they died. The major reason for the Lord’s anger in the OT was that his own people constantly broke the covenant. They provoked him by their idolatry (Dt 2:15; 4:25; 9:7-8, 19; Jgs 2:14; 1 Kgs 11:9; 14:9, 15; 2 Kgs 17:18), by their mixing paganism with the worship of the Lord (Is 1:10-17; Jer 6:20; Hos 6:6; Am 5:21-27); by their wanton rebellion (1 Kgs 8:46), their unbelief (Nm 11:33; 14:11, 33; Ps 95:10-11), and their disregard for his concern for love, justice, righteousness, and holiness (Ex 22:22-24; Is 1:15-17; Am 5:7-12; Mi 3:1).<\/p>\n<p>The wrath of God also extends to all humanity (Na 1:2). The concept of the Day of the Lord was developed by the prophets to warn Israel and the nations that no one can escape the righteous expression of God’s wrath (Am 5:18-20). The Day of the Lord is the day of his wrath (Zep 1:15).<\/p>\n<p>The OT presents the concept of the wrath of God in balance with three other doctrines: his forbearance, his love, and his readiness to forgive. First, God is patient. The Hebrew word for “patient” is related to the word for “wrath” and means “length of wrath”; that is, God does not quickly become angry. He is longsuffering (Ex 34:6). Second, God is full of compassion and fidelity (Ex 34:6). Even when his children sin against him, he is like a father who is full of compassion and love. He is always faithful to his children. Third, he is ready to forgive those who sin against him when they atone for and are cleansed from their sins (Ex 34:6). The pleasure of his love is so much greater than his wrath (Ps 30:5). Micah prayed that the Lord may soon forgive and restore his people on the ground that he cannot be angry forever (7:18; cf. Ps 89:46; Jer 3:5). In Psalm 103:8-13, the psalmist likens God’s love and forgiveness to that of a father who does not harbor his anger continually, nor does he vex his children with discipline, so great is his love for those who fear him.<\/p>\n<p>The purpose of God’s wrath is not to destroy humanity (Hos 11:9). His wrath is neither a vindictive, emotional overreaction, nor is it unpredictable. In his wrath he sovereignly imposes limits on nations (Babylon, Assyria) and disciplines his own people with the desired end that they return to him (Jl 2:13-14). The OT presentation of the Day of the Lord doesn’t end with God’s anger; it concludes with the restoration of the earth, when the whole earth will be filled with knowledge of God (Is 11:9; Hb 2:14) and wickedness will be no more (Is 65:25).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"IntheNewTestament\">In the New Testament<\/p>\n<p>The NT also teaches the wrath of God side by side with the doctrine of his grace, love, and forbearance (Mt 3:7; Lk 21:23; Jn 3:36; Rom 1:18; Eph 5:6; Rv 14:10). Those who do not profess faith in the risen Christ remain in their sins and will be subject to God’s wrath, whereas those who believe in him are delivered from God’s wrath (Eph 2:3; 1 Thes 1:10). The good news of the NT is that Jesus has come to deliver us from the wrath of God (Rom 5:9). Those who have been delivered are reconciled with God (v 10) because they no longer are under condemnation (8:1).<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Death; Hell; Judgment; Last Judgment; Love.<\/p>","summary_ro":"WRATH OF GOD A term for God’s displeasure with human beings and their sinful actions. The word “wrath” is a concept represented by many different words and idioms in the original languages of the Bible, all of which express the notion of justifiable anger for unjust actions. In the Old Testament In the OT God is said to be angry with nations, sinners, and even with his covenant people. God’s anger is first expressed toward the covenant community of Israel for having refused to believe his wor...","summary_en":"WRATH OF GOD A term for God’s displeasure with human beings and their sinful actions. The word “wrath” is a concept represented by many different words and idioms in the original languages of the Bible, all of which express the notion of justifiable anger for unjust actions. In the Old Testament In the OT God is said to be angry with nations, sinners, and even with his covenant people. God’s anger is first expressed toward the covenant community of Israel for having refused to believe his wor...","source":"Articles\/W.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":64365,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"God’s Glory with His People","title_en":"God’s Glory with His People","content_ro":"<h3>God’s Glory with His People<\/h3>\n<p>In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11).<\/p>\n<p>The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of Ezekiel. God’s glory appears to the prophet Ezekiel while he is exiled in Babylon, meaning that his glory was no longer present at the Temple in Jerusalem. The reason God’s glory had departed from the Temple at that time becomes clear in Ezekiel’s vision in Ezekiel 8–11, in which the prophet sees the abominations that had polluted the Temple in Jerusalem. Without God’s presence, the Temple had become an empty shell awaiting destruction. God was not forcibly evicted by the superior might of the Babylonian army; he voluntarily departed because his people were defiled. Their sin drove him away from the land he had promised to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. For a time, the Lord went from Jerusalem to Babylon to become a sanctuary for the exiles there (see 11:16).<\/p>\n<p>God would not abandon his Temple forever. After pouring out his wrath in full measure, he would restore a remnant to their land and sanctify them by his Spirit so that he could once again dwell in their midst in a new sanctuary (37:26). God’s glory, dwelling among his people forever (43:1-5), is at the heart of Ezekiel’s vision of their restoration.<\/p>\n<p>The glory of God has come to live among us fully in the person of Jesus Christ. As John testifies, “We have seen his glory, the glory of the Father’s one and only Son” (John 1:14). The aged Simeon saw the baby Jesus brought to the Temple and described him as “a light to reveal God to the nations, and . . . the glory of your people Israel” (Luke 2:32). Jesus’ glory was veiled while he was on earth, though for a moment on the Mount of Transfiguration his radiance was revealed to his closest disciples (Matt 17:2). He experienced his own abandonment by God as he hung on the cross, bearing the curse for our sin (Matt 27:46). Now, as the exalted and glorified Lord, he sits at God’s right hand (Eph 1:19-20). By his Spirit, he has promised never to abandon us, but to be with us to the end of time (Matt 28:20).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 15:11; 33:18–34:8; 40:34; Ps 19:1-11; Isa 4:5-6; 6:3; 40:5; 42:8; 43:7; 58:8; 60:1-2; Ezek 1:1-28; 11:16; 37:26; 43:1-5; 44:4; Hab 2:14; Matt 17:2; 28:20; Luke 2:32; John 1:14; 2 Cor 4:4-6; Heb 1:3; Rev 21:10-11, 23<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>God’s Glory with His People<\/h3>\n<p>In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11).<\/p>\n<p>The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of Ezekiel. God’s glory appears to the prophet Ezekiel while he is exiled in Babylon, meaning that his glory was no longer present at the Temple in Jerusalem. The reason God’s glory had departed from the Temple at that time becomes clear in Ezekiel’s vision in Ezekiel 8–11, in which the prophet sees the abominations that had polluted the Temple in Jerusalem. Without God’s presence, the Temple had become an empty shell awaiting destruction. God was not forcibly evicted by the superior might of the Babylonian army; he voluntarily departed because his people were defiled. Their sin drove him away from the land he had promised to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. For a time, the Lord went from Jerusalem to Babylon to become a sanctuary for the exiles there (see 11:16).<\/p>\n<p>God would not abandon his Temple forever. After pouring out his wrath in full measure, he would restore a remnant to their land and sanctify them by his Spirit so that he could once again dwell in their midst in a new sanctuary (37:26). God’s glory, dwelling among his people forever (43:1-5), is at the heart of Ezekiel’s vision of their restoration.<\/p>\n<p>The glory of God has come to live among us fully in the person of Jesus Christ. As John testifies, “We have seen his glory, the glory of the Father’s one and only Son” (John 1:14). The aged Simeon saw the baby Jesus brought to the Temple and described him as “a light to reveal God to the nations, and . . . the glory of your people Israel” (Luke 2:32). Jesus’ glory was veiled while he was on earth, though for a moment on the Mount of Transfiguration his radiance was revealed to his closest disciples (Matt 17:2). He experienced his own abandonment by God as he hung on the cross, bearing the curse for our sin (Matt 27:46). Now, as the exalted and glorified Lord, he sits at God’s right hand (Eph 1:19-20). By his Spirit, he has promised never to abandon us, but to be with us to the end of time (Matt 28:20).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 15:11; 33:18–34:8; 40:34; Ps 19:1-11; Isa 4:5-6; 6:3; 40:5; 42:8; 43:7; 58:8; 60:1-2; Ezek 1:1-28; 11:16; 37:26; 43:1-5; 44:4; Hab 2:14; Matt 17:2; 28:20; Luke 2:32; John 1:14; 2 Cor 4:4-6; Heb 1:3; Rev 21:10-11, 23<\/p>","summary_ro":"God’s Glory with His People In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11). The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of ...","summary_en":"God’s Glory with His People In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11). The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":64761,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","title_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","content_ro":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","summary_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","summary_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":66854,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"The Sovereignty of God","title_en":"The Sovereignty of God","content_ro":"<h3>The Sovereignty of God<\/h3>\n<p>We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16).<\/p>\n<p>God’s sovereign hand is in everything. God is in control of the lives of all people (Ps 135:5-12), the universe, and the course of earth’s history (Isa 40:15-17; Acts 17:24; Col 1:15-20), directing it to his appointed ends (Isa 46:10; Dan 7:27-28; Matt 24:14-31; Rev 1:7-8).<\/p>\n<p>As demonstrated throughout 2 Kings, God exercises sovereign power and control over the affairs of nations. He installed and deposed the kings of Israel and Judah according to his purposes and according to the degree of their obedience. He permitted successful attacks against his people as punishment for their sins (2 Kgs 8:18-22). God was in control when the Assyrians attacked Samaria and brought down the northern kingdom (17:1-6, 18, 20). Hezekiah’s successes in Judah were due to the Lord’s blessings (18:5-7). God’s sovereign hand can be seen in all of the complex international events that happened, just as the Lord had promised, during the reigns of the final kings of Judah (23:26-27).<\/p>\n<p>God also displays his power in his answers to the prayers and petitions of his people. When Elisha prayed, God responded to his faithful prophet’s requests. Through Elisha he allowed the woman from Shunem to have a son and later brought that son back to life (4:17, 32-35). The Lord graciously answered the prayers of Jehoahaz and provided a rescuer for beleaguered Israel (13:4-5). He honored Hezekiah’s prayers for Jerusalem (19:1-7) and for his own life (20:1-6).<\/p>\n<p>Paul shows that God determines the course of salvation. Paul constantly explains the unexpected development of salvation history by appealing to what God has said and done. Human decisions alone cannot explain the situation, and God has said that he will show mercy to anyone he chooses (Rom 9:15). While theologians will continue to debate the role of God’s action and the role of human decision in salvation, God’s sovereignty stands out clearly.<\/p>\n<p>Because God is sovereign, his people rightly seek to live in harmony with his will (Rom 12:1-2), in the strength that he provides (see 1 Cor 1:8-9). We can follow the example of Christ in his prayer, “I want your will to be done, not mine” (Matt 26:39). The contemporary world has set God to the side and ignores the divine influence on the course of human affairs. But God’s decisions really do direct the world as well as the personal histories of those who trust him. When we live for God’s glory (Isa 42:8; Hab 2:14; Jude 1:24-25), whatever happens is also ultimately for our good (Ps 84:11; Eph 3:16-19; Col 1:27; 2 Thes 1:11-12), and we can confidently affirm that “God causes everything to work together for the good of those who love God and are called according to his purpose for them” (Rom 8:28)..<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 8:22; 9:29; Deut 4:39; 32:8, 39; Josh 2:11; 1 Sam 2:6-8; 2 Kgs 13:4-5; 17:1-6, 18-20; 18:5-7; 19:5-7; 20:4-6; Pss 24:1-2; 84:11; 135:5-12; Isa 40:15-17; 45:7; 46:10; Jer 27:5-7; Dan 7:27-28; Hab 2:14; John 19:11; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 8:28; 9:5-24; 1 Cor 1:8-9; Col 1:15-20; 2 Thes 1:11-12; Jude 1:24-25; Rev 1:7-8<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>The Sovereignty of God<\/h3>\n<p>We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16).<\/p>\n<p>God’s sovereign hand is in everything. God is in control of the lives of all people (Ps 135:5-12), the universe, and the course of earth’s history (Isa 40:15-17; Acts 17:24; Col 1:15-20), directing it to his appointed ends (Isa 46:10; Dan 7:27-28; Matt 24:14-31; Rev 1:7-8).<\/p>\n<p>As demonstrated throughout 2 Kings, God exercises sovereign power and control over the affairs of nations. He installed and deposed the kings of Israel and Judah according to his purposes and according to the degree of their obedience. He permitted successful attacks against his people as punishment for their sins (2 Kgs 8:18-22). God was in control when the Assyrians attacked Samaria and brought down the northern kingdom (17:1-6, 18, 20). Hezekiah’s successes in Judah were due to the Lord’s blessings (18:5-7). God’s sovereign hand can be seen in all of the complex international events that happened, just as the Lord had promised, during the reigns of the final kings of Judah (23:26-27).<\/p>\n<p>God also displays his power in his answers to the prayers and petitions of his people. When Elisha prayed, God responded to his faithful prophet’s requests. Through Elisha he allowed the woman from Shunem to have a son and later brought that son back to life (4:17, 32-35). The Lord graciously answered the prayers of Jehoahaz and provided a rescuer for beleaguered Israel (13:4-5). He honored Hezekiah’s prayers for Jerusalem (19:1-7) and for his own life (20:1-6).<\/p>\n<p>Paul shows that God determines the course of salvation. Paul constantly explains the unexpected development of salvation history by appealing to what God has said and done. Human decisions alone cannot explain the situation, and God has said that he will show mercy to anyone he chooses (Rom 9:15). While theologians will continue to debate the role of God’s action and the role of human decision in salvation, God’s sovereignty stands out clearly.<\/p>\n<p>Because God is sovereign, his people rightly seek to live in harmony with his will (Rom 12:1-2), in the strength that he provides (see 1 Cor 1:8-9). We can follow the example of Christ in his prayer, “I want your will to be done, not mine” (Matt 26:39). The contemporary world has set God to the side and ignores the divine influence on the course of human affairs. But God’s decisions really do direct the world as well as the personal histories of those who trust him. When we live for God’s glory (Isa 42:8; Hab 2:14; Jude 1:24-25), whatever happens is also ultimately for our good (Ps 84:11; Eph 3:16-19; Col 1:27; 2 Thes 1:11-12), and we can confidently affirm that “God causes everything to work together for the good of those who love God and are called according to his purpose for them” (Rom 8:28)..<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 8:22; 9:29; Deut 4:39; 32:8, 39; Josh 2:11; 1 Sam 2:6-8; 2 Kgs 13:4-5; 17:1-6, 18-20; 18:5-7; 19:5-7; 20:4-6; Pss 24:1-2; 84:11; 135:5-12; Isa 40:15-17; 45:7; 46:10; Jer 27:5-7; Dan 7:27-28; Hab 2:14; John 19:11; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 8:28; 9:5-24; 1 Cor 1:8-9; Col 1:15-20; 2 Thes 1:11-12; Jude 1:24-25; Rev 1:7-8<\/p>","summary_ro":"The Sovereignty of God We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16). God’s sovereign hand is in everyth...","summary_en":"The Sovereignty of God We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16). God’s sovereign hand is in everyth...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":91991,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"God’s Glory with His People","title_en":"God’s Glory with His People","content_ro":"<h3>God’s Glory with His People<\/h3>\n<p>In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11).<\/p>\n<p>The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of Ezekiel. God’s glory appears to the prophet Ezekiel while he is exiled in Babylon, meaning that his glory was no longer present at the Temple in Jerusalem. The reason God’s glory had departed from the Temple at that time becomes clear in Ezekiel’s vision in Ezekiel 8–11, in which the prophet sees the abominations that had polluted the Temple in Jerusalem. Without God’s presence, the Temple had become an empty shell awaiting destruction. God was not forcibly evicted by the superior might of the Babylonian army; he voluntarily departed because his people were defiled. Their sin drove him away from the land he had promised to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. For a time, the Lord went from Jerusalem to Babylon to become a sanctuary for the exiles there (see 11:16).<\/p>\n<p>God would not abandon his Temple forever. After pouring out his wrath in full measure, he would restore a remnant to their land and sanctify them by his Spirit so that he could once again dwell in their midst in a new sanctuary (37:26). God’s glory, dwelling among his people forever (43:1-5), is at the heart of Ezekiel’s vision of their restoration.<\/p>\n<p>The glory of God has come to live among us fully in the person of Jesus Christ. As John testifies, “We have seen his glory, the glory of the Father’s one and only Son” (John 1:14). The aged Simeon saw the baby Jesus brought to the Temple and described him as “a light to reveal God to the nations, and . . . the glory of your people Israel” (Luke 2:32). Jesus’ glory was veiled while he was on earth, though for a moment on the Mount of Transfiguration his radiance was revealed to his closest disciples (Matt 17:2). He experienced his own abandonment by God as he hung on the cross, bearing the curse for our sin (Matt 27:46). Now, as the exalted and glorified Lord, he sits at God’s right hand (Eph 1:19-20). By his Spirit, he has promised never to abandon us, but to be with us to the end of time (Matt 28:20).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 15:11; 33:18–34:8; 40:34; Ps 19:1-11; Isa 4:5-6; 6:3; 40:5; 42:8; 43:7; 58:8; 60:1-2; Ezek 1:1-28; 11:16; 37:26; 43:1-5; 44:4; Hab 2:14; Matt 17:2; 28:20; Luke 2:32; John 1:14; 2 Cor 4:4-6; Heb 1:3; Rev 21:10-11, 23<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>God’s Glory with His People<\/h3>\n<p>In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11).<\/p>\n<p>The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of Ezekiel. God’s glory appears to the prophet Ezekiel while he is exiled in Babylon, meaning that his glory was no longer present at the Temple in Jerusalem. The reason God’s glory had departed from the Temple at that time becomes clear in Ezekiel’s vision in Ezekiel 8–11, in which the prophet sees the abominations that had polluted the Temple in Jerusalem. Without God’s presence, the Temple had become an empty shell awaiting destruction. God was not forcibly evicted by the superior might of the Babylonian army; he voluntarily departed because his people were defiled. Their sin drove him away from the land he had promised to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. For a time, the Lord went from Jerusalem to Babylon to become a sanctuary for the exiles there (see 11:16).<\/p>\n<p>God would not abandon his Temple forever. After pouring out his wrath in full measure, he would restore a remnant to their land and sanctify them by his Spirit so that he could once again dwell in their midst in a new sanctuary (37:26). God’s glory, dwelling among his people forever (43:1-5), is at the heart of Ezekiel’s vision of their restoration.<\/p>\n<p>The glory of God has come to live among us fully in the person of Jesus Christ. As John testifies, “We have seen his glory, the glory of the Father’s one and only Son” (John 1:14). The aged Simeon saw the baby Jesus brought to the Temple and described him as “a light to reveal God to the nations, and . . . the glory of your people Israel” (Luke 2:32). Jesus’ glory was veiled while he was on earth, though for a moment on the Mount of Transfiguration his radiance was revealed to his closest disciples (Matt 17:2). He experienced his own abandonment by God as he hung on the cross, bearing the curse for our sin (Matt 27:46). Now, as the exalted and glorified Lord, he sits at God’s right hand (Eph 1:19-20). By his Spirit, he has promised never to abandon us, but to be with us to the end of time (Matt 28:20).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 15:11; 33:18–34:8; 40:34; Ps 19:1-11; Isa 4:5-6; 6:3; 40:5; 42:8; 43:7; 58:8; 60:1-2; Ezek 1:1-28; 11:16; 37:26; 43:1-5; 44:4; Hab 2:14; Matt 17:2; 28:20; Luke 2:32; John 1:14; 2 Cor 4:4-6; Heb 1:3; Rev 21:10-11, 23<\/p>","summary_ro":"God’s Glory with His People In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11). The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of ...","summary_en":"God’s Glory with His People In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11). The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":92387,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","title_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","content_ro":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","summary_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","summary_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":94480,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"The Sovereignty of God","title_en":"The Sovereignty of God","content_ro":"<h3>The Sovereignty of God<\/h3>\n<p>We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16).<\/p>\n<p>God’s sovereign hand is in everything. God is in control of the lives of all people (Ps 135:5-12), the universe, and the course of earth’s history (Isa 40:15-17; Acts 17:24; Col 1:15-20), directing it to his appointed ends (Isa 46:10; Dan 7:27-28; Matt 24:14-31; Rev 1:7-8).<\/p>\n<p>As demonstrated throughout 2 Kings, God exercises sovereign power and control over the affairs of nations. He installed and deposed the kings of Israel and Judah according to his purposes and according to the degree of their obedience. He permitted successful attacks against his people as punishment for their sins (2 Kgs 8:18-22). God was in control when the Assyrians attacked Samaria and brought down the northern kingdom (17:1-6, 18, 20). Hezekiah’s successes in Judah were due to the Lord’s blessings (18:5-7). God’s sovereign hand can be seen in all of the complex international events that happened, just as the Lord had promised, during the reigns of the final kings of Judah (23:26-27).<\/p>\n<p>God also displays his power in his answers to the prayers and petitions of his people. When Elisha prayed, God responded to his faithful prophet’s requests. Through Elisha he allowed the woman from Shunem to have a son and later brought that son back to life (4:17, 32-35). The Lord graciously answered the prayers of Jehoahaz and provided a rescuer for beleaguered Israel (13:4-5). He honored Hezekiah’s prayers for Jerusalem (19:1-7) and for his own life (20:1-6).<\/p>\n<p>Paul shows that God determines the course of salvation. Paul constantly explains the unexpected development of salvation history by appealing to what God has said and done. Human decisions alone cannot explain the situation, and God has said that he will show mercy to anyone he chooses (Rom 9:15). While theologians will continue to debate the role of God’s action and the role of human decision in salvation, God’s sovereignty stands out clearly.<\/p>\n<p>Because God is sovereign, his people rightly seek to live in harmony with his will (Rom 12:1-2), in the strength that he provides (see 1 Cor 1:8-9). We can follow the example of Christ in his prayer, “I want your will to be done, not mine” (Matt 26:39). The contemporary world has set God to the side and ignores the divine influence on the course of human affairs. But God’s decisions really do direct the world as well as the personal histories of those who trust him. When we live for God’s glory (Isa 42:8; Hab 2:14; Jude 1:24-25), whatever happens is also ultimately for our good (Ps 84:11; Eph 3:16-19; Col 1:27; 2 Thes 1:11-12), and we can confidently affirm that “God causes everything to work together for the good of those who love God and are called according to his purpose for them” (Rom 8:28)..<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 8:22; 9:29; Deut 4:39; 32:8, 39; Josh 2:11; 1 Sam 2:6-8; 2 Kgs 13:4-5; 17:1-6, 18-20; 18:5-7; 19:5-7; 20:4-6; Pss 24:1-2; 84:11; 135:5-12; Isa 40:15-17; 45:7; 46:10; Jer 27:5-7; Dan 7:27-28; Hab 2:14; John 19:11; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 8:28; 9:5-24; 1 Cor 1:8-9; Col 1:15-20; 2 Thes 1:11-12; Jude 1:24-25; Rev 1:7-8<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>The Sovereignty of God<\/h3>\n<p>We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16).<\/p>\n<p>God’s sovereign hand is in everything. God is in control of the lives of all people (Ps 135:5-12), the universe, and the course of earth’s history (Isa 40:15-17; Acts 17:24; Col 1:15-20), directing it to his appointed ends (Isa 46:10; Dan 7:27-28; Matt 24:14-31; Rev 1:7-8).<\/p>\n<p>As demonstrated throughout 2 Kings, God exercises sovereign power and control over the affairs of nations. He installed and deposed the kings of Israel and Judah according to his purposes and according to the degree of their obedience. He permitted successful attacks against his people as punishment for their sins (2 Kgs 8:18-22). God was in control when the Assyrians attacked Samaria and brought down the northern kingdom (17:1-6, 18, 20). Hezekiah’s successes in Judah were due to the Lord’s blessings (18:5-7). God’s sovereign hand can be seen in all of the complex international events that happened, just as the Lord had promised, during the reigns of the final kings of Judah (23:26-27).<\/p>\n<p>God also displays his power in his answers to the prayers and petitions of his people. When Elisha prayed, God responded to his faithful prophet’s requests. Through Elisha he allowed the woman from Shunem to have a son and later brought that son back to life (4:17, 32-35). The Lord graciously answered the prayers of Jehoahaz and provided a rescuer for beleaguered Israel (13:4-5). He honored Hezekiah’s prayers for Jerusalem (19:1-7) and for his own life (20:1-6).<\/p>\n<p>Paul shows that God determines the course of salvation. Paul constantly explains the unexpected development of salvation history by appealing to what God has said and done. Human decisions alone cannot explain the situation, and God has said that he will show mercy to anyone he chooses (Rom 9:15). While theologians will continue to debate the role of God’s action and the role of human decision in salvation, God’s sovereignty stands out clearly.<\/p>\n<p>Because God is sovereign, his people rightly seek to live in harmony with his will (Rom 12:1-2), in the strength that he provides (see 1 Cor 1:8-9). We can follow the example of Christ in his prayer, “I want your will to be done, not mine” (Matt 26:39). The contemporary world has set God to the side and ignores the divine influence on the course of human affairs. But God’s decisions really do direct the world as well as the personal histories of those who trust him. When we live for God’s glory (Isa 42:8; Hab 2:14; Jude 1:24-25), whatever happens is also ultimately for our good (Ps 84:11; Eph 3:16-19; Col 1:27; 2 Thes 1:11-12), and we can confidently affirm that “God causes everything to work together for the good of those who love God and are called according to his purpose for them” (Rom 8:28)..<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 8:22; 9:29; Deut 4:39; 32:8, 39; Josh 2:11; 1 Sam 2:6-8; 2 Kgs 13:4-5; 17:1-6, 18-20; 18:5-7; 19:5-7; 20:4-6; Pss 24:1-2; 84:11; 135:5-12; Isa 40:15-17; 45:7; 46:10; Jer 27:5-7; Dan 7:27-28; Hab 2:14; John 19:11; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 8:28; 9:5-24; 1 Cor 1:8-9; Col 1:15-20; 2 Thes 1:11-12; Jude 1:24-25; Rev 1:7-8<\/p>","summary_ro":"The Sovereignty of God We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16). God’s sovereign hand is in everyth...","summary_en":"The Sovereignty of God We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16). God’s sovereign hand is in everyth...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":119617,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"God’s Glory with His People","title_en":"God’s Glory with His People","content_ro":"<h3>God’s Glory with His People<\/h3>\n<p>In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11).<\/p>\n<p>The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of Ezekiel. God’s glory appears to the prophet Ezekiel while he is exiled in Babylon, meaning that his glory was no longer present at the Temple in Jerusalem. The reason God’s glory had departed from the Temple at that time becomes clear in Ezekiel’s vision in Ezekiel 8–11, in which the prophet sees the abominations that had polluted the Temple in Jerusalem. Without God’s presence, the Temple had become an empty shell awaiting destruction. God was not forcibly evicted by the superior might of the Babylonian army; he voluntarily departed because his people were defiled. Their sin drove him away from the land he had promised to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. For a time, the Lord went from Jerusalem to Babylon to become a sanctuary for the exiles there (see 11:16).<\/p>\n<p>God would not abandon his Temple forever. After pouring out his wrath in full measure, he would restore a remnant to their land and sanctify them by his Spirit so that he could once again dwell in their midst in a new sanctuary (37:26). God’s glory, dwelling among his people forever (43:1-5), is at the heart of Ezekiel’s vision of their restoration.<\/p>\n<p>The glory of God has come to live among us fully in the person of Jesus Christ. As John testifies, “We have seen his glory, the glory of the Father’s one and only Son” (John 1:14). The aged Simeon saw the baby Jesus brought to the Temple and described him as “a light to reveal God to the nations, and . . . the glory of your people Israel” (Luke 2:32). Jesus’ glory was veiled while he was on earth, though for a moment on the Mount of Transfiguration his radiance was revealed to his closest disciples (Matt 17:2). He experienced his own abandonment by God as he hung on the cross, bearing the curse for our sin (Matt 27:46). Now, as the exalted and glorified Lord, he sits at God’s right hand (Eph 1:19-20). By his Spirit, he has promised never to abandon us, but to be with us to the end of time (Matt 28:20).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 15:11; 33:18–34:8; 40:34; Ps 19:1-11; Isa 4:5-6; 6:3; 40:5; 42:8; 43:7; 58:8; 60:1-2; Ezek 1:1-28; 11:16; 37:26; 43:1-5; 44:4; Hab 2:14; Matt 17:2; 28:20; Luke 2:32; John 1:14; 2 Cor 4:4-6; Heb 1:3; Rev 21:10-11, 23<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>God’s Glory with His People<\/h3>\n<p>In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11).<\/p>\n<p>The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of Ezekiel. God’s glory appears to the prophet Ezekiel while he is exiled in Babylon, meaning that his glory was no longer present at the Temple in Jerusalem. The reason God’s glory had departed from the Temple at that time becomes clear in Ezekiel’s vision in Ezekiel 8–11, in which the prophet sees the abominations that had polluted the Temple in Jerusalem. Without God’s presence, the Temple had become an empty shell awaiting destruction. God was not forcibly evicted by the superior might of the Babylonian army; he voluntarily departed because his people were defiled. Their sin drove him away from the land he had promised to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. For a time, the Lord went from Jerusalem to Babylon to become a sanctuary for the exiles there (see 11:16).<\/p>\n<p>God would not abandon his Temple forever. After pouring out his wrath in full measure, he would restore a remnant to their land and sanctify them by his Spirit so that he could once again dwell in their midst in a new sanctuary (37:26). God’s glory, dwelling among his people forever (43:1-5), is at the heart of Ezekiel’s vision of their restoration.<\/p>\n<p>The glory of God has come to live among us fully in the person of Jesus Christ. As John testifies, “We have seen his glory, the glory of the Father’s one and only Son” (John 1:14). The aged Simeon saw the baby Jesus brought to the Temple and described him as “a light to reveal God to the nations, and . . . the glory of your people Israel” (Luke 2:32). Jesus’ glory was veiled while he was on earth, though for a moment on the Mount of Transfiguration his radiance was revealed to his closest disciples (Matt 17:2). He experienced his own abandonment by God as he hung on the cross, bearing the curse for our sin (Matt 27:46). Now, as the exalted and glorified Lord, he sits at God’s right hand (Eph 1:19-20). By his Spirit, he has promised never to abandon us, but to be with us to the end of time (Matt 28:20).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 15:11; 33:18–34:8; 40:34; Ps 19:1-11; Isa 4:5-6; 6:3; 40:5; 42:8; 43:7; 58:8; 60:1-2; Ezek 1:1-28; 11:16; 37:26; 43:1-5; 44:4; Hab 2:14; Matt 17:2; 28:20; Luke 2:32; John 1:14; 2 Cor 4:4-6; Heb 1:3; Rev 21:10-11, 23<\/p>","summary_ro":"God’s Glory with His People In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11). The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of ...","summary_en":"God’s Glory with His People In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11). The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":120013,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","title_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","content_ro":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","summary_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","summary_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":122106,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"The Sovereignty of God","title_en":"The Sovereignty of God","content_ro":"<h3>The Sovereignty of God<\/h3>\n<p>We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16).<\/p>\n<p>God’s sovereign hand is in everything. God is in control of the lives of all people (Ps 135:5-12), the universe, and the course of earth’s history (Isa 40:15-17; Acts 17:24; Col 1:15-20), directing it to his appointed ends (Isa 46:10; Dan 7:27-28; Matt 24:14-31; Rev 1:7-8).<\/p>\n<p>As demonstrated throughout 2 Kings, God exercises sovereign power and control over the affairs of nations. He installed and deposed the kings of Israel and Judah according to his purposes and according to the degree of their obedience. He permitted successful attacks against his people as punishment for their sins (2 Kgs 8:18-22). God was in control when the Assyrians attacked Samaria and brought down the northern kingdom (17:1-6, 18, 20). Hezekiah’s successes in Judah were due to the Lord’s blessings (18:5-7). God’s sovereign hand can be seen in all of the complex international events that happened, just as the Lord had promised, during the reigns of the final kings of Judah (23:26-27).<\/p>\n<p>God also displays his power in his answers to the prayers and petitions of his people. When Elisha prayed, God responded to his faithful prophet’s requests. Through Elisha he allowed the woman from Shunem to have a son and later brought that son back to life (4:17, 32-35). The Lord graciously answered the prayers of Jehoahaz and provided a rescuer for beleaguered Israel (13:4-5). He honored Hezekiah’s prayers for Jerusalem (19:1-7) and for his own life (20:1-6).<\/p>\n<p>Paul shows that God determines the course of salvation. Paul constantly explains the unexpected development of salvation history by appealing to what God has said and done. Human decisions alone cannot explain the situation, and God has said that he will show mercy to anyone he chooses (Rom 9:15). While theologians will continue to debate the role of God’s action and the role of human decision in salvation, God’s sovereignty stands out clearly.<\/p>\n<p>Because God is sovereign, his people rightly seek to live in harmony with his will (Rom 12:1-2), in the strength that he provides (see 1 Cor 1:8-9). We can follow the example of Christ in his prayer, “I want your will to be done, not mine” (Matt 26:39). The contemporary world has set God to the side and ignores the divine influence on the course of human affairs. But God’s decisions really do direct the world as well as the personal histories of those who trust him. When we live for God’s glory (Isa 42:8; Hab 2:14; Jude 1:24-25), whatever happens is also ultimately for our good (Ps 84:11; Eph 3:16-19; Col 1:27; 2 Thes 1:11-12), and we can confidently affirm that “God causes everything to work together for the good of those who love God and are called according to his purpose for them” (Rom 8:28)..<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 8:22; 9:29; Deut 4:39; 32:8, 39; Josh 2:11; 1 Sam 2:6-8; 2 Kgs 13:4-5; 17:1-6, 18-20; 18:5-7; 19:5-7; 20:4-6; Pss 24:1-2; 84:11; 135:5-12; Isa 40:15-17; 45:7; 46:10; Jer 27:5-7; Dan 7:27-28; Hab 2:14; John 19:11; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 8:28; 9:5-24; 1 Cor 1:8-9; Col 1:15-20; 2 Thes 1:11-12; Jude 1:24-25; Rev 1:7-8<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>The Sovereignty of God<\/h3>\n<p>We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16).<\/p>\n<p>God’s sovereign hand is in everything. God is in control of the lives of all people (Ps 135:5-12), the universe, and the course of earth’s history (Isa 40:15-17; Acts 17:24; Col 1:15-20), directing it to his appointed ends (Isa 46:10; Dan 7:27-28; Matt 24:14-31; Rev 1:7-8).<\/p>\n<p>As demonstrated throughout 2 Kings, God exercises sovereign power and control over the affairs of nations. He installed and deposed the kings of Israel and Judah according to his purposes and according to the degree of their obedience. He permitted successful attacks against his people as punishment for their sins (2 Kgs 8:18-22). God was in control when the Assyrians attacked Samaria and brought down the northern kingdom (17:1-6, 18, 20). Hezekiah’s successes in Judah were due to the Lord’s blessings (18:5-7). God’s sovereign hand can be seen in all of the complex international events that happened, just as the Lord had promised, during the reigns of the final kings of Judah (23:26-27).<\/p>\n<p>God also displays his power in his answers to the prayers and petitions of his people. When Elisha prayed, God responded to his faithful prophet’s requests. Through Elisha he allowed the woman from Shunem to have a son and later brought that son back to life (4:17, 32-35). The Lord graciously answered the prayers of Jehoahaz and provided a rescuer for beleaguered Israel (13:4-5). He honored Hezekiah’s prayers for Jerusalem (19:1-7) and for his own life (20:1-6).<\/p>\n<p>Paul shows that God determines the course of salvation. Paul constantly explains the unexpected development of salvation history by appealing to what God has said and done. Human decisions alone cannot explain the situation, and God has said that he will show mercy to anyone he chooses (Rom 9:15). While theologians will continue to debate the role of God’s action and the role of human decision in salvation, God’s sovereignty stands out clearly.<\/p>\n<p>Because God is sovereign, his people rightly seek to live in harmony with his will (Rom 12:1-2), in the strength that he provides (see 1 Cor 1:8-9). We can follow the example of Christ in his prayer, “I want your will to be done, not mine” (Matt 26:39). The contemporary world has set God to the side and ignores the divine influence on the course of human affairs. But God’s decisions really do direct the world as well as the personal histories of those who trust him. When we live for God’s glory (Isa 42:8; Hab 2:14; Jude 1:24-25), whatever happens is also ultimately for our good (Ps 84:11; Eph 3:16-19; Col 1:27; 2 Thes 1:11-12), and we can confidently affirm that “God causes everything to work together for the good of those who love God and are called according to his purpose for them” (Rom 8:28)..<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 8:22; 9:29; Deut 4:39; 32:8, 39; Josh 2:11; 1 Sam 2:6-8; 2 Kgs 13:4-5; 17:1-6, 18-20; 18:5-7; 19:5-7; 20:4-6; Pss 24:1-2; 84:11; 135:5-12; Isa 40:15-17; 45:7; 46:10; Jer 27:5-7; Dan 7:27-28; Hab 2:14; John 19:11; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 8:28; 9:5-24; 1 Cor 1:8-9; Col 1:15-20; 2 Thes 1:11-12; Jude 1:24-25; Rev 1:7-8<\/p>","summary_ro":"The Sovereignty of God We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16). God’s sovereign hand is in everyth...","summary_en":"The Sovereignty of God We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16). God’s sovereign hand is in everyth...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":147243,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"God’s Glory with His People","title_en":"God’s Glory with His People","content_ro":"<h3>God’s Glory with His People<\/h3>\n<p>In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11).<\/p>\n<p>The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of Ezekiel. God’s glory appears to the prophet Ezekiel while he is exiled in Babylon, meaning that his glory was no longer present at the Temple in Jerusalem. The reason God’s glory had departed from the Temple at that time becomes clear in Ezekiel’s vision in Ezekiel 8–11, in which the prophet sees the abominations that had polluted the Temple in Jerusalem. Without God’s presence, the Temple had become an empty shell awaiting destruction. God was not forcibly evicted by the superior might of the Babylonian army; he voluntarily departed because his people were defiled. Their sin drove him away from the land he had promised to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. For a time, the Lord went from Jerusalem to Babylon to become a sanctuary for the exiles there (see 11:16).<\/p>\n<p>God would not abandon his Temple forever. After pouring out his wrath in full measure, he would restore a remnant to their land and sanctify them by his Spirit so that he could once again dwell in their midst in a new sanctuary (37:26). God’s glory, dwelling among his people forever (43:1-5), is at the heart of Ezekiel’s vision of their restoration.<\/p>\n<p>The glory of God has come to live among us fully in the person of Jesus Christ. As John testifies, “We have seen his glory, the glory of the Father’s one and only Son” (John 1:14). The aged Simeon saw the baby Jesus brought to the Temple and described him as “a light to reveal God to the nations, and . . . the glory of your people Israel” (Luke 2:32). Jesus’ glory was veiled while he was on earth, though for a moment on the Mount of Transfiguration his radiance was revealed to his closest disciples (Matt 17:2). He experienced his own abandonment by God as he hung on the cross, bearing the curse for our sin (Matt 27:46). Now, as the exalted and glorified Lord, he sits at God’s right hand (Eph 1:19-20). By his Spirit, he has promised never to abandon us, but to be with us to the end of time (Matt 28:20).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 15:11; 33:18–34:8; 40:34; Ps 19:1-11; Isa 4:5-6; 6:3; 40:5; 42:8; 43:7; 58:8; 60:1-2; Ezek 1:1-28; 11:16; 37:26; 43:1-5; 44:4; Hab 2:14; Matt 17:2; 28:20; Luke 2:32; John 1:14; 2 Cor 4:4-6; Heb 1:3; Rev 21:10-11, 23<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>God’s Glory with His People<\/h3>\n<p>In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11).<\/p>\n<p>The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of Ezekiel. God’s glory appears to the prophet Ezekiel while he is exiled in Babylon, meaning that his glory was no longer present at the Temple in Jerusalem. The reason God’s glory had departed from the Temple at that time becomes clear in Ezekiel’s vision in Ezekiel 8–11, in which the prophet sees the abominations that had polluted the Temple in Jerusalem. Without God’s presence, the Temple had become an empty shell awaiting destruction. God was not forcibly evicted by the superior might of the Babylonian army; he voluntarily departed because his people were defiled. Their sin drove him away from the land he had promised to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. For a time, the Lord went from Jerusalem to Babylon to become a sanctuary for the exiles there (see 11:16).<\/p>\n<p>God would not abandon his Temple forever. After pouring out his wrath in full measure, he would restore a remnant to their land and sanctify them by his Spirit so that he could once again dwell in their midst in a new sanctuary (37:26). God’s glory, dwelling among his people forever (43:1-5), is at the heart of Ezekiel’s vision of their restoration.<\/p>\n<p>The glory of God has come to live among us fully in the person of Jesus Christ. As John testifies, “We have seen his glory, the glory of the Father’s one and only Son” (John 1:14). The aged Simeon saw the baby Jesus brought to the Temple and described him as “a light to reveal God to the nations, and . . . the glory of your people Israel” (Luke 2:32). Jesus’ glory was veiled while he was on earth, though for a moment on the Mount of Transfiguration his radiance was revealed to his closest disciples (Matt 17:2). He experienced his own abandonment by God as he hung on the cross, bearing the curse for our sin (Matt 27:46). Now, as the exalted and glorified Lord, he sits at God’s right hand (Eph 1:19-20). By his Spirit, he has promised never to abandon us, but to be with us to the end of time (Matt 28:20).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 15:11; 33:18–34:8; 40:34; Ps 19:1-11; Isa 4:5-6; 6:3; 40:5; 42:8; 43:7; 58:8; 60:1-2; Ezek 1:1-28; 11:16; 37:26; 43:1-5; 44:4; Hab 2:14; Matt 17:2; 28:20; Luke 2:32; John 1:14; 2 Cor 4:4-6; Heb 1:3; Rev 21:10-11, 23<\/p>","summary_ro":"God’s Glory with His People In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11). The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of ...","summary_en":"God’s Glory with His People In ancient Israel, God’s glory was particularly manifest at the central sanctuaries that had been built for him. When the Israelites completed construction of the Tabernacle, that sacred space became filled with the glory of the Lord (Exod 40:34-35). Likewise, after the Temple was completed and the Ark of the Covenant was brought in, God’s glorious presence filled the Temple (1 Kgs 8:10-11). The presence and absence of God’s glory is a central theme in the book of ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":147639,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","title_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose","content_ro":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose<\/h3>\n<p>God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14).<\/p>\n<p>But often the ways in which God works out his purposes are confusing to his people. Such perplexity is evidenced in the prophetic book of Habakkuk. Habakkuk had a candid relationship with God: The prophet felt free to bring his honest concerns to the Lord, and God did not rebuke him for doing so. From Habakkuk’s perspective, God seemed inactive in the face of the violence and social injustice plaguing Judah (Hab 1:2-4). God then revealed that he would take action: He was going to raise up the Babylonians—a nation even more wicked than Judah—to punish Judah (1:5-11). This further perplexed Habakkuk. Yet God’s assurance that justice would be done, along with a vision of God’s glory, brought the prophet to settled faith and praise (3:16-19).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s journey is similar to that of most believers. When times of doubt and discouragement come, believers can approach the Lord and pour out their questions and concerns to him. He may not provide all the answers, and the answers he does provide may not be what we want to hear. But like Habakkuk, we may receive a fresh glimpse of who God is and what he is like, which will enable us to renew our trust in the One who is in control.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Deut 29:29; Pss 47:9; 139:6; 145:3; Isa 55:8-9; Dan 4:25, 35; Hab 1:2-11; 2:2-20; 3:2-19; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 11:33-34; 13:1; Eph 1:3-10; Col 1:15-20; 2 Pet 3:15<\/p>","summary_ro":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","summary_en":"Human Perplexity and God’s Purpose God is not an absent deity, or one who only intervenes on a rare occasion. He is intimately involved and active in what comes to pass in this world so that everything might work toward his purpose (2:3, 14; see also Ps 47:9; Acts 17:24-26; Col 1:15-20). The Lord is a holy and merciful God who acts in history to redeem his people (Hab 3:2-15; see also Eph 1:3-10; 2 Pet 3:15) so that all may ultimately see his glory (Hab 2:14). But often the ways in which God ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":149732,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"The Sovereignty of God","title_en":"The Sovereignty of God","content_ro":"<h3>The Sovereignty of God<\/h3>\n<p>We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16).<\/p>\n<p>God’s sovereign hand is in everything. God is in control of the lives of all people (Ps 135:5-12), the universe, and the course of earth’s history (Isa 40:15-17; Acts 17:24; Col 1:15-20), directing it to his appointed ends (Isa 46:10; Dan 7:27-28; Matt 24:14-31; Rev 1:7-8).<\/p>\n<p>As demonstrated throughout 2 Kings, God exercises sovereign power and control over the affairs of nations. He installed and deposed the kings of Israel and Judah according to his purposes and according to the degree of their obedience. He permitted successful attacks against his people as punishment for their sins (2 Kgs 8:18-22). God was in control when the Assyrians attacked Samaria and brought down the northern kingdom (17:1-6, 18, 20). Hezekiah’s successes in Judah were due to the Lord’s blessings (18:5-7). God’s sovereign hand can be seen in all of the complex international events that happened, just as the Lord had promised, during the reigns of the final kings of Judah (23:26-27).<\/p>\n<p>God also displays his power in his answers to the prayers and petitions of his people. When Elisha prayed, God responded to his faithful prophet’s requests. Through Elisha he allowed the woman from Shunem to have a son and later brought that son back to life (4:17, 32-35). The Lord graciously answered the prayers of Jehoahaz and provided a rescuer for beleaguered Israel (13:4-5). He honored Hezekiah’s prayers for Jerusalem (19:1-7) and for his own life (20:1-6).<\/p>\n<p>Paul shows that God determines the course of salvation. Paul constantly explains the unexpected development of salvation history by appealing to what God has said and done. Human decisions alone cannot explain the situation, and God has said that he will show mercy to anyone he chooses (Rom 9:15). While theologians will continue to debate the role of God’s action and the role of human decision in salvation, God’s sovereignty stands out clearly.<\/p>\n<p>Because God is sovereign, his people rightly seek to live in harmony with his will (Rom 12:1-2), in the strength that he provides (see 1 Cor 1:8-9). We can follow the example of Christ in his prayer, “I want your will to be done, not mine” (Matt 26:39). The contemporary world has set God to the side and ignores the divine influence on the course of human affairs. But God’s decisions really do direct the world as well as the personal histories of those who trust him. When we live for God’s glory (Isa 42:8; Hab 2:14; Jude 1:24-25), whatever happens is also ultimately for our good (Ps 84:11; Eph 3:16-19; Col 1:27; 2 Thes 1:11-12), and we can confidently affirm that “God causes everything to work together for the good of those who love God and are called according to his purpose for them” (Rom 8:28)..<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 8:22; 9:29; Deut 4:39; 32:8, 39; Josh 2:11; 1 Sam 2:6-8; 2 Kgs 13:4-5; 17:1-6, 18-20; 18:5-7; 19:5-7; 20:4-6; Pss 24:1-2; 84:11; 135:5-12; Isa 40:15-17; 45:7; 46:10; Jer 27:5-7; Dan 7:27-28; Hab 2:14; John 19:11; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 8:28; 9:5-24; 1 Cor 1:8-9; Col 1:15-20; 2 Thes 1:11-12; Jude 1:24-25; Rev 1:7-8<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>The Sovereignty of God<\/h3>\n<p>We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16).<\/p>\n<p>God’s sovereign hand is in everything. God is in control of the lives of all people (Ps 135:5-12), the universe, and the course of earth’s history (Isa 40:15-17; Acts 17:24; Col 1:15-20), directing it to his appointed ends (Isa 46:10; Dan 7:27-28; Matt 24:14-31; Rev 1:7-8).<\/p>\n<p>As demonstrated throughout 2 Kings, God exercises sovereign power and control over the affairs of nations. He installed and deposed the kings of Israel and Judah according to his purposes and according to the degree of their obedience. He permitted successful attacks against his people as punishment for their sins (2 Kgs 8:18-22). God was in control when the Assyrians attacked Samaria and brought down the northern kingdom (17:1-6, 18, 20). Hezekiah’s successes in Judah were due to the Lord’s blessings (18:5-7). God’s sovereign hand can be seen in all of the complex international events that happened, just as the Lord had promised, during the reigns of the final kings of Judah (23:26-27).<\/p>\n<p>God also displays his power in his answers to the prayers and petitions of his people. When Elisha prayed, God responded to his faithful prophet’s requests. Through Elisha he allowed the woman from Shunem to have a son and later brought that son back to life (4:17, 32-35). The Lord graciously answered the prayers of Jehoahaz and provided a rescuer for beleaguered Israel (13:4-5). He honored Hezekiah’s prayers for Jerusalem (19:1-7) and for his own life (20:1-6).<\/p>\n<p>Paul shows that God determines the course of salvation. Paul constantly explains the unexpected development of salvation history by appealing to what God has said and done. Human decisions alone cannot explain the situation, and God has said that he will show mercy to anyone he chooses (Rom 9:15). While theologians will continue to debate the role of God’s action and the role of human decision in salvation, God’s sovereignty stands out clearly.<\/p>\n<p>Because God is sovereign, his people rightly seek to live in harmony with his will (Rom 12:1-2), in the strength that he provides (see 1 Cor 1:8-9). We can follow the example of Christ in his prayer, “I want your will to be done, not mine” (Matt 26:39). The contemporary world has set God to the side and ignores the divine influence on the course of human affairs. But God’s decisions really do direct the world as well as the personal histories of those who trust him. When we live for God’s glory (Isa 42:8; Hab 2:14; Jude 1:24-25), whatever happens is also ultimately for our good (Ps 84:11; Eph 3:16-19; Col 1:27; 2 Thes 1:11-12), and we can confidently affirm that “God causes everything to work together for the good of those who love God and are called according to his purpose for them” (Rom 8:28)..<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Exod 8:22; 9:29; Deut 4:39; 32:8, 39; Josh 2:11; 1 Sam 2:6-8; 2 Kgs 13:4-5; 17:1-6, 18-20; 18:5-7; 19:5-7; 20:4-6; Pss 24:1-2; 84:11; 135:5-12; Isa 40:15-17; 45:7; 46:10; Jer 27:5-7; Dan 7:27-28; Hab 2:14; John 19:11; Acts 17:24-26; Rom 8:28; 9:5-24; 1 Cor 1:8-9; Col 1:15-20; 2 Thes 1:11-12; Jude 1:24-25; Rev 1:7-8<\/p>","summary_ro":"The Sovereignty of God We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16). God’s sovereign hand is in everyth...","summary_en":"The Sovereignty of God We human beings always want to think that we are in charge. We think that by our decisions and actions we can determine what will happen. However, Scripture confronts us with quite a different scenario, pointing again and again to the ultimate sovereignty of God (see, e.g., Deut 4:39; Ps 135:5-7; Isa 46:8-11; Jude 1:24-25). Although human decisions and actions are significant, the will of God is vastly more important (see Jas 4:13-16). God’s sovereign hand is in everyth...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"15":[{"id":14916,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Book of Habakkuk","title_en":"Book of Habakkuk","content_ro":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","summary_ro":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","summary_en":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","source":"Articles\/H.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":54182,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:15","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:15","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:15-17<\/strong> In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, <em>animals<\/em><em>,<\/em> and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his <em>neighbors drunk<\/em><em>,<\/em> strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from <em>the cup of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span><em>’s judgment<\/em> (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:15-17<\/strong> In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, <em>animals<\/em><em>,<\/em> and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his <em>neighbors drunk<\/em><em>,<\/em> strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from <em>the cup of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span><em>’s judgment<\/em> (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:15-17 In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, animals, and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his neighbors drunk, strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from the cup of the Lord’s judgment (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).","summary_en":"2:15-17 In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, animals, and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his neighbors drunk, strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from the cup of the Lord’s judgment (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":81808,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:15","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:15","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:15-17<\/strong> In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, <em>animals<\/em><em>,<\/em> and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his <em>neighbors drunk<\/em><em>,<\/em> strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from <em>the cup of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span><em>’s judgment<\/em> (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:15-17<\/strong> In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, <em>animals<\/em><em>,<\/em> and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his <em>neighbors drunk<\/em><em>,<\/em> strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from <em>the cup of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span><em>’s judgment<\/em> (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:15-17 In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, animals, and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his neighbors drunk, strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from the cup of the Lord’s judgment (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).","summary_en":"2:15-17 In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, animals, and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his neighbors drunk, strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from the cup of the Lord’s judgment (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":109434,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:15","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:15","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:15-17<\/strong> In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, <em>animals<\/em><em>,<\/em> and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his <em>neighbors drunk<\/em><em>,<\/em> strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from <em>the cup of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span><em>’s judgment<\/em> (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:15-17<\/strong> In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, <em>animals<\/em><em>,<\/em> and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his <em>neighbors drunk<\/em><em>,<\/em> strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from <em>the cup of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span><em>’s judgment<\/em> (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:15-17 In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, animals, and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his neighbors drunk, strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from the cup of the Lord’s judgment (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).","summary_en":"2:15-17 In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, animals, and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his neighbors drunk, strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from the cup of the Lord’s judgment (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":137060,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:15","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:15","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:15-17<\/strong> In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, <em>animals<\/em><em>,<\/em> and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his <em>neighbors drunk<\/em><em>,<\/em> strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from <em>the cup of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span><em>’s judgment<\/em> (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:15-17<\/strong> In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, <em>animals<\/em><em>,<\/em> and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his <em>neighbors drunk<\/em><em>,<\/em> strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from <em>the cup of the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span><em>’s judgment<\/em> (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:15-17 In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, animals, and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his neighbors drunk, strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from the cup of the Lord’s judgment (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).","summary_en":"2:15-17 In the fourth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their disgraceful acts against people, animals, and the environment. They are like a man who seems to be hospitable, but after getting his neighbors drunk, strips them of everything. However, the Babylonians will be disgraced after drinking from the cup of the Lord’s judgment (see Jer 25:15-17; cp. John 18:11).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"16":[{"id":33162,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Right Hand","title_en":"Right Hand","content_ro":"<h3>RIGHT HAND<\/h3>\n<p>The word “right” in the Bible is often used in the sense of “being straight”; it is used to describe that which is just or righteous (cf. Gn 18:25). Figuratively speaking, God’s right hand is the means whereby victories are obtained for the people of God (Pss 17:7, 98:1); it is also an instrument of punishment for the ungodly (Hb 2:16). While the right hand of man is impotent to save (Jb 40:14), God’s right hand sustains his children in the hour of need (Ps 139:10). Furthermore, God promises to strengthen the right hand of the person he purposes to help (Is 41:13).<\/p>\n<p>To be at the right hand of God is to occupy a place of the choicest blessings (Ps 16:11); it is the place where the Lord Jesus Christ now reigns in glory and intercedes for those he has redeemed (Rom 8:34).<\/p>\n<p>To offer the right hand of fellowship is to extend the warmest and most accepting type of camaraderie (Gal 2:9). Giving the right hand as the sign of a pledge also has a biblical antecedent (2 Kgs 10:15).<\/p>\n<p>Although the left hand is often linked to blessings (Prv 3:16), it may also be associated with treachery or other undesirable activity (Eccl 10:2).<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Hand.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>RIGHT HAND<\/h3>\n<p>The word “right” in the Bible is often used in the sense of “being straight”; it is used to describe that which is just or righteous (cf. Gn 18:25). Figuratively speaking, God’s right hand is the means whereby victories are obtained for the people of God (Pss 17:7, 98:1); it is also an instrument of punishment for the ungodly (Hb 2:16). While the right hand of man is impotent to save (Jb 40:14), God’s right hand sustains his children in the hour of need (Ps 139:10). Furthermore, God promises to strengthen the right hand of the person he purposes to help (Is 41:13).<\/p>\n<p>To be at the right hand of God is to occupy a place of the choicest blessings (Ps 16:11); it is the place where the Lord Jesus Christ now reigns in glory and intercedes for those he has redeemed (Rom 8:34).<\/p>\n<p>To offer the right hand of fellowship is to extend the warmest and most accepting type of camaraderie (Gal 2:9). Giving the right hand as the sign of a pledge also has a biblical antecedent (2 Kgs 10:15).<\/p>\n<p>Although the left hand is often linked to blessings (Prv 3:16), it may also be associated with treachery or other undesirable activity (Eccl 10:2).<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Hand.<\/p>","summary_ro":"RIGHT HAND The word “right” in the Bible is often used in the sense of “being straight”; it is used to describe that which is just or righteous (cf. Gn 18:25). Figuratively speaking, God’s right hand is the means whereby victories are obtained for the people of God (Pss 17:7, 98:1); it is also an instrument of punishment for the ungodly (Hb 2:16). While the right hand of man is impotent to save (Jb 40:14), God’s right hand sustains his children in the hour of need (Ps 139:10). Furthermore, Go...","summary_en":"RIGHT HAND The word “right” in the Bible is often used in the sense of “being straight”; it is used to describe that which is just or righteous (cf. Gn 18:25). Figuratively speaking, God’s right hand is the means whereby victories are obtained for the people of God (Pss 17:7, 98:1); it is also an instrument of punishment for the ungodly (Hb 2:16). While the right hand of man is impotent to save (Jb 40:14), God’s right hand sustains his children in the hour of need (Ps 139:10). Furthermore, Go...","source":"Articles\/R.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"17":[{"id":4161,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Behemoth","title_en":"Behemoth","content_ro":"<h3>BEHEMOTH<\/h3>\n<p>Hebrew word in plural form usually translated “beasts” or “wild animals” (as in Dt 28:26; 32:24; Ps 50:10; Is 18:6; 2 Esd 6:49, 51; Hb 2:17). Most English versions refer only once to “behemoth,” where the context seems to refer to a specific animal, large and powerful, believed by many biblical scholars to be the hippopotamus (Jb 40:15). In ancient times, the hippopotamus was well known in Egypt and may have inhabited the Jordan Valley. Job 40:23 may, however, refer to any river swollen like the Jordan in flood season.<\/p>\n<p><em>See<\/em> Animals.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>BEHEMOTH<\/h3>\n<p>Hebrew word in plural form usually translated “beasts” or “wild animals” (as in Dt 28:26; 32:24; Ps 50:10; Is 18:6; 2 Esd 6:49, 51; Hb 2:17). Most English versions refer only once to “behemoth,” where the context seems to refer to a specific animal, large and powerful, believed by many biblical scholars to be the hippopotamus (Jb 40:15). In ancient times, the hippopotamus was well known in Egypt and may have inhabited the Jordan Valley. Job 40:23 may, however, refer to any river swollen like the Jordan in flood season.<\/p>\n<p><em>See<\/em> Animals.<\/p>","summary_ro":"BEHEMOTH Hebrew word in plural form usually translated “beasts” or “wild animals” (as in Dt 28:26; 32:24; Ps 50:10; Is 18:6; 2 Esd 6:49, 51; Hb 2:17). Most English versions refer only once to “behemoth,” where the context seems to refer to a specific animal, large and powerful, believed by many biblical scholars to be the hippopotamus (Jb 40:15). In ancient times, the hippopotamus was well known in Egypt and may have inhabited the Jordan Valley. Job 40:23 may, however, refer to any river swol...","summary_en":"BEHEMOTH Hebrew word in plural form usually translated “beasts” or “wild animals” (as in Dt 28:26; 32:24; Ps 50:10; Is 18:6; 2 Esd 6:49, 51; Hb 2:17). Most English versions refer only once to “behemoth,” where the context seems to refer to a specific animal, large and powerful, believed by many biblical scholars to be the hippopotamus (Jb 40:15). In ancient times, the hippopotamus was well known in Egypt and may have inhabited the Jordan Valley. Job 40:23 may, however, refer to any river swol...","source":"Articles\/B.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":22913,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Lebanon","title_en":"Lebanon","content_ro":"<h3>LEBANON<\/h3>\n<p>Region mentioned only in the OT, although its towns, including Tyre and Sidon, are named in the NT. The name Lebanon generally refers to the double range of mountains that commences near Tyre and runs northeast following the Mediterranean coast. The two Lebanon ranges are parallel to one another, Lebanon to the west and Anti-Lebanon to the east. The name Lebanon is derived from the Hebrew root <span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">l-b-n<\/span><em>,<\/em> meaning “white,” which may reflect either the white limestone of the mountains or the snow that lay on the mountains for six months of the year (Jer 18:14).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Geography\">Geography<\/p>\n<p>At the southern end the Lebanon ranges are a direct continuation of the hills of northern Galilee, with Mt Hermon (Sirion, Senir) very prominent in the Anti-Lebanon range, rising to 9,230 feet (2,813.3 meters). The two ranges are divided by a broad valley, the valley of Lebanon (Jos 11:17) or “the entrance of Hamath” (Nm 34:8), the modern Beqa’a.<\/p>\n<p>In the south the Lebanon range is separated from the Galilee hills by a deep east-west gorge through which the Litani River flows, entering the Mediterranean just north of Tyre. In its upper courses it follows the Beqa’a Valley in a northeasterly direction almost to Baalbek. The Lebanon ridge, about 100 miles (160.9 kilometers) long, stretches north to the east-west valley of the Nahr el-Kebir and is marked by a series of peaks. In the south are Gebel Rihan, Tomat, and Gebel Niha (ranging from 5,350 feet to nearly 6,230 feet, or 1,636.7 to 1,898.9 meters, high) east of Sidon. In the center lie Gebel Baruk, Gebel Kuneiyiseh, and Gebel Sunnin (7,220 feet, 6,890 feet, and 8,530 feet high, or 2,200.7 meters, 2,100.1 meters, and 2,599.9 meters high, respectively) east of Beirut. Further north, to the east of Tripoli, lies Qurnet es-Sauda, which reaches 9,840 feet (2,999.2 meters), and Qurnet Aruba, about 7,320 feet (2,231.1 meters) high.<\/p>\n<p>These high mountains trap the rain coming from the Mediterranean, providing both the mountain areas and the coastal strip below with good rainfall; beyond the mountains, the rainfall drops. It is along the coastal strip between the mountains and the sea that the Phoenicians flourished and towns like Tyre, Zarephath, Sidon, Berytus (Beirut), Byblos (Gebal), and Tripoli were established. The coastal area has a number of headlands that are extensions of the mountain range. The coastal road had to be cut around or through these spurs. A good example is the headland of Nahr el-Kelb, a little to the north of Beirut.<\/p>\n<p>On the east side of the Lebanon range is the Beqa’a Valley. The Orontes River rises in the north of this valley and flows north to enter the Mediterranean north of ancient Ugarit. This whole valley region was known in classical literature as Coele-syria (Hollow Syria). It was the “breadbasket” of the Romans.<\/p>\n<p>To the east of the Beqa’a Valley is the Anti-Lebanon range, in which the Barada River rises and flows east toward the fertile oasis of Damascus. Mt Hermon, in the southern part of the range, was known as Sirion by the Phoenicians and Senir by the Amorites (Dt 3:9).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Resources\">Resources<\/p>\n<p>Lebanon was famous in antiquity for its rich forests of fir and cedar. The coastal areas, the Beqa’a Valley, and the lower slopes of the mountains were suitable for olive trees, fruit trees, and vineyards, as well as some grain crops. One important product came from the sea: a mollusk of the gastropoda class from which a red or purple dye was obtained. The name “Phoenician” derived from the Greek <span class=\"greek\" lang=\"el\">phoinos<\/span><em>,<\/em> red-purple. Wool dyed purple was available in Ugarit about 1500 <span>BC<\/span>. The Phoenicians had a monopoly on this industry for centuries. The people of Israel, who used a great deal of purple dye in their tabernacle furnishings (Ex 26) and the garments of their priests (Ex 28:4-6; 39:1, 28-29), probably obtained the dye from the Phoenicians.<\/p>\n<p>King Solomon had significant trading relations with Phoenicia. To build the temple in Jerusalem, cedar and fir were obtained from Hiram I of Tyre (1 Kgs 5:6, 9, 14; 7:2; 10:17, 21; 2 Chr 2:8, 16). Solomon paid for this timber in wheat and olive oil (1 Kgs 5:11). The trees were floated down by sea to a point in Solomon’s domain and transported from there to Jerusalem. Cedar and fir trees from Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon provided ships for Tyre (Ez 27:5), sacred barges and furniture for Egypt, and timber for building the second temple in Jerusalem (Ezr 3:7).<\/p>\n<p>From the ports of Lebanon, the Phoenicians traded with many lands. They mastered the art of shipbuilding, and their ships were used in peace and in war. A vivid picture of the trading activities of traders from Tyre, Sidon, Gebal, and Arvad is given in Ezekiel 27, where the extent and nature of their trade is given in considerable detail.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"History\">History<\/p>\n<p>The area became of interest to the Egyptians during the fourth dynasty (c. 2600 <span>BC<\/span>) when Pharaoh Snofru acquired 40 shiploads of cedar from Lebanon. Byblos fell under Egyptian influence during the 12th dynasty (c. 1980–1800 <span>BC<\/span>) and Egyptians gave golden ornaments in exchange for cedar. During the 18th dynasty (c. 1552–1306 <span>BC<\/span>), Egypt conquered Syria, and the records speak regularly of cedar being taken as tribute. Later an envoy of Ramses XI named Wenamon paid dearly for the cedar (c. 1100 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>When Egyptian power waned, the Assyrians controlled the area and took vast quantities of cedar as tribute from the days of Tiglath-pileser I (c. 1100 <span>BC<\/span>) onward. Nebuchadnezzar and the Babylonian nation likewise controlled Lebanon and took away large quantities of cedar to build temples and palaces. The spoiling of Lebanon’s forests was spoken of by Isaiah (Is 14:8) and Habakkuk (Hb 2:17). In later centuries Lebanon passed successively under the domination of Persians, Greeks, and Romans.<\/p>\n<p>In NT times the towns of Tyre and Sidon are generally coupled together (Mt 15:21; Mk 3:8; 7:24, 31; Lk 6:17; 10:13-14; Acts 12:20), though sometimes they are referred to alone (Acts 21:3, 7). A Greek woman who was a Syro-Phoenician is referred to in Mark 7:26. Jesus preached in these areas during his ministry. In biblical poetry the tall cedars of Lebanon were a symbol of majesty and strength (Jgs 9:15; 2 Kgs 14:9; Pss 92:12; 104:16; Is 35:2; 60:13). They were also a symbol of earthly pride that would be broken before the wrath of God one day (Ps 29:5; Is 2:13; 10:34; Jer 22:6; Ez 31:3).<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>LEBANON<\/h3>\n<p>Region mentioned only in the OT, although its towns, including Tyre and Sidon, are named in the NT. The name Lebanon generally refers to the double range of mountains that commences near Tyre and runs northeast following the Mediterranean coast. The two Lebanon ranges are parallel to one another, Lebanon to the west and Anti-Lebanon to the east. The name Lebanon is derived from the Hebrew root <span class=\"hebrew\" lang=\"he\">l-b-n<\/span><em>,<\/em> meaning “white,” which may reflect either the white limestone of the mountains or the snow that lay on the mountains for six months of the year (Jer 18:14).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Geography\">Geography<\/p>\n<p>At the southern end the Lebanon ranges are a direct continuation of the hills of northern Galilee, with Mt Hermon (Sirion, Senir) very prominent in the Anti-Lebanon range, rising to 9,230 feet (2,813.3 meters). The two ranges are divided by a broad valley, the valley of Lebanon (Jos 11:17) or “the entrance of Hamath” (Nm 34:8), the modern Beqa’a.<\/p>\n<p>In the south the Lebanon range is separated from the Galilee hills by a deep east-west gorge through which the Litani River flows, entering the Mediterranean just north of Tyre. In its upper courses it follows the Beqa’a Valley in a northeasterly direction almost to Baalbek. The Lebanon ridge, about 100 miles (160.9 kilometers) long, stretches north to the east-west valley of the Nahr el-Kebir and is marked by a series of peaks. In the south are Gebel Rihan, Tomat, and Gebel Niha (ranging from 5,350 feet to nearly 6,230 feet, or 1,636.7 to 1,898.9 meters, high) east of Sidon. In the center lie Gebel Baruk, Gebel Kuneiyiseh, and Gebel Sunnin (7,220 feet, 6,890 feet, and 8,530 feet high, or 2,200.7 meters, 2,100.1 meters, and 2,599.9 meters high, respectively) east of Beirut. Further north, to the east of Tripoli, lies Qurnet es-Sauda, which reaches 9,840 feet (2,999.2 meters), and Qurnet Aruba, about 7,320 feet (2,231.1 meters) high.<\/p>\n<p>These high mountains trap the rain coming from the Mediterranean, providing both the mountain areas and the coastal strip below with good rainfall; beyond the mountains, the rainfall drops. It is along the coastal strip between the mountains and the sea that the Phoenicians flourished and towns like Tyre, Zarephath, Sidon, Berytus (Beirut), Byblos (Gebal), and Tripoli were established. The coastal area has a number of headlands that are extensions of the mountain range. The coastal road had to be cut around or through these spurs. A good example is the headland of Nahr el-Kelb, a little to the north of Beirut.<\/p>\n<p>On the east side of the Lebanon range is the Beqa’a Valley. The Orontes River rises in the north of this valley and flows north to enter the Mediterranean north of ancient Ugarit. This whole valley region was known in classical literature as Coele-syria (Hollow Syria). It was the “breadbasket” of the Romans.<\/p>\n<p>To the east of the Beqa’a Valley is the Anti-Lebanon range, in which the Barada River rises and flows east toward the fertile oasis of Damascus. Mt Hermon, in the southern part of the range, was known as Sirion by the Phoenicians and Senir by the Amorites (Dt 3:9).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Resources\">Resources<\/p>\n<p>Lebanon was famous in antiquity for its rich forests of fir and cedar. The coastal areas, the Beqa’a Valley, and the lower slopes of the mountains were suitable for olive trees, fruit trees, and vineyards, as well as some grain crops. One important product came from the sea: a mollusk of the gastropoda class from which a red or purple dye was obtained. The name “Phoenician” derived from the Greek <span class=\"greek\" lang=\"el\">phoinos<\/span><em>,<\/em> red-purple. Wool dyed purple was available in Ugarit about 1500 <span>BC<\/span>. The Phoenicians had a monopoly on this industry for centuries. The people of Israel, who used a great deal of purple dye in their tabernacle furnishings (Ex 26) and the garments of their priests (Ex 28:4-6; 39:1, 28-29), probably obtained the dye from the Phoenicians.<\/p>\n<p>King Solomon had significant trading relations with Phoenicia. To build the temple in Jerusalem, cedar and fir were obtained from Hiram I of Tyre (1 Kgs 5:6, 9, 14; 7:2; 10:17, 21; 2 Chr 2:8, 16). Solomon paid for this timber in wheat and olive oil (1 Kgs 5:11). The trees were floated down by sea to a point in Solomon’s domain and transported from there to Jerusalem. Cedar and fir trees from Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon provided ships for Tyre (Ez 27:5), sacred barges and furniture for Egypt, and timber for building the second temple in Jerusalem (Ezr 3:7).<\/p>\n<p>From the ports of Lebanon, the Phoenicians traded with many lands. They mastered the art of shipbuilding, and their ships were used in peace and in war. A vivid picture of the trading activities of traders from Tyre, Sidon, Gebal, and Arvad is given in Ezekiel 27, where the extent and nature of their trade is given in considerable detail.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"History\">History<\/p>\n<p>The area became of interest to the Egyptians during the fourth dynasty (c. 2600 <span>BC<\/span>) when Pharaoh Snofru acquired 40 shiploads of cedar from Lebanon. Byblos fell under Egyptian influence during the 12th dynasty (c. 1980–1800 <span>BC<\/span>) and Egyptians gave golden ornaments in exchange for cedar. During the 18th dynasty (c. 1552–1306 <span>BC<\/span>), Egypt conquered Syria, and the records speak regularly of cedar being taken as tribute. Later an envoy of Ramses XI named Wenamon paid dearly for the cedar (c. 1100 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>When Egyptian power waned, the Assyrians controlled the area and took vast quantities of cedar as tribute from the days of Tiglath-pileser I (c. 1100 <span>BC<\/span>) onward. Nebuchadnezzar and the Babylonian nation likewise controlled Lebanon and took away large quantities of cedar to build temples and palaces. The spoiling of Lebanon’s forests was spoken of by Isaiah (Is 14:8) and Habakkuk (Hb 2:17). In later centuries Lebanon passed successively under the domination of Persians, Greeks, and Romans.<\/p>\n<p>In NT times the towns of Tyre and Sidon are generally coupled together (Mt 15:21; Mk 3:8; 7:24, 31; Lk 6:17; 10:13-14; Acts 12:20), though sometimes they are referred to alone (Acts 21:3, 7). A Greek woman who was a Syro-Phoenician is referred to in Mark 7:26. Jesus preached in these areas during his ministry. In biblical poetry the tall cedars of Lebanon were a symbol of majesty and strength (Jgs 9:15; 2 Kgs 14:9; Pss 92:12; 104:16; Is 35:2; 60:13). They were also a symbol of earthly pride that would be broken before the wrath of God one day (Ps 29:5; Is 2:13; 10:34; Jer 22:6; Ez 31:3).<\/p>","summary_ro":"LEBANON Region mentioned only in the OT, although its towns, including Tyre and Sidon, are named in the NT. The name Lebanon generally refers to the double range of mountains that commences near Tyre and runs northeast following the Mediterranean coast. The two Lebanon ranges are parallel to one another, Lebanon to the west and Anti-Lebanon to the east. The name Lebanon is derived from the Hebrew root l-b-n, meaning “white,” which may reflect either the white limestone of the mountains or the...","summary_en":"LEBANON Region mentioned only in the OT, although its towns, including Tyre and Sidon, are named in the NT. The name Lebanon generally refers to the double range of mountains that commences near Tyre and runs northeast following the Mediterranean coast. The two Lebanon ranges are parallel to one another, Lebanon to the west and Anti-Lebanon to the east. The name Lebanon is derived from the Hebrew root l-b-n, meaning “white,” which may reflect either the white limestone of the mountains or the...","source":"Articles\/L.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"18":[{"id":14917,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Book of Habakkuk","title_en":"Book of Habakkuk","content_ro":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","summary_ro":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","summary_en":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","source":"Articles\/H.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":26716,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Muteness","title_en":"Muteness","content_ro":"<h3>MUTENESS<\/h3>\n<p>The inability to speak. Muteness, or aphasia, can be a momentary phenomenon or a permanent handicap. It may result from mental retardation, brain lesion, or deafness.<\/p>\n<p>The Bible records several examples of muteness. Zechariah was made mute by the angel Gabriel for not believing he would become the father of John the Baptist (Lk 1:18-22). That condition persisted at least nine months, until the baby was born and named (vv 62-64).<\/p>\n<p>Inability to speak is usually associated with neurological diseases or severe structural deformities. When Jesus healed people who were thus afflicted, or hearing-impaired (Mt 9:32-33; 12:22-23; 15:30-31; Mk 7:32-37; 9:17-27; Lk 11:14), observers were understandably astonished.<\/p>\n<p>Other scattered biblical passages refer to muteness in people (Prv 31:8; Is 35:6) and in animals (Is 56:10; 2 Pt 2:16). The fact that false gods and idols cannot speak (Hb 2:18-20; 1 Cor 12:2) was frequently pointed out by the prophets, who contrasted them with the living, speaking God of Israel.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Medicine and Medical Practice.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>MUTENESS<\/h3>\n<p>The inability to speak. Muteness, or aphasia, can be a momentary phenomenon or a permanent handicap. It may result from mental retardation, brain lesion, or deafness.<\/p>\n<p>The Bible records several examples of muteness. Zechariah was made mute by the angel Gabriel for not believing he would become the father of John the Baptist (Lk 1:18-22). That condition persisted at least nine months, until the baby was born and named (vv 62-64).<\/p>\n<p>Inability to speak is usually associated with neurological diseases or severe structural deformities. When Jesus healed people who were thus afflicted, or hearing-impaired (Mt 9:32-33; 12:22-23; 15:30-31; Mk 7:32-37; 9:17-27; Lk 11:14), observers were understandably astonished.<\/p>\n<p>Other scattered biblical passages refer to muteness in people (Prv 31:8; Is 35:6) and in animals (Is 56:10; 2 Pt 2:16). The fact that false gods and idols cannot speak (Hb 2:18-20; 1 Cor 12:2) was frequently pointed out by the prophets, who contrasted them with the living, speaking God of Israel.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Medicine and Medical Practice.<\/p>","summary_ro":"MUTENESS The inability to speak. Muteness, or aphasia, can be a momentary phenomenon or a permanent handicap. It may result from mental retardation, brain lesion, or deafness. The Bible records several examples of muteness. Zechariah was made mute by the angel Gabriel for not believing he would become the father of John the Baptist (Lk 1:18-22). That condition persisted at least nine months, until the baby was born and named (vv 62-64). Inability to speak is usually associated with neurologic...","summary_en":"MUTENESS The inability to speak. Muteness, or aphasia, can be a momentary phenomenon or a permanent handicap. It may result from mental retardation, brain lesion, or deafness. The Bible records several examples of muteness. Zechariah was made mute by the angel Gabriel for not believing he would become the father of John the Baptist (Lk 1:18-22). That condition persisted at least nine months, until the baby was born and named (vv 62-64). Inability to speak is usually associated with neurologic...","source":"Articles\/M.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":54183,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:18","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:18","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:18-20<\/strong> In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether <em>idols<\/em> are <em>carved<\/em> or <em>cast<\/em> by the hand of <em>man<\/em><em>,<\/em> they can neither <em>save<\/em> nor <em>teach<\/em> their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only <em>the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span> truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:18-20<\/strong> In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether <em>idols<\/em> are <em>carved<\/em> or <em>cast<\/em> by the hand of <em>man<\/em><em>,<\/em> they can neither <em>save<\/em> nor <em>teach<\/em> their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only <em>the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span> truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:18-20 In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether idols are carved or cast by the hand of man, they can neither save nor teach their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only the Lord truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).","summary_en":"2:18-20 In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether idols are carved or cast by the hand of man, they can neither save nor teach their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only the Lord truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":81809,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:18","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:18","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:18-20<\/strong> In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether <em>idols<\/em> are <em>carved<\/em> or <em>cast<\/em> by the hand of <em>man<\/em><em>,<\/em> they can neither <em>save<\/em> nor <em>teach<\/em> their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only <em>the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span> truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:18-20<\/strong> In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether <em>idols<\/em> are <em>carved<\/em> or <em>cast<\/em> by the hand of <em>man<\/em><em>,<\/em> they can neither <em>save<\/em> nor <em>teach<\/em> their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only <em>the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span> truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:18-20 In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether idols are carved or cast by the hand of man, they can neither save nor teach their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only the Lord truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).","summary_en":"2:18-20 In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether idols are carved or cast by the hand of man, they can neither save nor teach their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only the Lord truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":109435,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:18","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:18","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:18-20<\/strong> In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether <em>idols<\/em> are <em>carved<\/em> or <em>cast<\/em> by the hand of <em>man<\/em><em>,<\/em> they can neither <em>save<\/em> nor <em>teach<\/em> their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only <em>the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span> truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:18-20<\/strong> In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether <em>idols<\/em> are <em>carved<\/em> or <em>cast<\/em> by the hand of <em>man<\/em><em>,<\/em> they can neither <em>save<\/em> nor <em>teach<\/em> their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only <em>the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span> truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:18-20 In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether idols are carved or cast by the hand of man, they can neither save nor teach their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only the Lord truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).","summary_en":"2:18-20 In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether idols are carved or cast by the hand of man, they can neither save nor teach their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only the Lord truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":137061,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:18","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:18","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:18-20<\/strong> In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether <em>idols<\/em> are <em>carved<\/em> or <em>cast<\/em> by the hand of <em>man<\/em><em>,<\/em> they can neither <em>save<\/em> nor <em>teach<\/em> their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only <em>the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span> truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:18-20<\/strong> In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether <em>idols<\/em> are <em>carved<\/em> or <em>cast<\/em> by the hand of <em>man<\/em><em>,<\/em> they can neither <em>save<\/em> nor <em>teach<\/em> their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only <em>the<\/em> <span>Lord<\/span> truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:18-20 In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether idols are carved or cast by the hand of man, they can neither save nor teach their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only the Lord truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).","summary_en":"2:18-20 In the fifth taunt song, the Babylonians are condemned for their devotion to idolatry. Whether idols are carved or cast by the hand of man, they can neither save nor teach their worshipers (Isa 42:17). Only the Lord truly deserves our worship (Hab 2:20; Exod 20:2-6; cp. Eccl 5:1-2).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}],"20":[{"id":14918,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Book of Habakkuk","title_en":"Book of Habakkuk","content_ro":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>HABAKKUK, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had some responsibility for the temple music. If that is so, he may have been a member of one of the Levitical families. The apocryphal book Bel and the Dragon contains a reference to Habakkuk as “the son of Jesus of the tribe of Levi,” possibly reflecting such a tradition.<\/p>\n<p>The book portrays Habakkuk as a man of deep moral sensitivity who rebelled at the injustice that characterized the society of his day.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>Although it is difficult to date the prophecy of Habakkuk precisely, several clues to its date appear in the text. In 1:5-6 the prophet refers to the Chaldeans whom God is “rousing.” The Chaldeans were originally a group of loosely organized tribes who occupied a large portion of the Assyrian Empire. They were a constant source of trouble to their Assyrian lords. Eventually, the Chaldeans successfully rebelled against the Assyrian power, placing Nabopolassar on the throne (625–605 <span>BC<\/span>). The Chaldeans then ruled all of Babylonia, establishing the Babylonian Empire and inaugurating a period of extensive expansion. Because the Chaldeans came to power about 625 <span>BC<\/span>, many scholars think that the prophecy of Habakkuk was written shortly before that time. The book would have been written, then, within the reign of Josiah (640–609 <span>BC<\/span>). Habakkuk 1:6 does not necessarily refer to the initial rise of the Chaldeans. Their reputation was already established as warlike and cruel, for the prophet described them as cruel and violent; they are said to march across the world and conquer it (1:6-8). Their reputation for military prowess seems to fit best with a time after the battle of Carchemish (605 <span>BC<\/span>), when Nebuchadnezzar II defeated the Egyptians and established the Babylonians as an important world power, but it is also possible that their reputation was gained from the Babylonian conquest of Nineveh in 612 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>The social conditions in Habakkuk’s day seem to fit with a time toward the end of the reign of Judah’s King Josiah. Although Josiah’s reign was characterized by far-reaching religious reforms, initiated by the discovery of the Book of the Law during renovations in the temple (2 Kgs 22:8), Habakkuk describes society as filled with “destruction and violence” (Hb 1:3). An unfair judicial system led to oppression of the righteous (v 4). Because it is also possible that he was referring to the world at large, it seems best to date Habakkuk’s ministry as starting between 612 and 605 <span>BC<\/span>, and continuing during the reign of Jehoiakim (609–598 <span>BC<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The historical period inaugurated by King Josiah’s death was one of the most bitter in the history of the kingdom of Judah. In 612 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians destroyed the Assyrian city of Nineveh, and in two years they eliminated the last vestiges of formal Assyrian rule in Mesopotamia. The Egyptians, who had been allies of the Assyrians, sought to solidify their hold on the western portion of the former Assyrian Empire. They marched to Carchemish, an important city on the Euphrates River, where they were opposed by Josiah, who died in the battle there.<\/p>\n<p>The Egyptians placed Jehoiakim on the throne in place of Jehoahaz, the rightful successor of Josiah. Jehoiakim was an Egyptian vassal, and the land of Judah was forced to pay heavy tribute. The faith of many people might understandably have begun to falter in that time. The religious reforms under Josiah had resulted not in national blessing but in the loss of their freedom. The tenor of society had changed from one of relative stability to one of oppression and violence (see Jer 22:17).<\/p>\n<p>In 604 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians advanced into the Syro-Palestinian area, encountering only weak resistance. At that time Jehoiakim transferred his allegiance to Nebuchadnezzar, who continued his advance to the south. When Pharaoh Neco’s army challenged the invaders, both sides suffered heavy losses and Nebuchadnezzar retreated to Babylon. The vacillating Jehoiakim then transferred his loyalty to Egypt. In 598 <span>BC<\/span> the Babylonians again advanced into Syro-Palestine, beginning a campaign that led to the fall of Jerusalem in 586 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandTheologicalTeaching\">Purpose and Theological Teaching<\/p>\n<p>The main purpose of Habakkuk’s prophecy is to explain what a godly person’s attitude should be toward the presence of evil in the world. It also addresses the nature of God’s justice in punishing moral evil.<\/p>\n<p>The teaching of the book is set forth in an interesting pattern of crucial questions by the prophet about God’s activity in history. His questions may reflect deep doubts and concerns, or they may be a literary device for reflecting the questions that people in his society were asking. In the psalm at the end of the book, the prophet shows that he has reached an understanding of God’s purposes, and he rests in utter submission to God. One of the prophet’s chief problems was the seeming inactivity of God, as evil continued unpunished. God’s answer was that he does punish evil in his own time and with his chosen instruments. The world is not an arena in which evil continually triumphs. History testifies to the fall of tyrants and wicked nations. The godly person thus interprets history in terms of faith—trusting God and affirming God’s righteous rule in the world.<\/p>\n<p>The book of Habakkuk does not explain why God has allowed evil in the world. It does affirm that a righteous person will see God’s activity in history through the eyes of faith. Chapter 3 eloquently expresses that theme as Habakkuk looks at history and recounts God’s gracious activity on behalf of his people.<\/p>\n<p>One of the most important theological concepts in the book is that of God’s sovereign activity in history. Habakkuk affirms God’s control of all history and demonstrates that even the godless nations are subject to his control. Their rise and fall is determined not by the fortuitous course of events but by God.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<h5>The First Complaint and Its Response (1:1-11)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk begins with a series of questions reflecting the prophet’s deep feelings over the wrongs rampant in his society. He begins by asking how long he will have to cry to God, who does not seem to hear. Many have asked that question as they see evil present in a world governed by the sovereign God.<\/p>\n<p>The answer that the prophet received was unusual. The Lord was surely doing something about the evil in his society; he was raising up the Chaldeans as an instrument of his wrath to punish the people of Judah.<\/p>\n<p>The description of the Chaldeans in 1:6-11 is filled with bold metaphors that depict them as an awesome force pillaging as they advance in their conquests. One might well wonder, as the prophet did, why God would use such a tool to accomplish his purposes.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet’s first complaint reflects a number of perplexing problems. Why does God not do something about evil? Why does he allow it to continue? God does not always seems to respond when people want him to.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore, when God did answer, he said he would punish the evil in Judah by using the Babylonians. The prophet’s prayer was answered, but in a way he did not expect. God would use a hated and wicked nation to punish the wrongs of his own people. Habakkuk must have been perplexed at this, but he could take comfort in one fact: God was still in control of history (Hb 1:5-6). God governed the rise and fall of nations, using even wicked ones to accomplish his will.<\/p>\n<h5>The Second Complaint and Its Response (1:12–2:5)<\/h5>\n<p>The answer to the first complaint was not enough for Habakkuk. He acknowledged that God had “decreed the rise of these Babylonians to punish and correct us for our terrible sins” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). But he goes on to say, “You are perfectly just in this. But will you, who cannot allow sin in any form, stand idly by while they swallow us up? Should you be silent while the wicked destroy people who are more righteous than they?” (v 13, <span>nlt<\/span>). He implies that God observes the wicked Chaldeans but does not punish them for their wrongs. Habakkuk still cannot understand how God can use a wicked nation to punish his own people.<\/p>\n<p>But Habakkuk did learn something from God’s first response. He began his second complaint with the affirmation “O <span>Lord<\/span> my God, my Holy One, you who are eternal—is your plan in all of this to wipe us out? Surely not!” (1:12, <span>nlt<\/span>). The prophet probably had in mind the previous verse, which declared that the god of the Chaldeans was their own military might. In contrast, Judah’s God is eternal and not transitory like the fleeting strength of armies and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk’s problem was still not resolved, for he next described the rapacious nature of the Chaldeans, wondering how God could use them to punish Judah. The Chaldeans were like fishermen, catching people in their nets and then worshiping their nets (1:15-16). Habakkuk asked God if the Chaldeans would continue emptying their nets and slaying the nations (v 17).<\/p>\n<p>Having posed his questions, the prophet waited to see what God’s response would be (2:1). The Lord replied that his answer should be written in large, clear letters, for it was certain (v 2), but it would not be fulfilled immediately (v 3).<\/p>\n<p>What follows is one of the greatest verses about faith in the whole OT (2:4). The words “the righteous will live by their faith” became the touchstone of Paul’s message and of the Protestant Reformation. The apostle Paul appealed to Habakkuk 2:4 in his exposition of the doctrine of justification by faith (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11). This passage was also important in the NT book of Hebrews (Heb 10:38-39).<\/p>\n<p>The word “faith” in the OT basically means “firmness” or “strength.” The root of the word is used to describe the supporting posts of a door (2 Kgs 18:16) and firm support for a peg (Is 22:23). When used of God, the word has the sense of faithfulness or of unwavering commitment to his promises. Referring specifically to human faith, it means unwavering trust in the God who promised. Faith in the OT is not an abstract concept but rather is commitment to God. It is not characterized by works but by an attitude of wholehearted trust in God.<\/p>\n<p>God affirms in Habakkuk 2:4 that a truly righteous person will live by unwavering trust in God, trust that remains firm in spite of trials. Jesus taught the same thing in the parable of the sower (Mt 13:21), and it is also expressed in James 1:12.<\/p>\n<p>God’s answer to Habakkuk’s complaint was that he does punish evil, but in his time and his way. A truly righteous person will not lose faith because evil is not immediately eliminated or the wicked quickly punished. Faith trusts in the sovereignty of God’s righteous rule in this world.<\/p>\n<h5>A Taunt-Song Celebrating the Fall of the Chaldeans (2:6-20)<\/h5>\n<p>After hinting at the fall of the Chaldeans, the prophet composes a taunt-song in which he depicts the gloomy future of that nation. When the Babylonian Empire fell to a coalition of Medes and Persians, the prophetic elements in Habakkuk’s poem became historical reality.<\/p>\n<p>The prophet affirms that Babylon’s “debtors” will arise against her (Hb 2:7). This expression implies that some nations would suddenly arise to bring about Babylon’s downfall.<\/p>\n<p>The reason for the destruction of Babylon is cited in 2:8: “You have plundered many nations; now they will plunder you” (<span>nlt<\/span>). The OT principle of retributive justice teaches that God’s moral law extends not only to believers but to unbelievers as well.<\/p>\n<p>The great building efforts of the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar seem to be implied in 2:9-11. The prophet says that even the stones and beams of his cities will cry out, as though protesting the fact that the city was built with blood (vv 11-12).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk condemns the Chaldeans, not only for their inhuman cruelty, but also for the shameful way in which they treated their captive peoples. The prophet pictures this degrading treatment in a vivid metaphor, saying it is like making others drunk in order to gaze on their shame (2:15).<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk concludes his taunt-song with a denunciation of Chaldean idolatry, pointing out the folly of those who make gods from wood and stone (2:18-19). The Chaldeans, like other pagan peoples, attributed their success to their idols. The prophet implies that because such trust is groundless—their idols are powerless to help them—Babylon will fall.<\/p>\n<p>Habakkuk goes on to make a striking contrast between the Lord and the idols created by people: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (2:20, <span>nlt<\/span>). God is real and he is sovereign. The prophet’s word is that the earth should wait in hushed silence for the judgment that will surely come.<\/p>\n<h5>The Prayer of Habakkuk (3:1-19)<\/h5>\n<p>The prophecy of Habakkuk closes with a prayer, reminiscent of some of the OT psalms. It contains a superscription (3:1) and several musical notations.<\/p>\n<p>Some have argued that this chapter is not originally Habakkuk’s, because it does not fit the narrative flow of the book. They regard the chapter as originating in the postexilic period.<\/p>\n<p>However, the psalm could have been written by the prophet and added to his prophetic oracles, either by himself or by a secretary. The musical notations do not necessarily point to a later period, because many psalms have such musical directions, and their preexilic date has been substantiated by linguistic and historical studies.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is similar to the message of Habakkuk. In it he affirms that God will judge his enemies (3:16), and he praises God’s sovereignty (v 3). Both themes are prominent in the prophetic oracles of chapters 1 and 2.<\/p>\n<p>The prayer is filled with assurances of God’s power and justice. It forms a fitting conclusion to the body of the book, in which the prophet questioned divine providence. It demonstrates that the prophet had come to a place of unshakeable faith as he observed God’s activity in history.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Habakkuk (Person); Israel, History of; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess.<\/p>","summary_ro":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","summary_en":"HABAKKUK, Book of Eighth book of the Minor Prophets in the OT. Preview • Author • Date • Background • Purpose and Theological Teaching • Content Author Little is known about the prophet Habakkuk apart from information that may be gained from the book of Habakkuk itself. In 1:1 and 3:1 he is called a prophet, a spokesman for God to his fellow Israelites. The prayer of chapter 3 contains several musical designations (Hb 3:1, 3, 9, 13, 19). Such technical notations suggest that the author had so...","source":"Articles\/H.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":39108,"type":"article","type_label":"Articol","type_icon":"📖","type_color":"#d4af37","title_ro":"Book of Zechariah","title_en":"Book of Zechariah","content_ro":"<h3>ZECHARIAH, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Longest book of the Minor Prophets and the most difficult to understand. One reason for this difficulty is the numerous visions that call for an interpreter. At times an interpreting angel is present to tell what the vision means (Zec 1:9-10, 19-20; 4:1-6; 5:5-6), but at other times, when an interpretation is really needed, there is no angel to give one. The obscure meaning of many passages has spawned numerous theories concerning the date, authorship, unity, and interpretation of this book. One thing that makes the book of Zechariah significant for the Christian is its use in the NT. The last part of Zechariah (chs 9–11) is the most quoted section of the Prophets in the Gospel Passion narratives, and, other than Ezekiel, Zechariah influenced the book of Revelation more than any other OT book.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Message<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>The name Zechariah probably means “the Lord remembers” or “the Lord is renowned.” Zechariah is a common name in the OT and NT. At least 30 different people in the OT are named Zechariah. There is a problem in identifying the prophet’s father. In Zechariah 1:1 and 1:7, the prophet is called “the son of Berechiah, the son of Iddo,” but in Ezra 5:1 and 6:14 he is called simply “the son of Iddo.” There was another Zechariah in Isaiah’s time whose father was named Jeberechiah (Is 8:2). Another prophet by the name of Zechariah, the son of Jehoiada the priest, lived much earlier during the reign of Joash, king of Judah (835–796 <span>BC<\/span>). This prophet was stoned to death because he proclaimed that the Lord had forsaken his people because of their sins (2 Chr 24:20-22). Jesus seemed to refer to this or a similar unrecorded incident, but he calls the prophet the son of Berechiah, the last of the martyrs among the prophets (Mt 23:35). However, Luke’s account of what Jesus said about Zechariah (Lk 11:51) does not include the words “the son of Berechiah.” Since Jesus was quoting 2 Chronicles, which was the last book in the Hebrew Bible, he was simply indicating the sweep of time from the first murder (Abel) to the last (Zechariah, the son of Jehoiada). There is no evidence that the prophet of the book of Zechariah was martyred; therefore, the best solution to the problem is to consider Berechiah the father, and Iddo the grandfather, of this prophet.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>The first part of the book of Zechariah (chs 1–8) is easy to date. The first date is in the first verse, “the eighth month of the second year of Darius.” This was Darius, king of Persia (521–486 <span>BC<\/span>). The eighth month of Darius’s second year would be October 520 <span>BC<\/span>. This date seems to be the first time the “word of the Lord” came to Zechariah. The second date in Zechariah is in 1:7: “On the twenty-fourth day of the eleventh month which is the month of Shebat, in the second year of Darius . . .” (<span>rsv<\/span>). This date would be February 15, 519 <span>BC<\/span>. The word of the Lord that came to Zechariah on this date seems to include the account of eight night visions, along with some oracles, from an angel who talked with him. The third date in Zechariah is in 7:1: “In the fourth year of King Darius . . . on the fourth day of the ninth month, which is Chislev . . .” (<span>rsv<\/span>). This date would be the equivalent of December 7, 518 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>There are no dates in Zechariah 9–14. Zechariah’s name is never mentioned, and neither is Darius or any king. A period of relative peace and stability gives place to war. The temple is standing (11:13; 14:20), and evidently Greek soldiers are present (9:13). Any attempt to assign specific dates to Zechariah 9–14 would be speculation.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The temple in Jerusalem was destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, in 586 <span>BC<\/span>. Nebuchadnezzar made several raids against Jerusalem before and after it fell, taking many captives to Babylon (cf. 2 Kgs 24:1-17; Dn 1:1). On two occasions, Jeremiah had predicted that captivity would last 70 years (Jer 25:11; 29:10; cf. Dn 9:2). In the time of Zechariah, the period of 70 years since the fall of Jerusalem was coming to an end (Zec 1:12; 7:5). It had been 66 years since Jerusalem fell, when the first “word of the Lord” came to Zechariah in the second year of Darius (520 <span>BC<\/span>). The Babylonian Empire had fallen to the Persians in 538 <span>BC<\/span>, and Cyrus the first king of Persia signed a decree permitting all captives to return to their homes (2 Chr 36:23; Ezr 1:1-4). Evidently, the first contingent of Jewish captives returned to Jerusalem with Zerubbabel and Joshua the priest about 536 <span>BC<\/span>. One of the first objectives of the returnees was to rebuild the temple (Ezr 1:3), but internal strife and external opposition from the Samaritans prohibited the immediate rebuilding of the temple. After Darius I became king of Persia in 521 <span>BC<\/span>, a wave of expectation and enthusiasm swept over the Jewish communities in Jerusalem and Babylon. Two prophets, possibly from the Babylonian exiles, Haggai and Zechariah, began preaching so powerfully that work on the second temple began in 520 <span>BC<\/span> and was finished in 516 <span>BC<\/span> (Ezr 5:1, 14-15; Hg 1–2; Zec 1–8).<\/p>\n<p>The book of Zechariah opens in the second year of Darius (520 <span>BC<\/span>). Some of the captives had been back in Jerusalem for 16 years, but nothing was being done about rebuilding the temple. Zechariah’s first message called for the people to repent and not repeat the mistake of their fathers, whose sins and refusal to repent led to the exile and destruction of the temple (Zec 1:1-6). Then a series of eight night visions follows (1:7–6:8), assuring the people that the temple would be rebuilt by Zerubbabel (1:16; 4:9; 6:15). Two verses in Zechariah speak volumes concerning the hardships and difficulties in Jerusalem before the temple was rebuilt: “This is what the <span>Lord<\/span> Almighty says: Take heart and finish the task! You have heard what the prophets have been saying about building the Temple of the <span>Lord<\/span> Almighty ever since the foundation was laid. Before the work on the Temple began, there were no jobs and no wages for either people or animals. No traveler was safe from the enemy, for there were enemies on all sides. I had turned everyone against each other” (8:9-10, <span>nlt<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>The first eight chapters of Zechariah are set against the social, political, and religious situations in Jerusalem from 520 to 518 <span>BC<\/span>. But beginning with chapter 9, historical moorings are lost. Chapter 9 opens with an oracle against Syria, including Damascus, Tyre, and Sidon, and against Philistia. Each of these places will be conquered and cleansed and will become like a clan in Judah. There is the promise of a new king coming triumphantly to Jerusalem, yet humbly riding on a donkey. His reign will be peaceful and universal. The next oracle speaks of setting the captives free, but this may not refer to the Babylonian captives, because of a reference to the Greeks. Zechariah 9–12 is almost wholly concerned with the future. Some scholars call this part apocalyptic literature. The nations attack Jerusalem and are defeated (chs 12, 14). The temple is standing (11:13), but it does not seem to have a place of great prominence in the new Jerusalem and in the kingdom of God (14:6-9).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandMessage\">Purpose and Message<\/p>\n<p>The purpose of the book is to reassure and encourage. The restored Jewish community of 520 <span>BC<\/span> needed the assurance that the temple would be rebuilt, and later groups of God’s people needed to know that ultimately the kingdom of God would come in its fullness. There are three messages in the book of Zechariah: the need for repentance (1:1–5:11); the eight night visions (1:7–6:8) signifying that the temple would be rebuilt and God’s glory would return to Jerusalem; and the coming kingdom of God (chs 9–14).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<p>The book of Zechariah may be divided into two main parts: chapters 1–8 and 9–14. The first part is dated between 520 <span>BC<\/span> and 518 <span>BC<\/span>. It consists of oracles and visions of Zechariah the son of Berechiah. Mainly prose, its primary concern is to assure the restored Jewish community that the temple will be rebuilt. The second part (chs 9–14) is undated. There are no references to Zechariah. The temple is standing, and much of the language is eschatological and apocalyptic. The second part itself has two parts: chapters 9–11 and 12–14. Chapters 9 and 12 begin essentially the same way: “The oracle of the word of the Lord.”<\/p>\n<p>The first part of Zechariah (chs 1–8) has four main sections: superscription and first oracle (1:1-6); eight night visions and related oracles (1:7–6:8); the symbolic crowning of Joshua (6:9-15); and the question about fasting and morality (7:1–8:23).<\/p>\n<h5>The Superscription (1:1)<\/h5>\n<p>This section is dated specifically “in the eighth month” of the Babylonian calendar, which was from mid-October to mid-November. The second year of Darius, king of Persia, was 520 <span>BC<\/span>. The date is important in relating the work of Zechariah to that of Haggai (cf. Hg 1:1, 15; 2:1, 10, 18-20) and to the reconstruction of the temple under Zerubbabel. The first oracle concerns the need for repentance. The first message of Zechariah came between Haggai’s second and third message. He, like Haggai, probably attributed the failure of the crops and other hardships to a failure to rebuild the temple (cf. Hg 1:6-11). Zechariah calls for the people to repent so that they can persevere with work on the temple.<\/p>\n<h5>The Eight Night Visions and Related Oracles (1:7–6:8)<\/h5>\n<p>These visions that Zechariah saw in Jerusalem all seem to have been given on the night of the 24th day of the 11th month (Shebat) in the second year of Darius (mid-January to mid-February 519 <span>BC<\/span>). Seven of the eight visions have essentially the same form. Four of the visions begin with the words “Then I looked up and saw” (1:18; 2:1; 5:1; 6:1). One begins, “In a vision during the night” (1:8). Another begins, “Then the angel who had been talking with me returned and woke me, as though I had been asleep. ‘What do you see now?’ he asked” (4:1-2, <span>nlt<\/span>). Still another (the seventh) vision begins, “Then the angel who was talking with me came forward and said . . .” (5:5). However, the fourth vision is different from the other seven. It begins, “Then he showed me” (3:1, cf. Am 7:1, 4, 7). This message in the third person contains no interpreting angel nor any direct message to Zechariah, as if he were merely an observer. This fourth vision is so different from the other seven that it was not a part of the original series of eight.<\/p>\n<p>An overall pattern to the eight visions is not evident. Some scholars have seen some significance in the fact that the visions move from the evening or night in the first vision to the sunrise in the last vision. Others have detected some relationships in pairs of visions. The first and last visions involve horses and riders or chariots. The second and third visions involve the restoration of Judah and Jerusalem (1:18-21; 2:1-5). The fourth and fifth deal with the place of the two leaders in the restored community: Joshua will be cleansed and restored as the high priest (3:1-5) and Zerubbabel the governor will complete the temple (4:1-14). The sixth and seventh visions involve the cleansing of the land. A flying scroll enters the house of every thief and false witness and consumes it (5:1-4). Wickedness personified as a woman will be carried in an ephah (basket) to the land of Shinar (vv 5-11). Interspersed in the vision accounts are four oracles (1:14-17; 2:8-13; 3:6-10; 4:8-14). Each of these passages begins with the messenger formula, “Thus says the Lord,” or the expression “Cry out” (1:14, 17). The first oracle assures the people that the temple, the cities, and the choice of Jerusalem will be renewed. The second oracle exhorts any exiles remaining in Babylon to return to Judah and Jerusalem (2:7-12). Zechariah 2:12-13 are interesting. Verse 12 is the only OT reference to Palestine as “the Holy Land,” and verse 13 is similar to the call to worship in Habakkuk 2:20: “Be silent before the <span>Lord<\/span>, all humanity, for he is springing into action from his holy dwelling” (Zec 2:13, <span>nlt<\/span>). The third oracle in the visionary accounts concerns Joshua the high priest as a sign of the coming of God’s servant, the Branch who removes the guilt of the land in a single day (3:6-10).<\/p>\n<h5>The Symbolic Crowning of Joshua (6:9-15)<\/h5>\n<p>Zechariah is told to go into the house of Josiah son of Zephaniah, take silver and gold from some returnees from Babylon, make a crown, and put it on the head of Joshua the priest as a symbol of the royal and priestly king, the Branch, the builder of the temple. After the ceremony the crown is to be hung in the temple as a memorial of those who gave the silver and the gold. The last verse (6:15) seems to say that just as gold and silver from exiles was used to symbolize the crowning of the coming king of the kingdom, so exiles, “those who are far off,” will also participate in the completion of the temple. Then Zechariah’s hearers will know God sent him to prophesy. This will all take place when and if they will diligently obey the voice of the Lord.<\/p>\n<h5>The Question about Fasting and Morality (7:1–8:23)<\/h5>\n<p>A delegation from Bethel (10 miles or 16.1 kilometers north of Jerusalem) came to Jerusalem in the fourth year of Darius (518 <span>BC<\/span>). Work on the temple had been going on for two years. The purpose of this visit was to entreat the favor of the Lord (7:2) and to ask the priests and the prophets if they should continue to fast as they had done since the temple was destroyed 70 years earlier (v 3). The Lord told Zechariah to ask why they were fasting—for the Lord or for selfish motives? The answer to the question of fasting seems to be that God desires truth, justice, and covenant-love more than fasting. Zechariah reiterates the message the Lord had already given his people by the former prophets. The last section in the first part of Zechariah is a decalogue of promises (8:1-23). The ten promises begin with the words “Thus says the Lord” or “The word of the Lord came to me.” The last word of God is not judgment but promise, hope, forgiveness, and restoration.<\/p>\n<h5>The Oracles of the Lord (chs 9–12)<\/h5>\n<p>The last half of the book of Zechariah (chs 9–14) falls into two nearly equal parts: chapters 9–11 (46 verses) and chapters 12–14 (44 verses). Each part begins with the words “An oracle” (9:1; 12:1). Both “oracles” are primarily eschatological. The first part (chs 9–11) is concerned with the restoration of the tribes to Palestine (9:11-17; 10:6-12). In order to accomplish this, the Lord will rid Palestine and Syria of opponents to his rule (9:1-8; 11:1-3), remove the evil shepherds (rulers; 10:2b-5; 11:4-17), and the Prince of Peace will come (9:9-10). The last “oracle” of Zechariah (12:1–14:21) is also eschatological. This time the concern is primarily that of Jerusalem and Judah. Twice Jerusalem is attacked by the nations (12:1-8; 14:1-5). Each time the Lord fights for Jerusalem, Judah, and the house of David. Jerusalem weeps and mourns for an unidentified martyr (12:10-14). The martyr could be called the “good” shepherd who is killed and his sheep scattered (13:7-9). Jesus referred to this passage in connection with his arrest (Mt 26:31; Mk 14:27). A fountain will be opened for the house of David, and the inhabitants of Jerusalem will be cleansed from sin, idolatry, and false prophets (Zec 13:1-6). The new Jerusalem will remain aloft on its site and the land around it will be turned into a plain (14:10-11). There will be no night nor extreme temperatures in the new Jerusalem. Living waters will flow from Jerusalem, and the Lord will become King of all the earth. Those who fight against Jerusalem will be destroyed, but those who survive will worship the Lord year by year by keeping the Feast of Booths.<\/p>\n<p>The last scene in the book of Zechariah is a picture of the world after Armageddon, a new world cleansed of sin. It will be a time of peace and security. When God comes to reign, everything will become holy. The warhorses will become as holy as the priest’s turban, and the ordinary cooking vessel will be as temple vessels. The Canaanite or trader will be eliminated. There will be no difference between Jew and Gentile, as long as one worships the Lord of Hosts as King.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Israel, History of; Postexilic Period; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess; Zechariah (Person) #20.<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>ZECHARIAH, Book of<\/h3>\n<p>Longest book of the Minor Prophets and the most difficult to understand. One reason for this difficulty is the numerous visions that call for an interpreter. At times an interpreting angel is present to tell what the vision means (Zec 1:9-10, 19-20; 4:1-6; 5:5-6), but at other times, when an interpretation is really needed, there is no angel to give one. The obscure meaning of many passages has spawned numerous theories concerning the date, authorship, unity, and interpretation of this book. One thing that makes the book of Zechariah significant for the Christian is its use in the NT. The last part of Zechariah (chs 9–11) is the most quoted section of the Prophets in the Gospel Passion narratives, and, other than Ezekiel, Zechariah influenced the book of Revelation more than any other OT book.<\/p>\n<p>Preview<\/p>\n<p>• Author<\/p>\n<p>• Date<\/p>\n<p>• Background<\/p>\n<p>• Purpose and Message<\/p>\n<p>• Content<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Author\">Author<\/p>\n<p>The name Zechariah probably means “the Lord remembers” or “the Lord is renowned.” Zechariah is a common name in the OT and NT. At least 30 different people in the OT are named Zechariah. There is a problem in identifying the prophet’s father. In Zechariah 1:1 and 1:7, the prophet is called “the son of Berechiah, the son of Iddo,” but in Ezra 5:1 and 6:14 he is called simply “the son of Iddo.” There was another Zechariah in Isaiah’s time whose father was named Jeberechiah (Is 8:2). Another prophet by the name of Zechariah, the son of Jehoiada the priest, lived much earlier during the reign of Joash, king of Judah (835–796 <span>BC<\/span>). This prophet was stoned to death because he proclaimed that the Lord had forsaken his people because of their sins (2 Chr 24:20-22). Jesus seemed to refer to this or a similar unrecorded incident, but he calls the prophet the son of Berechiah, the last of the martyrs among the prophets (Mt 23:35). However, Luke’s account of what Jesus said about Zechariah (Lk 11:51) does not include the words “the son of Berechiah.” Since Jesus was quoting 2 Chronicles, which was the last book in the Hebrew Bible, he was simply indicating the sweep of time from the first murder (Abel) to the last (Zechariah, the son of Jehoiada). There is no evidence that the prophet of the book of Zechariah was martyred; therefore, the best solution to the problem is to consider Berechiah the father, and Iddo the grandfather, of this prophet.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Date\">Date<\/p>\n<p>The first part of the book of Zechariah (chs 1–8) is easy to date. The first date is in the first verse, “the eighth month of the second year of Darius.” This was Darius, king of Persia (521–486 <span>BC<\/span>). The eighth month of Darius’s second year would be October 520 <span>BC<\/span>. This date seems to be the first time the “word of the Lord” came to Zechariah. The second date in Zechariah is in 1:7: “On the twenty-fourth day of the eleventh month which is the month of Shebat, in the second year of Darius . . .” (<span>rsv<\/span>). This date would be February 15, 519 <span>BC<\/span>. The word of the Lord that came to Zechariah on this date seems to include the account of eight night visions, along with some oracles, from an angel who talked with him. The third date in Zechariah is in 7:1: “In the fourth year of King Darius . . . on the fourth day of the ninth month, which is Chislev . . .” (<span>rsv<\/span>). This date would be the equivalent of December 7, 518 <span>BC<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>There are no dates in Zechariah 9–14. Zechariah’s name is never mentioned, and neither is Darius or any king. A period of relative peace and stability gives place to war. The temple is standing (11:13; 14:20), and evidently Greek soldiers are present (9:13). Any attempt to assign specific dates to Zechariah 9–14 would be speculation.<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Background\">Background<\/p>\n<p>The temple in Jerusalem was destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, in 586 <span>BC<\/span>. Nebuchadnezzar made several raids against Jerusalem before and after it fell, taking many captives to Babylon (cf. 2 Kgs 24:1-17; Dn 1:1). On two occasions, Jeremiah had predicted that captivity would last 70 years (Jer 25:11; 29:10; cf. Dn 9:2). In the time of Zechariah, the period of 70 years since the fall of Jerusalem was coming to an end (Zec 1:12; 7:5). It had been 66 years since Jerusalem fell, when the first “word of the Lord” came to Zechariah in the second year of Darius (520 <span>BC<\/span>). The Babylonian Empire had fallen to the Persians in 538 <span>BC<\/span>, and Cyrus the first king of Persia signed a decree permitting all captives to return to their homes (2 Chr 36:23; Ezr 1:1-4). Evidently, the first contingent of Jewish captives returned to Jerusalem with Zerubbabel and Joshua the priest about 536 <span>BC<\/span>. One of the first objectives of the returnees was to rebuild the temple (Ezr 1:3), but internal strife and external opposition from the Samaritans prohibited the immediate rebuilding of the temple. After Darius I became king of Persia in 521 <span>BC<\/span>, a wave of expectation and enthusiasm swept over the Jewish communities in Jerusalem and Babylon. Two prophets, possibly from the Babylonian exiles, Haggai and Zechariah, began preaching so powerfully that work on the second temple began in 520 <span>BC<\/span> and was finished in 516 <span>BC<\/span> (Ezr 5:1, 14-15; Hg 1–2; Zec 1–8).<\/p>\n<p>The book of Zechariah opens in the second year of Darius (520 <span>BC<\/span>). Some of the captives had been back in Jerusalem for 16 years, but nothing was being done about rebuilding the temple. Zechariah’s first message called for the people to repent and not repeat the mistake of their fathers, whose sins and refusal to repent led to the exile and destruction of the temple (Zec 1:1-6). Then a series of eight night visions follows (1:7–6:8), assuring the people that the temple would be rebuilt by Zerubbabel (1:16; 4:9; 6:15). Two verses in Zechariah speak volumes concerning the hardships and difficulties in Jerusalem before the temple was rebuilt: “This is what the <span>Lord<\/span> Almighty says: Take heart and finish the task! You have heard what the prophets have been saying about building the Temple of the <span>Lord<\/span> Almighty ever since the foundation was laid. Before the work on the Temple began, there were no jobs and no wages for either people or animals. No traveler was safe from the enemy, for there were enemies on all sides. I had turned everyone against each other” (8:9-10, <span>nlt<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>The first eight chapters of Zechariah are set against the social, political, and religious situations in Jerusalem from 520 to 518 <span>BC<\/span>. But beginning with chapter 9, historical moorings are lost. Chapter 9 opens with an oracle against Syria, including Damascus, Tyre, and Sidon, and against Philistia. Each of these places will be conquered and cleansed and will become like a clan in Judah. There is the promise of a new king coming triumphantly to Jerusalem, yet humbly riding on a donkey. His reign will be peaceful and universal. The next oracle speaks of setting the captives free, but this may not refer to the Babylonian captives, because of a reference to the Greeks. Zechariah 9–12 is almost wholly concerned with the future. Some scholars call this part apocalyptic literature. The nations attack Jerusalem and are defeated (chs 12, 14). The temple is standing (11:13), but it does not seem to have a place of great prominence in the new Jerusalem and in the kingdom of God (14:6-9).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"PurposeandMessage\">Purpose and Message<\/p>\n<p>The purpose of the book is to reassure and encourage. The restored Jewish community of 520 <span>BC<\/span> needed the assurance that the temple would be rebuilt, and later groups of God’s people needed to know that ultimately the kingdom of God would come in its fullness. There are three messages in the book of Zechariah: the need for repentance (1:1–5:11); the eight night visions (1:7–6:8) signifying that the temple would be rebuilt and God’s glory would return to Jerusalem; and the coming kingdom of God (chs 9–14).<\/p>\n<p class=\"h2\" id=\"Content\">Content<\/p>\n<p>The book of Zechariah may be divided into two main parts: chapters 1–8 and 9–14. The first part is dated between 520 <span>BC<\/span> and 518 <span>BC<\/span>. It consists of oracles and visions of Zechariah the son of Berechiah. Mainly prose, its primary concern is to assure the restored Jewish community that the temple will be rebuilt. The second part (chs 9–14) is undated. There are no references to Zechariah. The temple is standing, and much of the language is eschatological and apocalyptic. The second part itself has two parts: chapters 9–11 and 12–14. Chapters 9 and 12 begin essentially the same way: “The oracle of the word of the Lord.”<\/p>\n<p>The first part of Zechariah (chs 1–8) has four main sections: superscription and first oracle (1:1-6); eight night visions and related oracles (1:7–6:8); the symbolic crowning of Joshua (6:9-15); and the question about fasting and morality (7:1–8:23).<\/p>\n<h5>The Superscription (1:1)<\/h5>\n<p>This section is dated specifically “in the eighth month” of the Babylonian calendar, which was from mid-October to mid-November. The second year of Darius, king of Persia, was 520 <span>BC<\/span>. The date is important in relating the work of Zechariah to that of Haggai (cf. Hg 1:1, 15; 2:1, 10, 18-20) and to the reconstruction of the temple under Zerubbabel. The first oracle concerns the need for repentance. The first message of Zechariah came between Haggai’s second and third message. He, like Haggai, probably attributed the failure of the crops and other hardships to a failure to rebuild the temple (cf. Hg 1:6-11). Zechariah calls for the people to repent so that they can persevere with work on the temple.<\/p>\n<h5>The Eight Night Visions and Related Oracles (1:7–6:8)<\/h5>\n<p>These visions that Zechariah saw in Jerusalem all seem to have been given on the night of the 24th day of the 11th month (Shebat) in the second year of Darius (mid-January to mid-February 519 <span>BC<\/span>). Seven of the eight visions have essentially the same form. Four of the visions begin with the words “Then I looked up and saw” (1:18; 2:1; 5:1; 6:1). One begins, “In a vision during the night” (1:8). Another begins, “Then the angel who had been talking with me returned and woke me, as though I had been asleep. ‘What do you see now?’ he asked” (4:1-2, <span>nlt<\/span>). Still another (the seventh) vision begins, “Then the angel who was talking with me came forward and said . . .” (5:5). However, the fourth vision is different from the other seven. It begins, “Then he showed me” (3:1, cf. Am 7:1, 4, 7). This message in the third person contains no interpreting angel nor any direct message to Zechariah, as if he were merely an observer. This fourth vision is so different from the other seven that it was not a part of the original series of eight.<\/p>\n<p>An overall pattern to the eight visions is not evident. Some scholars have seen some significance in the fact that the visions move from the evening or night in the first vision to the sunrise in the last vision. Others have detected some relationships in pairs of visions. The first and last visions involve horses and riders or chariots. The second and third visions involve the restoration of Judah and Jerusalem (1:18-21; 2:1-5). The fourth and fifth deal with the place of the two leaders in the restored community: Joshua will be cleansed and restored as the high priest (3:1-5) and Zerubbabel the governor will complete the temple (4:1-14). The sixth and seventh visions involve the cleansing of the land. A flying scroll enters the house of every thief and false witness and consumes it (5:1-4). Wickedness personified as a woman will be carried in an ephah (basket) to the land of Shinar (vv 5-11). Interspersed in the vision accounts are four oracles (1:14-17; 2:8-13; 3:6-10; 4:8-14). Each of these passages begins with the messenger formula, “Thus says the Lord,” or the expression “Cry out” (1:14, 17). The first oracle assures the people that the temple, the cities, and the choice of Jerusalem will be renewed. The second oracle exhorts any exiles remaining in Babylon to return to Judah and Jerusalem (2:7-12). Zechariah 2:12-13 are interesting. Verse 12 is the only OT reference to Palestine as “the Holy Land,” and verse 13 is similar to the call to worship in Habakkuk 2:20: “Be silent before the <span>Lord<\/span>, all humanity, for he is springing into action from his holy dwelling” (Zec 2:13, <span>nlt<\/span>). The third oracle in the visionary accounts concerns Joshua the high priest as a sign of the coming of God’s servant, the Branch who removes the guilt of the land in a single day (3:6-10).<\/p>\n<h5>The Symbolic Crowning of Joshua (6:9-15)<\/h5>\n<p>Zechariah is told to go into the house of Josiah son of Zephaniah, take silver and gold from some returnees from Babylon, make a crown, and put it on the head of Joshua the priest as a symbol of the royal and priestly king, the Branch, the builder of the temple. After the ceremony the crown is to be hung in the temple as a memorial of those who gave the silver and the gold. The last verse (6:15) seems to say that just as gold and silver from exiles was used to symbolize the crowning of the coming king of the kingdom, so exiles, “those who are far off,” will also participate in the completion of the temple. Then Zechariah’s hearers will know God sent him to prophesy. This will all take place when and if they will diligently obey the voice of the Lord.<\/p>\n<h5>The Question about Fasting and Morality (7:1–8:23)<\/h5>\n<p>A delegation from Bethel (10 miles or 16.1 kilometers north of Jerusalem) came to Jerusalem in the fourth year of Darius (518 <span>BC<\/span>). Work on the temple had been going on for two years. The purpose of this visit was to entreat the favor of the Lord (7:2) and to ask the priests and the prophets if they should continue to fast as they had done since the temple was destroyed 70 years earlier (v 3). The Lord told Zechariah to ask why they were fasting—for the Lord or for selfish motives? The answer to the question of fasting seems to be that God desires truth, justice, and covenant-love more than fasting. Zechariah reiterates the message the Lord had already given his people by the former prophets. The last section in the first part of Zechariah is a decalogue of promises (8:1-23). The ten promises begin with the words “Thus says the Lord” or “The word of the Lord came to me.” The last word of God is not judgment but promise, hope, forgiveness, and restoration.<\/p>\n<h5>The Oracles of the Lord (chs 9–12)<\/h5>\n<p>The last half of the book of Zechariah (chs 9–14) falls into two nearly equal parts: chapters 9–11 (46 verses) and chapters 12–14 (44 verses). Each part begins with the words “An oracle” (9:1; 12:1). Both “oracles” are primarily eschatological. The first part (chs 9–11) is concerned with the restoration of the tribes to Palestine (9:11-17; 10:6-12). In order to accomplish this, the Lord will rid Palestine and Syria of opponents to his rule (9:1-8; 11:1-3), remove the evil shepherds (rulers; 10:2b-5; 11:4-17), and the Prince of Peace will come (9:9-10). The last “oracle” of Zechariah (12:1–14:21) is also eschatological. This time the concern is primarily that of Jerusalem and Judah. Twice Jerusalem is attacked by the nations (12:1-8; 14:1-5). Each time the Lord fights for Jerusalem, Judah, and the house of David. Jerusalem weeps and mourns for an unidentified martyr (12:10-14). The martyr could be called the “good” shepherd who is killed and his sheep scattered (13:7-9). Jesus referred to this passage in connection with his arrest (Mt 26:31; Mk 14:27). A fountain will be opened for the house of David, and the inhabitants of Jerusalem will be cleansed from sin, idolatry, and false prophets (Zec 13:1-6). The new Jerusalem will remain aloft on its site and the land around it will be turned into a plain (14:10-11). There will be no night nor extreme temperatures in the new Jerusalem. Living waters will flow from Jerusalem, and the Lord will become King of all the earth. Those who fight against Jerusalem will be destroyed, but those who survive will worship the Lord year by year by keeping the Feast of Booths.<\/p>\n<p>The last scene in the book of Zechariah is a picture of the world after Armageddon, a new world cleansed of sin. It will be a time of peace and security. When God comes to reign, everything will become holy. The warhorses will become as holy as the priest’s turban, and the ordinary cooking vessel will be as temple vessels. The Canaanite or trader will be eliminated. There will be no difference between Jew and Gentile, as long as one worships the Lord of Hosts as King.<\/p>\n<p><em>See also<\/em> Israel, History of; Postexilic Period; Prophecy; Prophet, Prophetess; Zechariah (Person) #20.<\/p>","summary_ro":"ZECHARIAH, Book of Longest book of the Minor Prophets and the most difficult to understand. One reason for this difficulty is the numerous visions that call for an interpreter. At times an interpreting angel is present to tell what the vision means (Zec 1:9-10, 19-20; 4:1-6; 5:5-6), but at other times, when an interpretation is really needed, there is no angel to give one. The obscure meaning of many passages has spawned numerous theories concerning the date, authorship, unity, and interpreta...","summary_en":"ZECHARIAH, Book of Longest book of the Minor Prophets and the most difficult to understand. One reason for this difficulty is the numerous visions that call for an interpreter. At times an interpreting angel is present to tell what the vision means (Zec 1:9-10, 19-20; 4:1-6; 5:5-6), but at other times, when an interpretation is really needed, there is no angel to give one. The obscure meaning of many passages has spawned numerous theories concerning the date, authorship, unity, and interpreta...","source":"Articles\/Z.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":54184,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:20","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:20","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:20<\/strong> The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his <em>holy Temple<\/em>. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls <em>all the earth<\/em> and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:20<\/strong> The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his <em>holy Temple<\/em>. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls <em>all the earth<\/em> and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:20 The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his holy Temple. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls all the earth and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).","summary_en":"2:20 The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his holy Temple. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls all the earth and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":81810,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:20","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:20","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:20<\/strong> The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his <em>holy Temple<\/em>. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls <em>all the earth<\/em> and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:20<\/strong> The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his <em>holy Temple<\/em>. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls <em>all the earth<\/em> and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:20 The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his holy Temple. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls all the earth and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).","summary_en":"2:20 The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his holy Temple. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls all the earth and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":109436,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:20","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:20","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:20<\/strong> The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his <em>holy Temple<\/em>. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls <em>all the earth<\/em> and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:20<\/strong> The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his <em>holy Temple<\/em>. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls <em>all the earth<\/em> and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:20 The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his holy Temple. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls all the earth and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).","summary_en":"2:20 The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his holy Temple. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls all the earth and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":137062,"type":"study_note","type_label":"Notă de studiu","type_icon":"📝","type_color":"#06b6d4","title_ro":"Notă de studiu: Habacuc 2:20","title_en":"Study Note: Habacuc 2:20","content_ro":"<p><strong>2:20<\/strong> The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his <em>holy Temple<\/em>. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls <em>all the earth<\/em> and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).<\/p>","content_en":"<p><strong>2:20<\/strong> The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his <em>holy Temple<\/em>. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls <em>all the earth<\/em> and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).<\/p>","summary_ro":"2:20 The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his holy Temple. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls all the earth and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).","summary_en":"2:20 The taunt songs close with a declaration: The one who is sovereign over all nations is not a Babylonian idol (2:18-20) but the Holy God. Unlike the lifeless Babylonian idols, the living God indwells his holy Temple. God’s presence fills his heavenly sanctuary (Isa 6:1-5)—and in Habakkuk’s time, it filled the Temple in Jerusalem (1 Kgs 8:10-11). God controls all the earth and expects people to worship him in humble submission (Ps 63:1-4; Jer 10:1-10; Mic 7:16; Zech 2:13).","source":"StudyNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":61894,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Temple Worship","title_en":"Temple Worship","content_ro":"<h3>Temple Worship<\/h3>\n<p>Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy.<\/p>\n<p>It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 <span>BC<\/span>). It was a large structure—90 feet long, 30 feet wide, and 45 feet high, with a vestibule 15 feet deep stretching across the width (see 1 Kgs 6:2-10). It employed the most sophisticated building techniques of the age, and no expense was spared in construction, ornamentation, or equipment. Even so, Solomon readily confessed to its utter inadequacy to house the eternal God (1 Kgs 8:27).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple, located adjacent to the king’s palace, represented God’s reign over all creation and all nations: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (Hab 2:20). It served to teach Israel about God’s exclusive dominion and their total dependence on him. And although God cannot be confined to a building, he chose to make the Temple the focal point of his presence on earth. As such, the Temple was central for Israelite worship and for the personal relationship between God and his people.<\/p>\n<p>The kings were charged to devote themselves to God and to encourage the proper worship of God at his dwelling place, the Temple (see 1 Chr 22:17-19). The Temple also established the legitimacy of the human king, who represented divine rule. This role of the Temple was expressed in Psalm 132, which celebrated David’s restoration of the Ark to Jerusalem (Ps 132:6-12). This psalm was used at the conclusion of Solomon’s prayer of dedication (2 Chr 6:41-42).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple’s purpose in representing God’s presence in the world was later fulfilled in Christ and the church. Jesus himself signaled the transition from the Temple buildings to his own body as the temple (see John 2:19), and the disciples began understanding this transition after the resurrection (John 2:21-22). The apostle Paul later described the church as the new sacred space where Jews and Gentiles are reconciled. Using Temple imagery, he described breaking down barriers in the body of Christ, creating one people (Eph 2:14-15). The church stands as a holy temple, resting on the foundation of the apostles and prophets (Eph 2:20-22). It is built from living stones—believers—fashioned together around Jesus Christ, the cornerstone (1 Pet 2:4-5).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1 Kgs 8:27-53; 1 Chr 22:1-19; 2 Chr 5:2-14; 6:41-42; 7:12-16; Ps 48:9; 65:4; 66:13; 138:2; Jer 7:3-11; 11:15; Ezek 8:6-16; 44:1-31; Joel 1:14; 2:17; Hab 2:20; Hag 2:7; John 2:19-22; Eph 2:14-15, 20-22; 1 Pet 2:4-5<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Temple Worship<\/h3>\n<p>Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy.<\/p>\n<p>It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 <span>BC<\/span>). It was a large structure—90 feet long, 30 feet wide, and 45 feet high, with a vestibule 15 feet deep stretching across the width (see 1 Kgs 6:2-10). It employed the most sophisticated building techniques of the age, and no expense was spared in construction, ornamentation, or equipment. Even so, Solomon readily confessed to its utter inadequacy to house the eternal God (1 Kgs 8:27).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple, located adjacent to the king’s palace, represented God’s reign over all creation and all nations: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (Hab 2:20). It served to teach Israel about God’s exclusive dominion and their total dependence on him. And although God cannot be confined to a building, he chose to make the Temple the focal point of his presence on earth. As such, the Temple was central for Israelite worship and for the personal relationship between God and his people.<\/p>\n<p>The kings were charged to devote themselves to God and to encourage the proper worship of God at his dwelling place, the Temple (see 1 Chr 22:17-19). The Temple also established the legitimacy of the human king, who represented divine rule. This role of the Temple was expressed in Psalm 132, which celebrated David’s restoration of the Ark to Jerusalem (Ps 132:6-12). This psalm was used at the conclusion of Solomon’s prayer of dedication (2 Chr 6:41-42).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple’s purpose in representing God’s presence in the world was later fulfilled in Christ and the church. Jesus himself signaled the transition from the Temple buildings to his own body as the temple (see John 2:19), and the disciples began understanding this transition after the resurrection (John 2:21-22). The apostle Paul later described the church as the new sacred space where Jews and Gentiles are reconciled. Using Temple imagery, he described breaking down barriers in the body of Christ, creating one people (Eph 2:14-15). The church stands as a holy temple, resting on the foundation of the apostles and prophets (Eph 2:20-22). It is built from living stones—believers—fashioned together around Jesus Christ, the cornerstone (1 Pet 2:4-5).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1 Kgs 8:27-53; 1 Chr 22:1-19; 2 Chr 5:2-14; 6:41-42; 7:12-16; Ps 48:9; 65:4; 66:13; 138:2; Jer 7:3-11; 11:15; Ezek 8:6-16; 44:1-31; Joel 1:14; 2:17; Hab 2:20; Hag 2:7; John 2:19-22; Eph 2:14-15, 20-22; 1 Pet 2:4-5<\/p>","summary_ro":"Temple Worship Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy. It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 BC). ...","summary_en":"Temple Worship Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy. It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 BC). ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":89520,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Temple Worship","title_en":"Temple Worship","content_ro":"<h3>Temple Worship<\/h3>\n<p>Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy.<\/p>\n<p>It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 <span>BC<\/span>). It was a large structure—90 feet long, 30 feet wide, and 45 feet high, with a vestibule 15 feet deep stretching across the width (see 1 Kgs 6:2-10). It employed the most sophisticated building techniques of the age, and no expense was spared in construction, ornamentation, or equipment. Even so, Solomon readily confessed to its utter inadequacy to house the eternal God (1 Kgs 8:27).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple, located adjacent to the king’s palace, represented God’s reign over all creation and all nations: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (Hab 2:20). It served to teach Israel about God’s exclusive dominion and their total dependence on him. And although God cannot be confined to a building, he chose to make the Temple the focal point of his presence on earth. As such, the Temple was central for Israelite worship and for the personal relationship between God and his people.<\/p>\n<p>The kings were charged to devote themselves to God and to encourage the proper worship of God at his dwelling place, the Temple (see 1 Chr 22:17-19). The Temple also established the legitimacy of the human king, who represented divine rule. This role of the Temple was expressed in Psalm 132, which celebrated David’s restoration of the Ark to Jerusalem (Ps 132:6-12). This psalm was used at the conclusion of Solomon’s prayer of dedication (2 Chr 6:41-42).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple’s purpose in representing God’s presence in the world was later fulfilled in Christ and the church. Jesus himself signaled the transition from the Temple buildings to his own body as the temple (see John 2:19), and the disciples began understanding this transition after the resurrection (John 2:21-22). The apostle Paul later described the church as the new sacred space where Jews and Gentiles are reconciled. Using Temple imagery, he described breaking down barriers in the body of Christ, creating one people (Eph 2:14-15). The church stands as a holy temple, resting on the foundation of the apostles and prophets (Eph 2:20-22). It is built from living stones—believers—fashioned together around Jesus Christ, the cornerstone (1 Pet 2:4-5).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1 Kgs 8:27-53; 1 Chr 22:1-19; 2 Chr 5:2-14; 6:41-42; 7:12-16; Ps 48:9; 65:4; 66:13; 138:2; Jer 7:3-11; 11:15; Ezek 8:6-16; 44:1-31; Joel 1:14; 2:17; Hab 2:20; Hag 2:7; John 2:19-22; Eph 2:14-15, 20-22; 1 Pet 2:4-5<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Temple Worship<\/h3>\n<p>Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy.<\/p>\n<p>It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 <span>BC<\/span>). It was a large structure—90 feet long, 30 feet wide, and 45 feet high, with a vestibule 15 feet deep stretching across the width (see 1 Kgs 6:2-10). It employed the most sophisticated building techniques of the age, and no expense was spared in construction, ornamentation, or equipment. Even so, Solomon readily confessed to its utter inadequacy to house the eternal God (1 Kgs 8:27).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple, located adjacent to the king’s palace, represented God’s reign over all creation and all nations: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (Hab 2:20). It served to teach Israel about God’s exclusive dominion and their total dependence on him. And although God cannot be confined to a building, he chose to make the Temple the focal point of his presence on earth. As such, the Temple was central for Israelite worship and for the personal relationship between God and his people.<\/p>\n<p>The kings were charged to devote themselves to God and to encourage the proper worship of God at his dwelling place, the Temple (see 1 Chr 22:17-19). The Temple also established the legitimacy of the human king, who represented divine rule. This role of the Temple was expressed in Psalm 132, which celebrated David’s restoration of the Ark to Jerusalem (Ps 132:6-12). This psalm was used at the conclusion of Solomon’s prayer of dedication (2 Chr 6:41-42).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple’s purpose in representing God’s presence in the world was later fulfilled in Christ and the church. Jesus himself signaled the transition from the Temple buildings to his own body as the temple (see John 2:19), and the disciples began understanding this transition after the resurrection (John 2:21-22). The apostle Paul later described the church as the new sacred space where Jews and Gentiles are reconciled. Using Temple imagery, he described breaking down barriers in the body of Christ, creating one people (Eph 2:14-15). The church stands as a holy temple, resting on the foundation of the apostles and prophets (Eph 2:20-22). It is built from living stones—believers—fashioned together around Jesus Christ, the cornerstone (1 Pet 2:4-5).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1 Kgs 8:27-53; 1 Chr 22:1-19; 2 Chr 5:2-14; 6:41-42; 7:12-16; Ps 48:9; 65:4; 66:13; 138:2; Jer 7:3-11; 11:15; Ezek 8:6-16; 44:1-31; Joel 1:14; 2:17; Hab 2:20; Hag 2:7; John 2:19-22; Eph 2:14-15, 20-22; 1 Pet 2:4-5<\/p>","summary_ro":"Temple Worship Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy. It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 BC). ...","summary_en":"Temple Worship Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy. It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 BC). ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":117146,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Temple Worship","title_en":"Temple Worship","content_ro":"<h3>Temple Worship<\/h3>\n<p>Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy.<\/p>\n<p>It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 <span>BC<\/span>). It was a large structure—90 feet long, 30 feet wide, and 45 feet high, with a vestibule 15 feet deep stretching across the width (see 1 Kgs 6:2-10). It employed the most sophisticated building techniques of the age, and no expense was spared in construction, ornamentation, or equipment. Even so, Solomon readily confessed to its utter inadequacy to house the eternal God (1 Kgs 8:27).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple, located adjacent to the king’s palace, represented God’s reign over all creation and all nations: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (Hab 2:20). It served to teach Israel about God’s exclusive dominion and their total dependence on him. And although God cannot be confined to a building, he chose to make the Temple the focal point of his presence on earth. As such, the Temple was central for Israelite worship and for the personal relationship between God and his people.<\/p>\n<p>The kings were charged to devote themselves to God and to encourage the proper worship of God at his dwelling place, the Temple (see 1 Chr 22:17-19). The Temple also established the legitimacy of the human king, who represented divine rule. This role of the Temple was expressed in Psalm 132, which celebrated David’s restoration of the Ark to Jerusalem (Ps 132:6-12). This psalm was used at the conclusion of Solomon’s prayer of dedication (2 Chr 6:41-42).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple’s purpose in representing God’s presence in the world was later fulfilled in Christ and the church. Jesus himself signaled the transition from the Temple buildings to his own body as the temple (see John 2:19), and the disciples began understanding this transition after the resurrection (John 2:21-22). The apostle Paul later described the church as the new sacred space where Jews and Gentiles are reconciled. Using Temple imagery, he described breaking down barriers in the body of Christ, creating one people (Eph 2:14-15). The church stands as a holy temple, resting on the foundation of the apostles and prophets (Eph 2:20-22). It is built from living stones—believers—fashioned together around Jesus Christ, the cornerstone (1 Pet 2:4-5).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1 Kgs 8:27-53; 1 Chr 22:1-19; 2 Chr 5:2-14; 6:41-42; 7:12-16; Ps 48:9; 65:4; 66:13; 138:2; Jer 7:3-11; 11:15; Ezek 8:6-16; 44:1-31; Joel 1:14; 2:17; Hab 2:20; Hag 2:7; John 2:19-22; Eph 2:14-15, 20-22; 1 Pet 2:4-5<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Temple Worship<\/h3>\n<p>Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy.<\/p>\n<p>It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 <span>BC<\/span>). It was a large structure—90 feet long, 30 feet wide, and 45 feet high, with a vestibule 15 feet deep stretching across the width (see 1 Kgs 6:2-10). It employed the most sophisticated building techniques of the age, and no expense was spared in construction, ornamentation, or equipment. Even so, Solomon readily confessed to its utter inadequacy to house the eternal God (1 Kgs 8:27).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple, located adjacent to the king’s palace, represented God’s reign over all creation and all nations: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (Hab 2:20). It served to teach Israel about God’s exclusive dominion and their total dependence on him. And although God cannot be confined to a building, he chose to make the Temple the focal point of his presence on earth. As such, the Temple was central for Israelite worship and for the personal relationship between God and his people.<\/p>\n<p>The kings were charged to devote themselves to God and to encourage the proper worship of God at his dwelling place, the Temple (see 1 Chr 22:17-19). The Temple also established the legitimacy of the human king, who represented divine rule. This role of the Temple was expressed in Psalm 132, which celebrated David’s restoration of the Ark to Jerusalem (Ps 132:6-12). This psalm was used at the conclusion of Solomon’s prayer of dedication (2 Chr 6:41-42).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple’s purpose in representing God’s presence in the world was later fulfilled in Christ and the church. Jesus himself signaled the transition from the Temple buildings to his own body as the temple (see John 2:19), and the disciples began understanding this transition after the resurrection (John 2:21-22). The apostle Paul later described the church as the new sacred space where Jews and Gentiles are reconciled. Using Temple imagery, he described breaking down barriers in the body of Christ, creating one people (Eph 2:14-15). The church stands as a holy temple, resting on the foundation of the apostles and prophets (Eph 2:20-22). It is built from living stones—believers—fashioned together around Jesus Christ, the cornerstone (1 Pet 2:4-5).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1 Kgs 8:27-53; 1 Chr 22:1-19; 2 Chr 5:2-14; 6:41-42; 7:12-16; Ps 48:9; 65:4; 66:13; 138:2; Jer 7:3-11; 11:15; Ezek 8:6-16; 44:1-31; Joel 1:14; 2:17; Hab 2:20; Hag 2:7; John 2:19-22; Eph 2:14-15, 20-22; 1 Pet 2:4-5<\/p>","summary_ro":"Temple Worship Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy. It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 BC). ...","summary_en":"Temple Worship Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy. It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 BC). ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false},{"id":144772,"type":"theme_note","type_label":"Temă biblică","type_icon":"🎯","type_color":"#ef4444","title_ro":"Temple Worship","title_en":"Temple Worship","content_ro":"<h3>Temple Worship<\/h3>\n<p>Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy.<\/p>\n<p>It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 <span>BC<\/span>). It was a large structure—90 feet long, 30 feet wide, and 45 feet high, with a vestibule 15 feet deep stretching across the width (see 1 Kgs 6:2-10). It employed the most sophisticated building techniques of the age, and no expense was spared in construction, ornamentation, or equipment. Even so, Solomon readily confessed to its utter inadequacy to house the eternal God (1 Kgs 8:27).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple, located adjacent to the king’s palace, represented God’s reign over all creation and all nations: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (Hab 2:20). It served to teach Israel about God’s exclusive dominion and their total dependence on him. And although God cannot be confined to a building, he chose to make the Temple the focal point of his presence on earth. As such, the Temple was central for Israelite worship and for the personal relationship between God and his people.<\/p>\n<p>The kings were charged to devote themselves to God and to encourage the proper worship of God at his dwelling place, the Temple (see 1 Chr 22:17-19). The Temple also established the legitimacy of the human king, who represented divine rule. This role of the Temple was expressed in Psalm 132, which celebrated David’s restoration of the Ark to Jerusalem (Ps 132:6-12). This psalm was used at the conclusion of Solomon’s prayer of dedication (2 Chr 6:41-42).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple’s purpose in representing God’s presence in the world was later fulfilled in Christ and the church. Jesus himself signaled the transition from the Temple buildings to his own body as the temple (see John 2:19), and the disciples began understanding this transition after the resurrection (John 2:21-22). The apostle Paul later described the church as the new sacred space where Jews and Gentiles are reconciled. Using Temple imagery, he described breaking down barriers in the body of Christ, creating one people (Eph 2:14-15). The church stands as a holy temple, resting on the foundation of the apostles and prophets (Eph 2:20-22). It is built from living stones—believers—fashioned together around Jesus Christ, the cornerstone (1 Pet 2:4-5).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1 Kgs 8:27-53; 1 Chr 22:1-19; 2 Chr 5:2-14; 6:41-42; 7:12-16; Ps 48:9; 65:4; 66:13; 138:2; Jer 7:3-11; 11:15; Ezek 8:6-16; 44:1-31; Joel 1:14; 2:17; Hab 2:20; Hag 2:7; John 2:19-22; Eph 2:14-15, 20-22; 1 Pet 2:4-5<\/p>","content_en":"<h3>Temple Worship<\/h3>\n<p>Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy.<\/p>\n<p>It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 <span>BC<\/span>). It was a large structure—90 feet long, 30 feet wide, and 45 feet high, with a vestibule 15 feet deep stretching across the width (see 1 Kgs 6:2-10). It employed the most sophisticated building techniques of the age, and no expense was spared in construction, ornamentation, or equipment. Even so, Solomon readily confessed to its utter inadequacy to house the eternal God (1 Kgs 8:27).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple, located adjacent to the king’s palace, represented God’s reign over all creation and all nations: “The <span>Lord<\/span> is in his holy Temple. Let all the earth be silent before him” (Hab 2:20). It served to teach Israel about God’s exclusive dominion and their total dependence on him. And although God cannot be confined to a building, he chose to make the Temple the focal point of his presence on earth. As such, the Temple was central for Israelite worship and for the personal relationship between God and his people.<\/p>\n<p>The kings were charged to devote themselves to God and to encourage the proper worship of God at his dwelling place, the Temple (see 1 Chr 22:17-19). The Temple also established the legitimacy of the human king, who represented divine rule. This role of the Temple was expressed in Psalm 132, which celebrated David’s restoration of the Ark to Jerusalem (Ps 132:6-12). This psalm was used at the conclusion of Solomon’s prayer of dedication (2 Chr 6:41-42).<\/p>\n<p>The Temple’s purpose in representing God’s presence in the world was later fulfilled in Christ and the church. Jesus himself signaled the transition from the Temple buildings to his own body as the temple (see John 2:19), and the disciples began understanding this transition after the resurrection (John 2:21-22). The apostle Paul later described the church as the new sacred space where Jews and Gentiles are reconciled. Using Temple imagery, he described breaking down barriers in the body of Christ, creating one people (Eph 2:14-15). The church stands as a holy temple, resting on the foundation of the apostles and prophets (Eph 2:20-22). It is built from living stones—believers—fashioned together around Jesus Christ, the cornerstone (1 Pet 2:4-5).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Passages for Further Study<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1 Kgs 8:27-53; 1 Chr 22:1-19; 2 Chr 5:2-14; 6:41-42; 7:12-16; Ps 48:9; 65:4; 66:13; 138:2; Jer 7:3-11; 11:15; Ezek 8:6-16; 44:1-31; Joel 1:14; 2:17; Hab 2:20; Hag 2:7; John 2:19-22; Eph 2:14-15, 20-22; 1 Pet 2:4-5<\/p>","summary_ro":"Temple Worship Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy. It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 BC). ...","summary_en":"Temple Worship Throughout the ancient Near East, it was a king’s responsibility to provide for his nation’s temple. David, the founder of the dynasty of Judah’s kings, established Jerusalem as the capital of Israel (2 Sam 5:4-10) and made it the central place of worship. Although Solomon actually built the Temple, David prepared for the building of the Temple and for its liturgy. It took Solomon seven years to build the Temple in Jerusalem, beginning in the fourth year of his reign (967 BC). ...","source":"ThemeNotes.xml","external_url":null,"has_map":false,"has_picture":false}]},"labels":{"article":"Articol","map":"Hartă","chart":"Diagramă","textbox":"Notă explicativă","picture":"Imagine","profile":"Profil","study_note":"Notă de studiu","theme_note":"Temă biblică"},"icons":{"article":"📖","map":"🗺️","chart":"📊","textbox":"💡","picture":"🖼️","profile":"👤","study_note":"📝","theme_note":"🎯"},"typeColors":{"article":"#d4af37","map":"#2d7d46","chart":"#3b82f6","textbox":"#8b5cf6","picture":"#ec4899","profile":"#f59e0b","study_note":"#06b6d4","theme_note":"#ef4444"}}
🔍
Niciun rezultat
Nu am găsit versete care să conțină textul căutat.
Habacuc 2
— 20 versete
Habacuc 2
📘 Info carte
Se încarcă...
📖 Resurse